“¿Cómo puede alguien haber pensado alguna vez que cultivar nuestra comida con veneno era una buena idea?, preguntó Jane Goodall, antropóloga inglesa. A pocas décadas de su introducción, los agrotóxicos –llamados asépticamente plaguicidas para disimular su nocividad– han llegado a contaminar a la gran mayoría de la población mundial. Sea a través de residuos en alimentos –vegetales y animales– o por la contaminación de aguas, suelos y aire, los impactos en la salud y el ambiente han ido mucho más lejos que los lugares donde se aplican y la mayor parte son de larga duración.

Son algunas de las conclusiones del informe sobre plaguicidas (agrotóxicos) presentado a principios de 2017 por la relatora especial de Naciones Unidas sobre el derecho a la alimentación, redactado en colaboración con el relator especial sobre productos tóxicos. El reporte, presentado ante el Consejo de Derechos Humanos de la ONU, denuncia que el uso de agrotóxicos viola los derechos humanos de muchas formas, incluido el derecho a la alimentación, a la salud, al medio ambiente sano. Afecta especialmente a niños y mujeres embarazadas, además de trabajadores rurales, entre quienes también hay muchos niños, ya que 60 por ciento del trabajo infantil en el planeta es en labores rurales.

Notablemente, el informe señala que el supuesto fundamento para justificar el uso de plaguicidas –terminar con el hambre aumentando la producción agrícola– nunca se cumplió. Pese al aumento de la producción, el hambre persiste y el número de personas con deficiencias nutricionales aumentó dramáticamente, hechos vinculados al avance de la agricultura industrial, basada en monocultivos y transgénicos. Con los cultivos transgénicos tolerantes a herbicidas el uso de agrotóxicos aumentó además en forma exponencial en la última década.

Reportan que las trasnacionales de los agronegocios se han dedicado sistemáticamente y por diversos medios a tratar de ocultar los riesgos de los agrotóxicos, desde mercadotecnia engañosa hasta presión para alterar regulaciones que los hagan aparecer menos dañinos. Se plantean graves conflictos de intereses, ya que las empresas de plaguicidas [Monsanto y Bayer, Dow y DuPont, Syngenta y ChemChina] controlan 65 por ciento de la ventas mundiales de plaguicidas, pero también 61 por ciento de las semillas. Los esfuerzos de la industria de plaguicidas por influir en quienes formulan las políticas y en las autoridades reguladoras han obstaculizado reformas y paralizado las restricciones a los plaguicidas en todo el mundo. El documento plantea que existen alternativas viables y sin tóxicos para alimentar al mundo, como la agricultura campesina y agroecológica, que es urgente apoyar. (Documento A/HRC/34/48 del Consejo de Derechos Humanos).

Digamos, a manera de resumen, aunque existen vías reales y alternativas sanas, que sí alimentan, son nutritivas, no contienen veneno y dan trabajo a la mayoría de los que viven en el campo; todas y todos estamos expuestos a sustancias altamente tóxicas en alimentos y ambiente, no porque sean necesarias, sino solamente para el lucro de unas pocas trasnacionales.

Esto es exactamente el trasfondo de la lucha que llevan las comunidades indígenas, de campesinos y apicultores de la Península de Yucatán que se oponen a la plantación de soya transgénica en sus territorios, por la autorización que otorgó la Sagarpa a Monsanto para sembrar 235 mil hectáreas de soya transgénica tolerante a glifosato en siete estados. En las demandas presentadas por organizaciones de Campeche y Yucatán, la Suprema Corte reconoció que las comunidades indígenas tienen derecho a consulta, pero negó el fondo de la demanda, justamente lo que los relatores de Naciones Unidas señalan: los impactos y violación de derechos a la salud y al medio ambiente. El próximo miércoles se discute en la Suprema Corte de Justicia de la Nación la demanda de comunidades y organizaciones de Quintana Roo (Consejo Regional Indígena Maya de Bacalar y otras) que denuncia los daños por la soya transgénica en sus comunidades y ecosistemas, enfatizando que no se trata de que los consulten, porque ya desde sus asambleas lo han discutido y su respuesta es clara: demandan anular el permiso de siembra de soya transgénica.

Este 15 de marzo, Damián Verzeñassi, de la Universidad Nacional de Rosario (UNR) y director de la carrera de medicina de la Universidad del Chaco, Argentina, brindó una conferencia magistral en la UNAM, mostrando los impactos de la soya transgénica en ese país, tercer productor mundial de transgénicos. De 1996 a 2016, el uso de glifosato debido a esta siembra aumentó 848 por ciento. Verzeñassi coordinó 24 campamentos sanitarios que relevaron 28 localidades en las cuatro provincias de mayor intensidad de siembra de soya transgénica del país. Los resultados son abrumadores, con casi el doble de incidencia de cáncer que el resto del país, aumento de deformaciones neonatales y abortos espontáneos, alergias, trastornos endócrinos y neurológicos, entre otros. En 2015, la Organización Mundial de la Salud declaró al glifosato como agente cancerígeno.

Por todo esto, la demanda de las comunidades de Quintana Roo no es un tema sólo de su región, es la defensa del derecho a la salud, al medio ambiente y a la alimentación sana de todas y todos, frente a la brutal agresión de las trasnacionales de agronegocios que por sus ganancias no dudan en contaminar el planeta entero.

Silvia Ribeiro

Silvia Ribeiro: Investigadora del Grupo ETC.

  • Posted in Español
  • Comments Off on Agrotóxicos y transgénicos: Asalto a la salud y derechos humanos

China insiste hoy en fortalecer la reforma estructural del lado de la oferta para estimular de forma constante el ímpetu de crecimiento y la vitalidad mercantil, en tanto urge promover la innovación para revitalizar la economía real.

El Foro de Desarrollo de China 2017 celebrado en esta capital este domingo acentuó el tono básico de buscar el progreso mientras se mantiene la estabilidad, y urgió esfuerzos en sostener el crecimiento, asegurar el empleo y contrarrestar los riesgos internos y externos.

Durante el evento, organizado usualmente tras concluir las sesiones anuales del máximo órgano legislativo y del máximo cuerpo asesor político de China, dejó claro que esta nación continuará comprometida con la garantía de que la innovación induzca el desarrollo y con el incremento de los esfuerzos para reavivar la economía de la segunda potencia del mundo.

El vice primer ministro Zhang Gaoli, indicó en la cita que la economía real es el fundamento del crecimiento económico y en base a ello debe optimizarse.

Puntualizó que China mejorará sus capacidades en el terreno de la innovación científica y fomentará el desarrollo de los sectores estratégicos emergentes junto con la manufactura moderna, mientras que transformará las industrias tradicionales a través de tecnologías y modelos operacionales nuevos. También la iniciativa empresarial y el plan ‘Internet Plus’ estarán dirigidas a satisfacer las diversas necesidades del mercado, al tiempo que se alientan a las compañías nacionales a aplicar el espíritu del artesano en el establecimiento de marcas competitivas que superarán la prueba del tiempo, amplió.

De acuerdo con el funcionario de alto nivel, el gobierno continuará reduciendo los costos a favor de las empresas al racionalizar la administración e impulsar las reformas tributarias.

Acotó Zhang que la prevención y el control de los riesgos financieros tendrán una mayor prioridad en la agenda del Gobierno, además de gestionar los riesgos en los préstamos dudosos, el impago de bonos, las burbujas inmobiliarias y las finanzas en línea para evitar riesgos financieros sistémicos.

Asimismo se tiene previsto acelerar la reforma en las empresas de propiedad estatal, llevar a cabo una reforma de la propiedad mixta adoptando medidas concretas en los sectores como la electricidad, el petróleo, el ferrocarril, la aviación civil y las telecomunicaciones, y serán implementadas estrategias para que el mercado se abra más a las inversiones privadas.

Organizado por el Centro de Investigación de Desarrollo del Consejo de Estado, el gabinete chino, el foro consiste en una conferencia de alto nivel que reúne a líderes de instituciones internacionales, academias y compañías en el ámbito global.

La reforma estructural por el lado de la oferta de China ha dado sus primeros frutos y ha comenzado a generar nueva fuerza para el crecimiento económico, según la Comisión Nacional de Desarrollo y Reforma.

Propuesta a finales de 2015, la reforma para resolver los desequilibrios estructurales de la economía, se ha enfocado en cinco tareas: el recorte de la capacidad industrial, la disminución de las viviendas sin vender, la reducción del apalancamiento, la rebaja de los costos empresariales y la mejora de los eslabones económicos débiles.

Damy Vales

  • Posted in Español
  • Comments Off on China, llamado perenne a la reforma por el lado de la oferta

La paz vence al espanto en Palmira, Siria

March 20th, 2017 by Pedro García Hernández

La antigua ciudadela de Palmira, situada en el oasis de Afqa y en medio del desierto, es hoy el escenario de los esfuerzos por rescatar la paz y preservar las evidencias de la memoria histórica de Siria.

Desde la segunda ofensiva del Ejército sirio, milicias aliadas y la aviación de Rusia, la zona fue recapturada y es objeto de un vasto programa de desminado y estudios previos para su conservación tras el establecimiento militar de límites geográficos seguros.

Entre el 2016 y el 2017, cuando fue retomada por última vez, Prensa Latina recorrió la ciudad y la empedrada vía de casi un kilómetro desde la zona más moderna hasta la histórica, Patrimonio de la Humanidad desde 1980.

Los tres recorridos en ese espacio de tiempo permitieron apreciar y recoger testimonios, valoraciones e imágenes sobre los duros enfrentamientos contra el Estado Islámico, Daesh por su acrónimo en árabe.

La última estancia en marzo de horas apresuradas y sin pérdida de tiempo resultó una muestra de que en esta ocasión los yihadistas fueron atacados desde los flancos norte y sur, con rapidez y eficacia combativa y sin darles oportunidad para reagrupamientos de fuerzas o fortificaciones seguras.

Tal y como explicó el teniente coronel sirio Samir Mouhamad, esta vez los flancos fueron asegurados y se evitó que el habitual empleo de coches bombas con suicidas del Daesh colapsara las defensas como en diciembre, entre otros detalles.

Esta vez, las operaciones militares de aseguramiento se extienden más allá de la localidad y permitieron la recuperación de áreas a más de 20 kilómetros de distancia como en Al Mustadira, Nabal al Mazar y cerca de Sujna.

Datos precisos confirmaron además que en los más recientes combates fue eliminado Abu Hamidj, uno de los cabecillas del Daesh, encargado de la sistemática destrucción de los milenarios monumentos palmireños.

Actualmente junto a militares sirios más de 150 especialistas rusos, unidades de la Policía Militar de ese país y perros especialmente entrenados ejecutan intensas labores en una zona de más de 900 hectáreas alrededor de la ciudadela.

La apresurada retirada de los terroristas impidió que lograran ampliar los daños ocasionados esta vez al proscenio del milenario teatro y la más de media docena de columnas que le rodean, según las últimas comprobaciones en el terreno y de imágenes satelitales.

En las dos ocasiones en que los terroristas irrumpieron en Palmira, el anfiteatro mencionado fue escenario para la brutal ejecución de 25 soldados sirios, el asesinato a mansalva de más de 400 ciudadanos, incluidos niños, y del veterano arqueólogo y director del museo de la ciudad, Khaled Assad.

Ahora el esfuerzo se centra en devolver la paz a la localidad, a la cual han regresado cerca de cuatro mil personas, cuya presencia y ánimo permiten suponer que el espanto de una guerra impuesta a Siria es posible de superar.

Pedro García Hernández

  • Posted in Español
  • Comments Off on La paz vence al espanto en Palmira, Siria

Francia, elecciones, y el futuro de la Unión Europea

March 20th, 2017 by Luisa María González

Las venideras elecciones presidenciales en Francia, consideradas cruciales en un país afectado hoy por la ralentización económica y la crisis de los partidos políticos tradicionales, constituyen también un momento trascendente para el futuro de la Unión Europea (UE).

En el año en que se cumple el aniversario 60 del Tratado de Roma, acuerdo fundacional del bloque regional más sólido del planeta, la UE afronta un golpe duro e inesperado: la decisión del Reino Unido -uno de sus miembros de mayor peso- de abandonar el proyecto comunitario.

Cuando la UE vive un periodo de caos sin poder recuperarse del inminente Brexit, llegan las elecciones en Francia y con ellas la posibilidad de una victoria del ultraderechista Frente Nacional (FN), formación con una histórica postura antieuropea.

La candidata ultraconservadora Marine Le Pen se presenta a los comicios previstos en abril y mayo, y una de las principales banderas de su campaña es salir inmediatamente de la zona euro, como momento preparatorio para un posterior abandono de la UE.

Frente a tal perspectiva los analistas coinciden en que el grupo regional, con mucho esfuerzo, podría recuperarse del Brexit, pero si a ello se le añade un ‘Frexit’, entonces el golpe sería fatal.

Las encuestas actuales vaticinan que la líder del FN podría ser la más votada en la primera vuelta de los comicios, lo cual le garantizaría un puesto en el balotaje. En la segunda vuelta, no obstante, parece más difícil que logre un voto mayoritario con el cual asegurar una victoria.

La agencia consultora estadounidense Moody’s se pronunció hace pocos días sobre el tema y señaló que un triunfo de Le Pen parece por el momento ‘poco probable, pero no inconcebible’.

En consecuencia, alertó sobre el ‘creciente’ riesgo de que Francia abandone la moneda única, en línea con las advertencias lanzadas también por la directora del Fondo Monetario Internacional (FMI), Christine Lagarde.

La exministra gala de Finanzas estimó que un abandono de la moneda común ‘abriría en el corto plazo un periodo de grave incertidumbre, de gran desequilibrio y de empobrecimiento para Francia’.

Más allá de la cuestión regional, una eventual presidencia de Le Pen en Francia también tendría trascendencia global, principalmente por su coincidencia con las posturas proteccionistas, nacionalistas y antiinmigrantes del actual presidente de Estados Unidos, Donald Trump.

El resto de los candidatos a las elecciones galas no son indiferentes al peligro que representanta el FN para Francia, la UE y la correlación de fuerzas en el escenario internacional.

Así que cada uno de los aspirantes se erige como ‘capaz’ de hacer retroceder a Le Pen, mientras la ‘derrota del FN’ para ser la gran cruzada del proceso eleccionario.

El dilema tampoco escapa al presidente François Hollande, quien admitió que ‘la amenaza existe, la extrema derecha nunca había avanzado tanto en los últimos 30 años’.

En entrevistas con medios de comunicación internacionales, el jefe de Estado alertó que ‘si de casualidad la candidata del FN gana, de inmediato desencadenaría un proceso de salida de la zona euro e incluso de la UE’.

‘Mi último deber es hacer todo para que Francia no se deje convencer por un proyecto de ese tipo’, afirmó.

Luisa María González

  • Posted in Español
  • Comments Off on Francia, elecciones, y el futuro de la Unión Europea

US weapons are being delivered to Jabhat Al-Nusra by governments that Washington supports, a militant commander told the German media, adding that American instructors were in Syria to teach how to use the new equipment.

“Yes, the US supports the opposition [in Syria], but not directly. They support the countries that support us. But we are not yet satisfied with this support,” Jabhat al-Nusra unit commander Abu Al Ezz said in an interview with Koelner Stadt-Anzeiger newspaper from the devastated Syrian city of Aleppo.

According to the commander, the militants should be receiving more “sophisticated weapons” from their backers to succeed against the Syrian government.

The fight is difficult. The regime is strong and gets support from Russia,” he explained.

Al Ezz said that Jabhat Al-Nusra “won battles thanks to TOW rockets. Due to these rockets, we reached a balance with the regime. Our tanks came from Libya via Turkey, joined by the [BM-21] multiple rocket launchers,” he said.

The government forces have an advantage because of aircraft and missile launchers, but “we have the American-made TOW missiles, and the situation in some areas is under control,” Al Ezz added.

When asked if the TOW missiles were initially intended for Jabhat Al-Nusra or if the group obtained them from the moderate Free Syrian Army, the jihadist clarified:

“No, the missiles were given to us directly.”

He also said that when Jabhat Al-Nusra was “besieged, we had officers from Turkey, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Israel and America here… Experts in the use of satellites, rockets, reconnaissance and thermal security cameras.”

The journalist asked specifically if the US instructors were really present among the jihadists’ ranks and Al Ezz replied: 

“The Americans are on our side.”

He also said that Jabhat Al-Nusra has been paid for achieving specific military goals during the Syrian conflict.

“We got 500 million Syrian pounds (around $2.3 million) from Saudi Arabia. To capture the Infantry School in Al Muslimiya years ago we received 1.5 million Kuwaiti dinars (around $500,000) and Saudi Arabia’s $5 million,” Al Ezz said.

The money came from the “governments” of those states, not private individuals, he said.

“Israel is now giving us support because Israel is at war with Syria and with Hezbollah,” Al Ezz said.

The West also “paved the way” for jihadists coming to Syria, saying that “we have many fighters from Germany, France, Britain, America, from all the Western countries,” the commander said.

‘Americans are on our side’: Al-Nusra commander says US arming jihadists via 3rd countries

‘Al-Nusra using ceasefire to regroup, prepare for new attacks’

In the interview, he confirmed claims made by Moscow and the Syrian government that the militants were using the Syrian ceasefire, agreed by Russia and US on September 9, to prepare for a new offensive.

“We do not recognize the ceasefire. We will regroup our groups. We will carry out the next overwhelming attack against the regime in a few days. We have regrouped our forces in all provinces, including Homs, Aleppo, Idlib and Hama,” Al Ezz said.

He said that Jabhat Al-Nusa would not let trucks with humanitarian aid enter Aleppo “as long as the regime [forces] are along the Castello Road, in Al Malah and in the northern regions.”

“The regime must withdraw from all the territories, and we will let the trucks in. If a truck is going in anyway, we will detain the driver,” he said.

The idea of a transitional government in Syria is also not supported by Jabhat Al-Nusra, the commander said.

“We accept no one from the Assad regime or of the Free Syrian Army, which is described as moderate. Our goal is to overthrow the regime, and establish an Islamic state in accordance with the Islamic Sharia,” he said.

As for the people who represent the Syrian opposition at the Geneva talks, Al Ezz said that “these people are weak, they’ve got a lot of money. They’ve sold themselves.”

“There are mercenaries in Syria, Alloush fights with Al Nusra-Front,” he said talking about Mohammed Alloush, a leader in the Jaysh al-Islam group, part of the Syrian opposition’s High Negotiations Committee (HNC) in the peace talks. “The group that was housed in Turkey and which was turned into the Free Syrian Army, used to be part of Al Nusra-Front.”

The commander openly confirmed that Jabhat Al-Nusra “are part of Al Qaeda,” the terrorist network responsible for the 9/11 attacks.

“Actually, we were inside one group together with the Islamic State (IS, formerly ISIS/ISIL). But the Islamic State has been used in accordance with the interests and political purposes of the big powers like America, and the group has drifted away from our principles. Most of the IS leaders are working with intelligence services, and it’s now clear for us. We, the Jabhat Al-Nusra, have our own way,” Al Ezz said.

The interview with Jabhat al-Nusra’s commander was taken at a stone quarry in Aleppo on September 17 by Koelner Stadt-Anzeiger journalist Jurgen Todenhofer on his seventh trip to war-torn Syria.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on ‘Americans Are On Our Side’: Al-Nusra Commander Says US Arming Jihadists Via Third Countries

This year marks the centenary of the infamous Balfour Declaration, a letter written in 1917 by Britain’s then-foreign secretary Lord Balfour to Baron Rothschild, a leader of the Zionist movement. In the letter, Balfour said the British government viewed “with favour the establishment in Palestine of a national home for the Jewish people”, and would use its “best endeavours to facilitate the achievement of this object”.

The effect of this declaration was best summed up by the late British author and journalist Arthur Koestler: “One nation solemnly promised to a second nation the country of a third.” It had no moral or legal right to do so.

The declaration contradicted Britain’s previous promise of “complete and final liberation” for the Arabs if they rose up against their Ottoman rulers. Their subsequent revolt was pivotal to the weakening of the Ottoman Empire, and thereby the outcome of the First World War. Balfour reneged on his own pledge in his letter to Rothschild that “nothing shall be done which may prejudice the civil and religious rights of existing non-Jewish communities in Palestine”.

In 1919, he wrote in a memorandum:

“In Palestine we do not propose even to go through the form of consulting the wishes of the present inhabitants of the country… Zionism be it right or wrong is more important than the wishes of 700,000 Arabs,” who constituted some 94 per cent of the population of Palestine at the time.

The Balfour Declaration, and its implementation by the British Mandate in Palestine from 1920, culminated in Israel’s creation in 1948, and the wholesale dispossession of the Palestinian people.

As such, one would reasonably think that 2017 would, or at least should, be a time of national introspection in Britain over its central responsibility for the Palestinians’ continuing plight, not to mention the devastating consequences it has had on the wider region.

One might think that this year would be an opportunity to right a monumental wrong by supporting Palestinians’ fundamental, inalienable rights and national aspirations as a form of moral redress. Failing that, one could at least expect more balance in UK policy towards Israel and the Palestinians.

After all, there is nothing inherently anti-Israeli about calling for an end to the longest military occupation in modern history, to the illegal colonisation of another people’s land and to a racist, apartheid system that should have gasped its last breath in South Africa almost 30 years ago.

As Israeli doves – sadly an ever-shrinking community – will tell you, campaigning against these injustices is an act of patriotism, not treason. And while such campaigning should ideally be done in the context of sympathy for the just Palestinian cause, Israel’s allies can do so in the name of its own welfare – a sign of true friendship.

In September last year, Palestinian Authority president Mahmoud Abbas told the United Nations General Assembly that Britain should use the Balfour centenary as an opportunity to apologise to the Palestinians for the declaration. And a campaign by pro-Palestine activists in Britain has been launched to that effect.

Instead, however, it is choosing to double down on its unflinching support for Israel, and thereby its oppression of the Palestinians. Instead of showing contrition for the declaration’s catastrophic legacy, or at the very least maintaining a deliberate – if awkward – silence about it, Britain will actually be celebrating it, and has invited Israeli prime minister Benjamin Netanyahu to take part.

Not only has he accepted, but for the first time there will be a British royal visit to Israel to coincide with the centenary, in “a very important year in the history of bilateral relations”, as Israel’s president said.

The Balfour Declaration “demonstrates Britain’s vital role in creating a homeland for the Jewish people,” British prime minister Theresa May told the Conservative Friends of Israel recently. This year’s anniversary is one “we will be marking with pride”, she added. This is pride in ethnic cleansing, no less.

Instead of celebrating the Balfour Declaration, Britain should be ashamed of what it did

A family going for a stroll along the sea at a Jewish settlement in Palestine, in June 1946. Two years later, war broke out between Palestinians and Jewish communities and the state of Israel was founded. Britain’s role in the conflict is still contentious AP Photo

Not to be outdone, her foreign secretary, Boris Johnson – who has described Mrs May’s government as “rock-like supporters” of Israel – last week said “the priority” in any Israeli-Palestinian accord “has to be the safety and security of the people of Israel. If you can guarantee that, maybe there is some way of also giving autonomy to the Palestinians”.

This is a clear example of the perverse expectation by Israel’s allies that the onus should be on an occupied people to guarantee the security of their occupier, rather than vice versa, and that the welfare of a systematic human rights abuser far outweighs that of the abused. And if the Palestinians fulfill those absurd expectations, “maybe” Israel can find it in its heart to grant them a measure of their rights with which it feels comfortable.

People often complain of attempts by Israel’s allies to portray an equivalence, moral and otherwise, between oppressed and oppressor. But the reality is far worse – to them, Israel deserves to be superior. In 2015, when Mr Johnson was mayor of London, he described the Balfour Declaration as “a great thing… the right thing”. Expect more grotesque praise of this colonial nation-theft from him and his colleagues as the centenary approaches.

This despite opinion polls showing that at least twice as many Britons sympathise with the Palestinians than with Israel (as much as two and a half times, according to a YouGov poll). A poll in November 2015 showed that three-quarters of British Jews oppose Israel’s settlement expansion and its approach to peace, and believe that the Palestinians have a “legitimate claim to a land of their own”.

As such, the British government is woefully out of step not just with world opinion, but that of its own citizens. This is not because of the need to court trade markets outside the EU post-Brexit – successive British governments are guilty of kowtowing to Israel.

The last two decades have seen no discernible shift in policy, despite several administrations and all three major political parties having been in power. I have personal experience of this, having taken part in numerous meetings between these administrations (at their invitation) and British-Arab community figures.

The supposed purpose was dialogue, but after years of attending I refused to participate because, among other things, of successive governments’ refusal to consider pressuring or sanctioning Israel in the way they were prepared to do against other regional violators of human rights and international law.

Pro-Israel activists often complain that it is singled out for special treatment. These meetings showed me first-hand that it is, but in a way that gives it carte blanche to do as it pleases. As such, the government’s fawning over the Balfour Declaration this year would be the same whether Mrs May, her Conservative predecessor David Cameron, or before them Labour’s Gordon Brown and Tony Blair were prime minister.

Much like Israel’s political left and right, to Palestinians there is no difference. All these British prime ministers have proudly professed support, friendship and admiration for Israel – it is practically a rite of passage.

This centenary is a reminder that Britain’s political rulers still feel no need to support, befriend or admire a people whose rights and aspirations their predecessors so callously abrogated 100 years ago. They are doing far worse than turning a blind eye to the monumental injustice of the Balfour Declaration – they are spitting in the faces of its victims.

Sharif Nashashibi is a journalist and political analyst.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Palestine and Israel: Instead Of Celebrating The Balfour Declaration, Britain Should Be Ashamed Of What It Did

Israel Owns The UN As Well As The US?

March 20th, 2017 by Dr. Paul Craig Roberts

Click here to read on Khalaf’s resignation from the UN.

In his book, Palestine: Peace Not Apartheid, published 11 years ago, President Jimmy Carter raised the question whether Israel had stolen Palestine and excluded the rightful residents from their homeland.

On March 15 UN Under-Secretary General and director of the UN’s West Asia Commission Rima Khalaf published a UN report that also concludes that “Israel is committing the crime of apartheid.” By Friday March 17, Israel’s puppets, UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres and US Ambassador to the UN Nikki Haley, had forced Under-Secretary General Khalaf to resign.

The report won’t be up long. Read it while you can before it is taken down.

Dr. Paul Craig Roberts was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy and associate editor of the Wall Street Journal. He was columnist for Business Week, Scripps Howard News Service, and Creators Syndicate. He has had many university appointments. His internet columns have attracted a worldwide following. Roberts’ latest books are The Failure of Laissez Faire Capitalism and Economic Dissolution of the WestHow America Was Lost, and The Neoconservative Threat to World Order.  

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Israel Owns The UN As Well As The US?

A Washington Post news piece on the current NATO budget spat remarks:

Russia, for its part, keeps tanks and missiles stocked right up against the NATO border.

Now, that’s truly threatening of Russia and DANGEROUS!

How did that come to be?

See bigger picture here.

UPDATE:

Found some of the stocked up weapons …

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Red Scare Redux: “Russian Weapons Stocked Right Up At NATO’s Border!”

Way back in the 1960s and 1970s, noted political scientist Rajni Kothari used to characterise the Indian political system as essentially ‘Congress System’ with ‘one party’ exercising its ‘authoritative’ hegemony, depicting the Congress  as the “spokesman of the nation as well as its affirmed agent of criticism and change.” Kothari even predicted that the Congress would likely to be the most organized political party in the country, with a nationwide following and considerable depth in the localities. The party was expected to be in a position to control widespread local power and patronage even where it was no longer in power at the state level.

Kothari’s predictions had gone wrong with Indira Gandhi taking the party to a different style of functioning since the Emergency days and it eventually resulted in a long period of crisis and decay. Scholars even considered the transition of Indian democracy since 1975 as the beginning of the end of ‘Congress System.’ The most devastating performance of the Congress party, both at the national and state level, came since the 2014 General Elections (when it secured just 44 seats in Lok Sabha), followed by setbacks in elections in different states, including in the largest states in India such as UP, Bihar, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan, Andhra Pradesh etc.

It was in this context that the ‘debates’ emerged within the party that the time had come for a leadership change. Even before the recently held assembly elections, the Congress leader Sheila Dikshit had said that Rahul Gandhi was “still not mature, his age does not allow him to be mature.” Sensing the danger of the appropriation of this statement by the BJP, Dikshit revised her position saying that “Rahul has the sensitivity and concern of a mature leader. His words are those of a young, courageous and restless man.” Criticism against the leadership continued from different quarters, and former Union Minister Mani Shankar Aiyar demanded a change in leadership of the party. Denigration of the Congress leadership stepped up after the party faced serious setbacks in the UP and Uttarakhand elections, and could not form the government in Goa and Manipur despite its moderate performance as the single-largest party.

congress-laxman

Meanwhile there was a petition campaign underway suggesting the name of Shashi Tharoor as the ‘ideal-typical’ PM candidate for the Congress in the 2019 elections. It says: “Shashi Tharoor is a man well qualified with deep knowledge of international and national issues, who can connect with the people of India and with world leaders.” There is a strong feeling gaining ground across a wide section that the current crisis of the Congress is basically the crisis of the leadership, and thereby putting the entire blame on Rahul Gandhi and his coterie. This is surely a part of the big story. The decline of the Congress started much earlier with Mrs Gandhi, and subsequently Rajiv Gandhi, moving ahead with the liberalisation drive under the pressure of the international capital. Manmohan Singh only accelerated the pace of this process. The social base of the Congress began to experience serious structural changes in the post-emergency period, particularly after 1981. Though the Congress could still win the elections, the social landscape witnessed expanding frustration of its traditional vote bank, including the emerging urban middle class. In states like UP and other densely populated regions, the deep frustration found expression in their voting pattern. Rising unemployment in traditional sectors, besides shrinking opportunities in the emerging industrial fields, brought in greater uncertainties and unsure pathways. The Far Right forces (Parivarism) since 1980s began to capitalise this deeper social crisis by effectively appropriating ‘cultural crisis’ set in by the Ram Mandir issue, on the one hand, and the common civil code (post-Shah Bano case) controversy, on the other. Occasionally, the Sangh Parivar also used ‘swadeshi’ question to masquerade its commitment to much faster capitalist development. The social crisis caused by LPG model only disrupted social solidarity of secularisation process which paved the way for Sangh making inroads into the social base which Congress traditionally held for long.

As years went on, the BJP also came out in open to accelerate the pace of ‘reforms’, the consequences of which are much deeper. Yet, the Congress couldn’t come forward with any alternative as the BJP has already co-opted its policy regime, using ‘culture’ as a social shield of countering and containing emerging social unrest. The success of Modi is his regime of ‘event’ managing the social constituency by negotiating with traditional caste groups even as it has been maintaining a panoptican state in terms of monitoring its potential ‘enemies’ and ‘friends.’

A much greater advantage of Modi regime is the global atmospheric pressure which fits in with a Far Right ‘historical bloc’ (as Gramsci referred to in the context of West European capitalist scenario). The post-global financial crisis and post-Euro zone crisis reminded both the US and UK that they needed to revisit their neoliberal globalist regimes, the consequences of which are unpredictable at least for some time. Modi too will have to face the long term consequences of this structural shift in global economy. If he is proceeding with ‘Pathanjalisation’ of Indian economy with false pretensions of indigenisation (make-in-India), he may succeed for some time. But the social crisis will be deepening in diverse forms, including communalisation and disruption in social solidarity. The Congress unfortunately has no alternative social agenda. It has the single agenda of meeting the ‘threat’ from BJP while the threat from social dislocations caused by the ‘austerity’ regime is much deeper and all-pervading. A change of leadership will have the effect of cosmetic exercise which can temporarily infuse confidence but not necessarily a sustainable solution to the long term crisis the Congress has been undergoing.

There are many in the calibre of Tharoor in the Congress party. But the question is if the party should proceed with an iconocentric approach to politics.  Charisma may be a good rallying point for some time. But as the system gets down to brass tacks, things may go beyond the image of one person or a rainbow coalition of a few. Politics is after all the art of social management where peoples’ aspirations do matter. That’s why many would emphasize the question of social policy alternatives. No country survived in the post-liberalization period without experiencing social chaos. The first country in South Asia, which had to undergo liberalization, was Sri Lanka, way back in the 1970s.

The next two decades saw the country being torn by ethnic conflicts. Yugoslavia witnessed the same process of liberalization in the 1980s in Europe, but the end result was its balkanisation, in less than a decade, with ethnic conflicts assuming genocidal proportions. This has happened in almost all countries in the Global South and, in India, it has taken a communal turn which has been appropriated by the Sangh Parivar across the country. In places like Kashmir and in other countries such as Pakistan, Afghanistan and Bangladesh, it was Islamism which took the role of Far Right extremism in public spheres. Yet, the Congress is yet to look at the problems of the party system from the point of view of social policy framework and the issues that emerged from the local to international. Leadership question is only one aspect of mutli-faceted problems that the Congress has been facing for long.

Tharoor himself came out in open denying the possibility of his emergence for the 2019 elections. He said: The party has a settled leadership, which is not up for debate. When changes occur they do so through an established procedure.” If the obsession is still about the leader, not the policy regime, this is definitely going to take things to a different level. Paradoxically, Tharoor himself had written about the leadership question earlier:

“Five decades ago, as India’s first prime minister, Jawaharlal Nehru, began visibly ailing, the nation and the world were consumed by the question: ‘After Nehru, who?’ The inexpressible fear lay in the subtext to the question: ‘After Nehru, what?’

No doubt, the decline of the Congress is going to affect social texture of the democratic system in the country with the Sangh Parivar taking the lead in declaring India ‘Congress-free.’ Obviously, the UP victory will make a difference in BJP-led NDA’s capacity to bring in the long pending legislations in areas such as land acquisition, labour regulations, reforms in banking sector, taxation regime etc with the Rajya Sabha offering a comfortable platform for negotiations. Given the Congress party’s pro-liberalisation and pro-reform approach, one cannot expect any major shifts in its attitude on the above issues. The crisis of the Congress is thus more ideological and social, rather than a mere question of leadership.  If the Congress should still re-emerge as “spokesman of the nation” besides “its affirmed agent of criticism and change,” it should, by and large, revisit its very approach to the existing policy regime.

The author is Professor, School of International Relations and Politics, Mahatma Gandhi University, Kerala. He can be reached  at [email protected].

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on India’s Tectonic Political Shift: ‘Authoritative Hegemony’ and the ‘Congress System’

“Few people at this hour – and I refer to the time before the breaking out of this most grim war, which is coming to birth so strangely, as if it did not want to be born – few, I say, these days still enjoy that tranquility which permits one to choose the truth, to abstract one in reflection.  Almost all the world is in tumult, is beside itself, and when man is beside himself he loses his most essential attribute: the possibility of meditating, or withdrawing into himself to come to terms with himself and define what it is he believes and what it is that he does not believe; what he truly esteems and what he truly detests.  Being beside himself bemuses him, blinds him, forces him to act mechanically in a frenetic somnambulism.” -Ortega Y Gasset  “The Self and the Other”

As I write these words, the house is being buried in a snowstorm. Heavy flakes fall slowly and silently as a contemplative peace muffles the frenetic agitation and speed of a world gone mad. A beautiful gift like this has no price, though there are those who would like to set one, as they do on everything.  In my mind’s eye I see Boris Pasternak’s Yurii Zhivago, sitting in the penumbra of an oil lamp in the snowy night stillness of Varykino, scratching out his poems in a state of inspired possession.  Outside the wolves howl. Inside the bedroom, his doomed lover, Lara, and her daughter sleep peacefully.  The wolves are always howling.

Then my mind’s lamp flickers, and Ignacio Silone’s rebel character, Pietro Spina (from the novel Bread and Wine) appears.  He is deep into heavy snow as he flees the Italian fascists by hiking into the mountains. There, too, howl the wolves, the omnipresent wolves, as the solitary rebel – the man who said “No” – slowly trudges in a meditative silence, disguised as a priest.

Images like these, apparitions of literary characters who never existed outside the imagination, might at first seem eccentric. But they appear to me because they are, like the silent snow that falls outside, evocative reminders of our need to stop the howling media streams long enough to set our minds on essential truths, to think and meditate on our fates – the fate of the earth and our individual fates. To resist the forces of death we need to concentrate, and that requires slow silence in solitude.  That is why the world’s archetypal arch-enemy, Mr. Death himself, aka Satan, aka Screwtape, advises his disciple Wormwood in C. S. Lewis’s The Screwtape Letters to befuddle people against the aberration of logic by keeping them distracted with contradictory, non-stop news reports. He tells him that “Your business is to fix his attention on the stream.  Teach him to call it ‘real life’ and don’t let him ask what he means by ‘real.’ “

It is a commonplace to say that we are being buried in continuous and never-ending information. Yet it is true.  We are being snowed by this torrent of indigestible “news,” and it’s not new, just vastly increased in the last twenty-five years or so.

Writing fifty-eight years ago, C. Wright Mills argued:

It is not only information they need – in the Age of Fact, information often dominates their attention and overwhelms their capacities to assimilate it….What they need…is a quality of mind that will help them to use information and to develop reason in order to achieve lucid summations of what is going on in the world and of what may be happening within themselves….what may be called the sociological imagination.

Today, as we speed down the information superhighway, Mills’s words are truer than ever.  But how to develop an imagination suffused with reason to arrive at lucid summations?  Is it possible now that “the information bomb” (attributed to Einstein) has fallen?

Albert Camus

Albert Camus once said that “at any street corner the feeling of absurdity can strike any man in the face.”  While that is still true today, I would add that the feeling of an agitated and distracted bewilderment is everywhere to be seen as multitudes scan their idiot boxes for the latest revelations. Beeping and peeping, they momentarily quell their nervous anxieties by being informed and simulating proximity through the ether. Permanently busy in their mediated “reality,” they watch as streaming data are instantly succeeded by streaming data in acts of digital dementia. For Camus the absurd was a starting point for a freer world of rebellion. For Walter Lippman, the influential journalist and adviser to presidents and potentates, “the bewildered herd” – his name for regular people, the 99 % – was a beginning and a wished for end. His elites, the 1 %, would bewilder the herd in order to control them. His wish has come true.

A surfeit of information, fundamental to modern propaganda, prevents people from forming considered judgments.  It paralyzes them. Jacques Ellul writes in Propaganda:

Continuous propaganda exceeds the individual’s capacity for attention or adaptations. This trait of continuity explains why propaganda can indulge in sudden twists and turns.  It is always surprising that the content of propaganda can be so inconsistent that it can approve today what it condemned yesterday.

Coherence and unity in claims aren’t necessary; contradictions work just as well.  And the more the better: more contradictions, more consistency, more complementarity – just make it more.  The system demands more.  The informed citizen craves more; craves it faster and faster as the data become dada, an absurdist joke on logical thinking.

Wherever you go in the United States these days, you sense a generalized panic and an inability to slow down and focus.  Depression, anxiety, hopelessness fill the air.  Most people sense that something is seriously wrong, but don’t know exactly what. So they rage and rant and scurry along in a frenzy. It seems so huge, so everything, so indescribable.  Minds like pointilliste canvases with thousands of data dots and no connections.

In the mid-1990s, when the electronic world of computers and the internet were being shoved down our throats by a consortium of national security state and computer company operatives (gladly swallowed then by many and now resulting in today’s total surveillance state), I became a member of The Lead Pencil Club foundered by Bill Henderson (The Pushcart Press) in honor of Thoreau’s father’s pencil factory and meant as a whimsical protest: “a pothole on the information superhighway.”  There were perhaps 37 1/3 members worldwide, no membership roll, and no dues – just a commitment to use pencils to write and think slowly.

“Why should we live with such hurry and waste of life?” Thoreau asked.  “We are determined to be starved before we are hungry.”

So I am writing these words with a pencil, an object, to paraphrase Walter Benjamin, which haunts our present electronic world by being a ruin of the past.  It is not a question of nostalgia, for we are not returning to our lost homes, despite a repressed urge for simpler times. But the pencil is an object that stands as a warning of the technological hubris that has pushed our home on earth to the brink of nuclear extinction and made mush of people’s minds in grasping the reasons why.

I think of John Berger, the great writer on art and life, as I write, erase, cross out, rewrite – roll the words over and look at them, consider them.  Berger who wrote: “Writing is an off-shoot of something deeper”; that “most mainstream political discourse today is composed of words that, separated from any creature of language, are inert….dead ‘word-mongering’ [that] wipes out memory and breeds a ruthless complacency.”

The pencil is not a fetish; it is a reminder to make haste slowly, to hear and feel my thinking on the paper, to honor the sacredness of what Berger calls the “confabulation” between words and their meaning.  I smell the pencil’s wood, the tree of life, its slow ascent, rooted in the earth, the earth our home, our beginning and our end.

Imagining our ends, while always hard, has become much harder in modern times in western industrialized nations, especially the United States that reigns death down on the rest of the world while pretending it is immortal and immune from the nuclear weapons it brandishes. Yet the need to do so has become more important. When in 1939 Ortega y Gasset warned in the epigraph of a most grim war coming to birth so strangely, as people acted “mechanically in a frenetic somnambulism,” he was writing before nuclear weapons, the ultimate technology.

If today we cannot imagine our individual deaths, how can we imagine the death of the earth? In a 1944 newspaper column George Orwell made an astute observation: “I would say that the decay of the belief in personal immortality has been as important as the rise of machine civilization.” He connected this growing disbelief to the modern cult of power worship.  “I do not want the belief in life after death to return,” he added, “and in any case it is not likely to return. What I do point out is that its disappearance has left a big hole, and that we ought to take notice of that fact.”

I think that one reason we have not taken notice of this fact of the presence of a huge absence (not to say whether this disbelief is “true”) is the internet of speed, celebrated and foreseen by the grandmaster of electronic wizardry and obscurantic celebrator of retribalized man, Marshall McLuhan, who called the electronic media our gods whom we must serve and who argued that the extensions of human faculties through media would bring about abstract persons who would wear their brains outside their skulls and who would need an external conscience. Shall we say robots on fast forward?

Once the human body is reduced to a machine and human intercourse accepted as a “mediated reality” through so-called smart devices, we know – or should – that we are in big trouble.  John Ralston Saul, a keen observer of the way we live now, mimics George Carlin by saying, “If Marx were functioning today, he would have been hard put to avoid saying that imaginary sex is the opiate of the people.”

Saul is also one of the few thinkers to follow-up on Orwell’s point.  “Inexplicable violence is almost always the sign of deep fears being released and there can be no deeper fear than mortality unchained.  With the disappearance of faith and the evaporation of all magic from the image, man’s fear of mortality has been freed to roam in a manner not seen for two millennia.”  Blind reason, amoral and in the service of expertise and power, has replaced a holistic approach to understanding that includes at its heart art, language, “spirit, appetite, faith and emotion, but also intuition, will and, most important, experience.”  People, he argues, run around today in an inner panic as if they are searching for a lost forgotten truth.

Zygmunt Bauman, the brilliant sociological thinker, is another observer who has noticed the big hole that is staring us in the face.  “The devaluation of immortality,” he writes, “cannot but augur a cultural upheaval, arguably the most decisive turning point in human cultural history.”  He too connects our refusal in the west to contemplate this fact to the constant busyness and perpetual rushed sense of emergency engendered by the electronic media with its streaming information.  To this end he quotes Nicole Aubert:

Permanent busyness, with one emergency following another, gives the security of a full life or a ‘successful career’, sole proofs of self-assertion in a world from which all references to the ‘beyond’ are absent, and where existence, with its finitude, is the only certainty…When they take action people think short-term – of things to be done immediately or in the very near future…All too often, action is only an escape from the self, a remedy from the anguish.

McLuhan’s abstract persons, who rush through the grey magic of electronic lives where flesh and blood don’t exist, not only drown in excessive data that they can’t understand, but drift through a world of ghostly images where “selves” with nothing at the core flit to and fro. Style, no substance.  Perspective, no person.  Life, having passed from humans to things and the images of things, reduced and reified.  Nothing is clear, the images come and go, fact and fiction blend, myth and history coalesce, time and space collapse in a collage of confusion, surfaces appear as depths, the person becomes a perspective, a perspective becomes a mirror, a mirror reflects an image, and the individual is left dazed and lost, wondering what world he is in and what personality he should don. In McLuhan’s electronic paradise that is ours, people don’t live or die, people just float through the ether and pass away, as do the victims of America’s non-stop wars of aggression simply evaporate as statistics that float down the stream, while the delusional believe the world will bloodlessly evaporate in a nuclear war that they can’t imagine coming and won’t see gone. Who in this flow can hear the words of Federico Garcia Lorca: “Beneath all the totals, a river of warm blood/A river that goes singing/past the bedrooms…”?

If you shower the public with the thousands of items that occur in the course of a day or a week, the average person, even if he tries hard, will simply retain thousands of items which mean nothing to him. He would need a remarkable memory to tie some event to another that happened three weeks or three months ago….To obtain a rounded picture one would have to do research, but the average person has neither the desire or time for it.  As a result, he finds himself in a kind of kaleidoscope in which thousands of unconnected images follow each other rapidly….To the average man who tries to keep informed, a world emerges that is astonishingly incoherent, absurd, and irrational, which changes rapidly and constantly for reasons he cannot understand.

Jaques Ellul wrote that in 1965. Lucid summations are surely needed now.

Here’s one from Roberto Calasso from The Forty-Nine Steps: “The new society is an agnostic theocracy based on nihilism.”

Anyone who sits silently and does a modicum of research while honestly contemplating the current world situation will have no trouble in noticing that there is one country in the world – the U.S.A. – that has used nuclear weapons, is modernizing its vast obscene arsenal, and has announced that it will use it as a first strike weapon. A quick glance at a map will reveal the positioning of U.S. NATO troops and weapons right up to Russia’s borders and the aggressive movement of U.S. forces close to China.  Hiroshima and Nagasaki make no difference.

Hiroshima in the wake of the Bomb

The fate of the earth makes no difference. Nothing makes a difference. Obama started this aggressiveness, but will this change under Trump?  That’s very unlikely. We are talking about puppets for the potentates. It’s easy to note that the U.S. has 1,000,000 troops stationed in 175 countries because they advertise that during college basketball games, and of course you know of all the countries upon which the U.S. is raining down death and destruction in the name of peace and freedom.  That’s all you need to know.  Meditate on that and that hole that has opened up in western culture, and perhaps in your heart.

“If you are acquainted with the principle,” wrote Thoreau, “what do you care for myriad instances and applications?” Simplify, simplify, simplify.

But you may prefer complexity, following the stream.

The snow is still falling, night has descended, and the roads are impassable.  The beautiful snow has stopped us in our tracks. Tomorrow we can resume our frantic movements, but for now we must simply stay put and wonder.

Eugene Ionesco, known for his absurdist plays, including Rhinoceros, puts it thus:

In all the cities of the world, it is the same.  The universal and modern man is the man in a rush (i.e. a rhinoceros), a man who has no time, who is a prisoner of necessity, who cannot understand that a thing might be without usefulness; nor does he understand that, at bottom, it is the useful that may be a useless and back-breaking burden.  If one does not understand the usefulness of the useless and the uselessness of the useful, one cannot understand art.  And a country where art is not understood is a country of slaves and robots.

Ionesco emphasized the literal insanity of everyday life, comparing people to rhinoceroses that think and act with a herd mentality because they are afraid of the solitude and slowness necessary for lucid thought. They rush at everything with their horns.  Behind this lies the fear of freedom, whose inner core is the fear of death.  Doing nothing means being nothing, so being busy means being someone.  And today being busy means being “plugged into the stream” of information meant to confound, which it does.

I return to the artist Pasternak, since the snowy night can’t keep me away. Or has he returned to me? I hear Yurii Zhivago’s uncle Nikolai speaking:

Only individuals seek the truth, and they shun those whose sole concern is not the truth.  How many things in the world deserve our loyalty? Very few indeed. I think one should be loyal to immortality, which is another word for life, a stronger word for it ….What you don’t understand is that it is possible to be an atheist, it is possible to not know whether God exists, or why, and yet believe that man does not live in a state of nature but in history….Now what is history? It is the centuries of systematic explorations of the riddle of death, with a view to overcoming death. That’s why people discover mathematical infinity and electromagnetic waves, that’s why they write symphonies. Now, you can’t advance in this direction without a certain faith.  You can’t make such discoveries without spiritual equipment. And the basic elements of this equipment are in the Gospels.  What are they? To begin with, love of one’s neighbor, which is the supreme form of vital energy.  Once it fills the heart of man it has to overflow and spend itself. And then the two basic ideals of modern man – without them he is unthinkable – the idea of free personality and the idea of life as sacrifice. Mind you, all of this is still extraordinarily new….Man does not die in a ditch like a dog – but at home in history, while the work toward the conquest of death is in full swing; he dies sharing in this work. Ouf!  I got quite worked up, didn’t I? But I might as well be talking to a blank wall.

I look outside and see the snow has stopped. It is time to sleep. Early tomorrow the plows will grind up the roads and the rush will ensue. Usefulness will flow.

But for now the night is beautiful and slow. A work of art.

Edward Curtin is a writer whose work has appeared widely. He teaches sociology at Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts. His website is http://edwardcurtin.com/

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on The Information Superhighway, The Feeling of Absurdity, Something is Inherently Wrong, Buried in a Snowstorm…

There are real reasons to worry about President Donald Trump’s foreign policy, including his casual belligerence toward Iran and North Korea and his failure to rethink U.S. alliances with Saudi Arabia and Israel, but The New York Times obsesses on Trump’s willingness to work with Russia.

The New York Times’ connect-the-dots graphic showing the Kremlin sitting atop the White House.

On Saturday, the Times devoted most of its op-ed page to the Times’ favorite conspiracy theory, that Trump is Vladimir Putin’s “Manchurian candidate” though evidence continues to be lacking.

The op-ed package combined a “What to Ask About Russian Hacking” article by Louise Mensch, a former Conservative member of the British Parliament who now works for Rupert Murdoch’s News Corporation, and a connect-the-dots graphic that when filled out shows the Kremlin sitting atop the White House. But the featured article actually revealed how flimsy and wacky the Times’ conspiracy theory is.

Usually, an investigation doesn’t begin until there is specific evidence of a crime. For instance, the investigative articles that I have written over the years have always had information from insiders about how the misconduct had occurred before a single word was published.

In the early 1990s, for the investigation that I conducted for PBS “Frontline” into the so-called “October Surprise” case – whether Ronald Reagan’s campaign colluded with Iranians and others to sabotage President Jimmy Carter’s negotiations to free 52 American hostages in 1980 – we had some two dozen people providing information about those contacts from multiple perspectives – including from the U.S., Iran, Israel and Europe – before we aired the allegations.

We didn’t base our documentary on the suspicious circumstance that the Iranians held back the hostages until after Ronald Reagan was inaugurated President on Jan. 20, 1981, or on the point that Iran and the Republicans had motives to sandbag Carter. We didn’t casually throw out the names of a bunch of people who might have committed treason.

When we broadcast the documentary in April 1991, there was a strong evidentiary case of the Reagan’s campaign guilt – and even then we were highly circumspect in how we presented the story.

Ultimately, the 1980 “October Surprise” case came down to whether you believed the Republican denials or the two dozen or so witnesses who described how this operation was carried out with the help of the Israeli government, French intelligence, and former and current CIA officers – along with former CIA Director George H.W. Bush and future CIA Director William Casey.

In the end, Official Washington was never willing to accept that the beloved Ronald Reagan could have done something as dastardly as conspire with Iranians to delay the release of 52 American hostages. It didn’t matter what the evidence was or that Reagan quickly approved arms shipments to Iran via Israel in 1981, a prequel to the later Iran-Contra arms-for-hostages scandal of 1985-86.

No Direct Evidence

By contrast, what the current “Russia Owns Trump” allegations are completely lacking is an insider who describes any nefarious collusion between the Trump campaign and Russia to arrange the Kremlin’s help in defeating Hillary Clinton and electing Donald Trump.

Then-Vice President George H.W. Bush with CIA Director William Casey at the White House on Feb. 11, 1981. (Photo credit: Reagan Library)

What we do have is President Barack Obama’s outgoing intelligence chiefs putting out evidence-free “assessments” that Russia was responsible for the “hacking” and the publicizing of two batches of Democratic emails, one from the Democratic National Committee and one from Clinton’s campaign chairman John Podesta.

The DNC emails revealed that top Democratic Party officials had violated their duty to remain neutral during the primaries and instead tilted the playing field in favor of Hillary Clinton and against Sen. Bernie Sanders. The Podesta emails exposed the contents of Clinton’s paid speeches to Wall Street, which she was trying to hide from voters, as well as some pay-to-play features of the Clinton Foundation.

When published by WikiLeaks last year, the emails embarrassed the Clinton campaign but were not regarded as a major factor in her defeat, which she blamed primarily on FBI Director James Comey’s decision to briefly reopen the investigation into whether she endangered national security by using a private email server while Secretary of State.

However, amid the shock of Donald Trump’s election, Clinton supporters looked for reasons to block Trump’s inauguration or to set the stage for his impeachment. That was when Obama’s intelligence chiefs began circulating claims that Russia was behind the leaking of the Democratic emails as part of a scheme to put their favored candidate, Trump, in the White House.

The New York Times and other mainstream news outlets, which were strongly hostile to Trump, seized on the allegations, making them front-page news for the past several months despite the paucity of actual evidence that any collusion occurred or that the Russians were even the ones who obtained and distributed the emails.

WikiLeaks denied getting the material from the Russians, suggesting instead that two different American insiders were the sources.

A Witch Hunt?

How thin the Russia-Trump case is becomes evident in reading the Times’ op-ed by Louise Mensch. After introducing herself as someone who has “followed the Russian hacking story closely,” she lists 25 people by name, including various Trump advisers as well as Internet moguls Mark Zuckerberg and Peter Thiel, who should be hauled before the House Intelligence Committee for interrogation along with unnamed executives of several corporations and banks.


Lawyer Roy Cohn (right) with Sen. Joseph McCarthy.

“There are many more who need to be called but these would be a first step,” Mensch wrote. In reviewing the Mensch’s long article, it’s unclear if she’s proposing only a “fishing expedition” or would prefer a full-fledged “witch hunt.”

At one point earlier in this process, I wrote an article warning that the “investigation” could become something of a “did-you-talk-to-a-Russian” inquisition. Some readers probably felt I was going too far, but that now appears to be exactly what is happening.

Many of Mensch’s suggestions pertain to people associated with the Trump campaign who game speeches in Moscow or otherwise communicated with Russians. It appears any contact with a Russian, any discussion of disagreements between the U.S. and Russia, or any political comment that in any way echoes what some Russian may have said becomes “evidence” of collusion and treason.

The extremism of Mensch’s tendentious article is further illustrated by her suggestion that Trump should be impeached if there is any truth to his widely discredited tweet that Obama had ordered wiretaps on Trump Tower. She wrote:

“If … the president tweeted real news, he revealed the existence of intercepts that cover members of his team in a continuing investigation. That would be obstruction of justice, potentially an impeachable offense.”

Most of us who have reported on Trump’s bizarre “tapp” tweet have criticized him for making a serious charge without evidence (as well as his poor spelling), but Mensch seems to believe that the more serious offense would be if Trump somehow were telling the truth. She wants any truth-telling on this issue to be grounds for Trump’s impeachment, even though he may have been referring, in part, to her November article reporting on the FISA warrant that supposedly granted permission for members of Trump’s team to be put under electronic surveillance.

A Tinfoil Hat

To dramatize her arguments further, Mensch then demonstrates a thorough lack of knowledge about recent American history. She claims,

“Never in American history has a president been suspected of collaborating with a hostile foreign power to win an election.”

Whatever you want to think about the 1980 October Surprise case – and there is substantial evidence that it was real – it definitely constituted an example in American history when a president was “suspected of collaborating with a hostile foreign power to win an election.”

Another case in 1968, which now even The New York Times grudgingly accepts, involved Richard Nixon colluding with the South Vietnamese government to torpedo President Lyndon Johnson’s Paris peace talks to assure Nixon’s election. Although South Vietnam was then an ally, the allegations about Nixon also included outreach to North Vietnam, although Hanoi ended up sending a delegation to Paris while Saigon did not.

President Barack Obama meets with President-elect Donald Trump in the Oval Office, Nov. 10, 2016. (Official White House Photo by Pete Souza)

Yet, what is perhaps most shocking about Mensch’s op-ed and its prominent placement by the Times is that the story has all the elements of a “tinfoil-hat” conspiracy. It’s the sort of wild-eyed smearing of American citizens that the Times would normally deride as an offensive fantasy that would be either ignored or mentioned only to mock the conspiracists.

But the Times is now so deep into its campaign to demonize Russia and to destroy Trump that all normal journalistic standards have long ago been tossed out the window.

While there are many valid reasons to protest Trump and his policies, this descent into a New McCarthyism is both grotesque (because it impugns the patriotism of Americans without evidence, only breathless questions) and dangerous (because it escalates the New Cold War with Russia, a confrontation that could stumble into a nuclear holocaust).

At such moments, supposedly serious newspapers like The New York Times should show extraordinary caution and care, not a reckless disregard for truth and fairness. But no one in Official Washington seems willing to play the role of attorney Joseph Welch when he finally stood up to Sen. Joe McCarthy with the famous question, “At long last, have you left no sense of decency?”

Investigative reporter Robert Parry broke many of the Iran-Contra stories for The Associated Press and Newsweek in the 1980s. You can buy his latest book, America’s Stolen Narrative, either in print here or as an e-book (from Amazon and barnesandnoble.com).

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on New York Times’ ‘Tinfoil Hat’ Conspiracy Theory. “The Kremlin Sitting Atop the White House”

With extreme recklessness, the Trump administration is charting a course toward war in the Asia-Pacific. From the response in the US media and political establishment, however, one would have no idea how dangerous the situation is, nor how incalculable the consequences.

The latest in the escalating war of words came from US Secretary of State Rex Tillerson, who said at a press conference in Seoul, South Korea on Friday that “all options are on the table” in dealing with North Korea. The comments came in advance of Tillerson’s visit today to China, North Korea’s main ally.

“Let me be very clear: the policy of strategic patience has ended,” the former CEO of ExxonMobil said, in what was widely interpreted as a rebuke to the Obama administration’s preference for economic sanctions in relation to North Korea. When asked about the possibility of a military response, Tillerson replied, “If they elevate the threat of their weapons program to a level that we believe requires action then that option is on the table.”

Echoing Tillerson’s threats, US President Donald Trump tweeted,

“North Korea is behaving very badly. They have been ‘playing’ the United States for years. China has done little to help!”

If words have any meaning, the statements from Tillerson and Trump make clear that the US is preparing “pre-emptive” war, justified by North Korea’s reported plans to test an intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM) capable of reaching the continental United States.

There is a staggering disconnect between the terrible consequences of such a war and the way it is being treated in the US media. Tillerson’s comments were greeted with a shrug on the network news programs Saturday evening. The Democrats have remained silent.

What would come from a US strike on North Korea? Would the crisis-ridden North Korean regime respond by firing missiles against Seoul or Tokyo? Would it use one of its nuclear weapons? Would a war against North Korea spiral into a direct conflict between the world’s two largest economies, the United States and China? These questions cannot be answered for certain, but all scenarios are possible.

One of the few comments addressing the character of a US war with North Korea came from retired Army Major Mike Lyons, a senior fellow for the Truman National Security Project. Writing in the Hill on Friday, Lyons said that US allies in the Pacific should begin “taking inventory of your military capability” and planning for a military operation that “could cause immediate casualties and destruction the world hasn’t seen since WWII.”

“We would have to literally blanket the sky for hours with air strikes,” Lyons wrote. The attack “would not focus on just military targets—there would be civilian casualties in the hundreds of thousands as well.” He further warned, “The war won’t go as planned for many reasons—if the North is successful in launching a nuclear weapon that destroys part of Seoul,” the US would likely be impelled to retaliate.

In other words, a war is being contemplated that could lead to the first combat use of nuclear weapons since the end of World War II.

Any military action in the tinder box of North East Asia can have far-reaching consequences, whatever the immediate intentions of the US may be. In recent weeks, the US and South Korea have engaged in large-scale military exercises; North Korea’s ambassador to the UN has warned that the “the Korean Peninsula is again inching to the brink of a nuclear war;” North Korea has test-fired missiles in the direction of Japan; and the US has begun deployment of an anti-ballistic missile system in South Korea that is directed primarily at China.

On Tuesday, Japan announced plans to dispatch its largest warship on a tour of the South China Sea, prompting protests from China.

The German newspaper Die Zeit commented earlier this week on escalating geopolitical tensions throughout the world:

“Whether on purpose or accidentally, Trump could quickly get into a great war. Whether the United States, or anyone else, could emerge victorious from it, is doubtful.”

The recklessness of US actions testifies to the fact that the root of the spiraling conflict is not to be found in the Asia-Pacific, but rather in the United States, which is facing an unparalleled series of crises.

Despite its increasingly provocative threats against China and North Korea, the US alliance system in Asia is showing severe signs of strain. The impeachment of South Korean President Park Geun-hye was seen as a blow to US interests in the region. Meanwhile the Philippines, a key US ally, has reoriented toward China at the expense of the US.

Washington’s European alliance system faces an even more dramatic breakdown. The same day that Tillerson made his threats against China, Trump and German Chancellor Angela Merkel held a press conference in which the NATO allies addressed each other effectively as adversaries.

At the same time, the Trump administration has proposed a budget that calls for cuts to domestic spending of over 30 percent in some departments, while adding some $52 billion to US military spending. The White House is pushing a health care overhaul that would gut Medicaid, the health care program for the poor and disabled, and cause more than 20 million people to lose health care coverage.

The imposition of these policies will lead to growing social discontent within the United States, which is already beset by record social inequality.

There is an element of madness in the Trump administration’s policies, but it is a madness rooted in the contradictions of American capitalism. The American ruling class depends upon constant war—both as a means of diverting social tensions outward, and as the principle mechanism for maintaining its global position under conditions of economic decline.

Responsibility for this policy does not end with the White House. Whatever their differences, all factions of the political establishment are agreed on the basic strategic imperative of world domination. As for the pseudo-left organizations, which take their line from the Democratic Party and ooze with the complacency of the upper-middle class layers for which they speak, one would never know from reading their publications that world war is an imminent possibility.

The greatest danger is that the working class, which does not want war, is unaware of the gravity of the situation and is not politically organized and mobilized to prevent it. Policies that will have catastrophic consequences for workers in the United States and internationally are being carried out behind their backs. This plays into the hands of the conspiratorial cabal in Washington.

The development of a socialist, anti-war movement in the United States and throughout the world is the most urgent political task.

  • Posted in Uncategorized
  • Comments Off on “Trump Madness”: US Threats Against North Korea And The Danger of War in Asia

With extreme recklessness, the Trump administration is charting a course toward war in the Asia-Pacific. From the response in the US media and political establishment, however, one would have no idea how dangerous the situation is, nor how incalculable the consequences.

The latest in the escalating war of words came from US Secretary of State Rex Tillerson, who said at a press conference in Seoul, South Korea on Friday that “all options are on the table” in dealing with North Korea. The comments came in advance of Tillerson’s visit today to China, North Korea’s main ally.

“Let me be very clear: the policy of strategic patience has ended,” the former CEO of ExxonMobil said, in what was widely interpreted as a rebuke to the Obama administration’s preference for economic sanctions in relation to North Korea. When asked about the possibility of a military response, Tillerson replied, “If they elevate the threat of their weapons program to a level that we believe requires action then that option is on the table.”

Echoing Tillerson’s threats, US President Donald Trump tweeted,

“North Korea is behaving very badly. They have been ‘playing’ the United States for years. China has done little to help!”

If words have any meaning, the statements from Tillerson and Trump make clear that the US is preparing “pre-emptive” war, justified by North Korea’s reported plans to test an intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM) capable of reaching the continental United States.

There is a staggering disconnect between the terrible consequences of such a war and the way it is being treated in the US media. Tillerson’s comments were greeted with a shrug on the network news programs Saturday evening. The Democrats have remained silent.

What would come from a US strike on North Korea? Would the crisis-ridden North Korean regime respond by firing missiles against Seoul or Tokyo? Would it use one of its nuclear weapons? Would a war against North Korea spiral into a direct conflict between the world’s two largest economies, the United States and China? These questions cannot be answered for certain, but all scenarios are possible.

One of the few comments addressing the character of a US war with North Korea came from retired Army Major Mike Lyons, a senior fellow for the Truman National Security Project. Writing in the Hill on Friday, Lyons said that US allies in the Pacific should begin “taking inventory of your military capability” and planning for a military operation that “could cause immediate casualties and destruction the world hasn’t seen since WWII.”

“We would have to literally blanket the sky for hours with air strikes,” Lyons wrote. The attack “would not focus on just military targets—there would be civilian casualties in the hundreds of thousands as well.” He further warned, “The war won’t go as planned for many reasons—if the North is successful in launching a nuclear weapon that destroys part of Seoul,” the US would likely be impelled to retaliate.

In other words, a war is being contemplated that could lead to the first combat use of nuclear weapons since the end of World War II.

Any military action in the tinder box of North East Asia can have far-reaching consequences, whatever the immediate intentions of the US may be. In recent weeks, the US and South Korea have engaged in large-scale military exercises; North Korea’s ambassador to the UN has warned that the “the Korean Peninsula is again inching to the brink of a nuclear war;” North Korea has test-fired missiles in the direction of Japan; and the US has begun deployment of an anti-ballistic missile system in South Korea that is directed primarily at China.

On Tuesday, Japan announced plans to dispatch its largest warship on a tour of the South China Sea, prompting protests from China.

The German newspaper Die Zeit commented earlier this week on escalating geopolitical tensions throughout the world:

“Whether on purpose or accidentally, Trump could quickly get into a great war. Whether the United States, or anyone else, could emerge victorious from it, is doubtful.”

The recklessness of US actions testifies to the fact that the root of the spiraling conflict is not to be found in the Asia-Pacific, but rather in the United States, which is facing an unparalleled series of crises.

Despite its increasingly provocative threats against China and North Korea, the US alliance system in Asia is showing severe signs of strain. The impeachment of South Korean President Park Geun-hye was seen as a blow to US interests in the region. Meanwhile the Philippines, a key US ally, has reoriented toward China at the expense of the US.

Washington’s European alliance system faces an even more dramatic breakdown. The same day that Tillerson made his threats against China, Trump and German Chancellor Angela Merkel held a press conference in which the NATO allies addressed each other effectively as adversaries.

At the same time, the Trump administration has proposed a budget that calls for cuts to domestic spending of over 30 percent in some departments, while adding some $52 billion to US military spending. The White House is pushing a health care overhaul that would gut Medicaid, the health care program for the poor and disabled, and cause more than 20 million people to lose health care coverage.

The imposition of these policies will lead to growing social discontent within the United States, which is already beset by record social inequality.

There is an element of madness in the Trump administration’s policies, but it is a madness rooted in the contradictions of American capitalism. The American ruling class depends upon constant war—both as a means of diverting social tensions outward, and as the principle mechanism for maintaining its global position under conditions of economic decline.

Responsibility for this policy does not end with the White House. Whatever their differences, all factions of the political establishment are agreed on the basic strategic imperative of world domination. As for the pseudo-left organizations, which take their line from the Democratic Party and ooze with the complacency of the upper-middle class layers for which they speak, one would never know from reading their publications that world war is an imminent possibility.

The greatest danger is that the working class, which does not want war, is unaware of the gravity of the situation and is not politically organized and mobilized to prevent it. Policies that will have catastrophic consequences for workers in the United States and internationally are being carried out behind their backs. This plays into the hands of the conspiratorial cabal in Washington.

The development of a socialist, anti-war movement in the United States and throughout the world is the most urgent political task.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on “Trump Madness”: US Threats Against North Korea And The Danger of War in Asia

Since the day of Donald Trump’s election, high-ranking Russian officials have been dropping like flies and today’s reports that a top official of Russia’s space agency has been found dead brings the total to eight.

As we noted previously, six Russian diplomats have died in the last 3 months – all but one died on foreign soil. Some were shot, while other causes of death are unknown. Note that a few deaths have been labeled “heart attacks” or “brief illnesses.”

1. You probably remember Russia’s Ambassador to Turkey, Andrei Karlov — he was assassinated by a police officer at a photo exhibit in Ankara on December 19.

2. On the same day, another diplomat, Peter Polshikov, was shot dead in his Moscow apartment. The gun was found under the bathroom sink but the circumstances of the death were under investigation. Polshikov served as a senior figure in the Latin American department of the Foreign Ministry.

3. Russia’s Ambassador to the United Nations, Vitaly Churkin, died in New York this past week. Churkin was rushed to the hospital from his office at Russia’s UN mission. Initial reports said he suffered a heart attack, and the medical examiner is investigating the death, according to CBS.

4. Russia’s Ambassador to India, Alexander Kadakin, died after a “brief illness January 27, which The Hindu said he had been suffering from for a few weeks.

5. Russian Consul in Athens, Greece, Andrei Malanin, was found dead in his apartment January 9. A Greek police official said there was “no evidence of a break-in.” But Malanin lived on a heavily guarded street. The cause of death needed further investigation, per an AFP report. Malanin served during a time of easing relations between Greece and Russia when Greece was increasingly critiqued by the EU and NATO.

6. Ex-KGB chief Oleg Erovinkin, who was suspected of helping draft the Trump dossier, was found dead in the back of his car December 26, according to The Telegraph. Erovinkin also was an aide to former deputy prime minister Igor Sechin, who now heads up state-owned Rosneft.

If we go back further than 3 months…

7. On the morning of U.S. Election Day, Russian diplomat Sergei Krivov was found unconscious at the Russian Consulate in New York and died on the scene. Initial reports said Krivov fell from the roof and had blunt force injuries, but Russian officials said he died from a heart attack. BuzzFeed reports Krivov may have been a Consular Duty Commander, which would have put him in charge of preventing sabotage or espionage.

8. In November 2015, a senior adviser to Putin, Mikhail Lesin, who was also the founder of the media company RT, was found dead in a Washington hotel room according to the NYT. The Russian media said it was a “heart attack,” but the medical examiner said it was “blunt force injuries.”

9. If you go back a few months prior in September 2016, Russian President Vladimir Putin’s driver was killed too in a freak car accident while driving the Russian President’s official black BMW  to add to the insanity.

If you include these three additional deaths that’s a total of nine Russian officials that have died over the past 2 years… until today…

As AP reports, 

a top official of Russia’s space agency has been found dead in a prison where he was being held on charges of embezzlement.

A spokeswoman for Russia’s Investigative Committee, Yulia Ivanova, told the state news agency RIA Novosti that the 11 other people in Vladimir Evdokimov’s cell were being questioned.

Investigators found two stab wounds on Evdokimov’s body, but no determination had been made of whether they were self-inflicted.

Evdokimov, 56, was the executive director for quality control at Roscosmos, the country’s spaceflight and research agency.

He was jailed in December on charges of embezzling 200 million rubles ($3.1 million) from the MiG aerospace company.

So, while motive is unclear in all of these cases, that brings the total number of dead Russian officials in the past two years to ten. Probably nothing…

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Another Senior Russian Official Has Died. Brings the Total to Eight

Hatem Abudayeeh, an Arab leader in the United States, speaks out on the Question of Palestine. An American son of Palestinians, Hatem is Executive Director of Arab American Action Network (AAAN), and co-founder and national coordinating committee member of the U.S. Palestinian Community Network (USPCN).

Edu Montesanti: How do you see the meeting between President Donald Trump and Prime-Minister Benjamin Netanyahu on February 15, especially the following observations by the American president: “I’m looking at two-state and one-state” formulations, Mr. Trump said during a White House news conference with Mr. Netanyahu. “I like the one that both parties like. I’m very happy with the one that both parties like. I can live with either one”?

Hatem Abudayyeh: Half of what Trump says is based on a lack of knowledge and understanding of domestic or foreign policy. He says the first thing that comes into his head with no regard for precedent or ramifications. He wants to run the U.S. like he runs his businesses and his relationships with women, like an autocrat. But the other half of what he says is based on an ultra-right wing worldview, so this could be that.

This sounds like he wants to help Israel achieve the Ersatz (Greater) Israel dream of the most fascist and rabid of zionists, not the one state solution that most progressive Palestinians like we in the U.S. Palestinian Community Network (USPCN) would want.

Edu Montesanti: Why cannot Israel and the Palestinians decide alone the question? Why do Palestinians need a third party to get an agreement?

Hatem Abudayyeh: The Palestinian question is not only one that affects us and the settler-colonialist Europeans who live on our land, but the entire region of the Arab World and the Middle East.  So it’s a global question that does not necessarily need only a third party, but many parties. 

We know clearly that the U.S. is not an honest broker and has never been one, so we have absolutely no interest in Trump or his ideas, even if he has invited Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud Abbas to the White House.

The Israelis will not accept any political or diplomatic pressure, so the pressure must instead come from the Palestinian resistance, in all its forms.

Boycott Divestment and Sanctions (BDS) has become an international phenomenon, even in the U.S., and Palestinians inside the borders of historic Palestine, including those who live inside the 1948 territories, must continue organizing and struggling to put pressure on the racist Israeli regime.

Edu Montesanti: The passage of the United Nations Security Council Resolution 2334 voted on December 23 last year, condemning the Israeli settlements as a flagrant violation of international law and a major impediment to the achievement of a two-state solution, changes nothing on the ground between Israel and the Palestinians. UN member states “agree to accept and carry out the decisions of the Security Council” according to the UN Charter. Human rights and the international community also condemns the Israeli settlements and military attacks against Palestinians. As journalist Daoud Kuttab observed last month in Al-Jazeera, in the article US and Israel join forces to bury Palestinian statehood:”Ever since the 1967 occupation, the United Nations Security Council has repeatedly expressed the illegality of the occupation, as in the preamble of Resolution 242 “emphasizing inadmissibility of the acquisition of territory by war.” Why does nothing change year by year, massacre after massacre?

Hatem Abudayyeh: Nothing changes because of the U.S., which uses and needs Israel as its proxy state in the Arab World.  Many people misrepresent the conflict and believe that the zionists dictate U.S. foreign policy, whether those zionists are in Israel, Europe, the U.S., or even the Arab World.  But in reality, it is U.S. imperialism that unequivocally supports Israel diplomatically, politically, militarily, and financially, because the U.S. needs Israel to safeguard its economic interests in the Arab World.

The U.S. knows that the Arab masses will not stay silent, and will rise up to overthrow dictators like they did in Egypt, Tunisia, and Yemen in 2011. The white, settler-colonialist state of Israel provides the U.S. security that Arab states (regardless of how corrupt and autocratic they are) cannot.

So it is U.S. policy that allows Israel to continue to violate the legitimate national rights of the Palestinian people, including self determination, the Right of Return, and independence.

Edu Montesanti: You know the Western media distorts the facts involving this massacre against Palestinians. Please number the crimes or at least some of them committed by Israel.

Hatem Abudayyeh: Collective punishment, home demolitions, expropriation of land, administrative detention, settler violence and killings, military violence and killing, racist legislative and judicial decisions inside Israel affecting 1948 Palestinians, and many others.

Edu Montesanti: How do you evaluate the Western media coverage of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict?

Hatem Abudayyeh: Ultimately, the media is the tool of the government in the U.S. and other Western countries.  As I stated above, the U.S. needs Israel to safeguard its interests in the Arab World and Middle East, so its media coverage of the conflict must reflect almost unequivocal support of Israel as well.

That is why there is no balance in the Western media coverage, and why independent media is so important in this day and age.

Edu Montesanti: Would you please comment a little more about the Zionist lobby in US politics? And comment please how it interferes in the peace process in the Question of Palestine.

Hatem Abudayyeh: The zionist lobby is powerful, we acknowledge, but it is not the ultimate determinant of U.S. foreign policy.  It has money and political capital, of course, and definitely pushes Israeli propaganda in the U.S. Congress and across the country, but even if it were non-existent, the U.S. government would still support Israel the way it does currently.

Edu Montesanti: Professor Avi Shlaim observed weeks ago, in Al-Jazeera: “Sadly, the Palestinians are handicapped by weak leadership and by the internal rivalry between Fatah and Hamas.” Your view on the internal politics among Palestinians, please.

Hatem Abudayyeh: The Palestinian Authority in the West Bank became a comprador years ago, and the cabal around PA President Mahmoud Abbas will continue to work with the enemy to repress Palestinian resistance.

There are many elements of Fatah that are patriotic and want to resist Israel, but ultimately, they never truly challenge the PA. Hamas, on the other hand, has recently played the most leading role in the military resistance against Israel, so its popularity has risen accordingly over the years.

But it is also guilty of some repression against non-Hamas Palestinian forces in Gaza, and it has not been able to administer the Gaza Strip in a way that makes people’s lives better, but this is mostly due to the Israeli and Egyptian siege on the tiny piece of land.

The vast majority of Palestinians want peace and justice, and know that can only happen if we continue our resistance against the oppressor.

The best way for that to happen is to give up on the notion that we are in a “state building” stage of our revolution. We are not. We are still in the national liberation stage, so it doesn’t matter who the president of the PA is, or even that there are two PAs right now, one in the West Bank and one in Gaza.

What needs to happen is for true national unity that includes not only Fatah and Hamas, but all the other Palestinian political parties and forces as well.  The Palestinian victory against Israel in 2014 was won because the resistance was unified, and only political unity can win freedom and independence.

We need a re-formed PLO that does not make concessions to Israel and the U.S., and that truly represents all the resistance forces and social sectors of Palestinian society.

Edu Montesanti: What could we expect from Arab leaders from now on?

Hatem Abudayyeh: Most Arab leaders in the Arab World are corrupt tools of the U.S., and by extension, Israel.  These leaders will do nothing to challenge the status quo, and only care about keeping themselves in power.

On the other hand, the Arab masses can and will make a difference, by winning their own independence in their own countries, and then providing leadership that supports the Palestinian people in our struggle for freedom.

Edu Montesanti: What is the solution to the conflict?  What are the principal obstacles to a fair agreement and solutions?

Hatem Abudayyeh: The solution is a simple one.  We do not accept the notion of a racist, white, settler-colonialist state, like the one in South Africa during the Apartheid regime there.

Israel is a racist state, and so it must be dismantled like Apartheid South Africa was. If this happens, and if Palestinian refugees are able to return to their homes and lands inside historic Palestine, and if the military occupation is defeated and ended, then all the people can live together in one, single state.

This is the only solution, because Palestinian refugees will never give up their Right of Return, and Israel will eventually be forced to end its occupation and oppression of Palestinians in the 1948 territories, the West Bank, Jerusalem, and the Gaza Strip.

When the racist structures of zionist Israel are dismantled, then there can be equality for all people living there.  And this will happen as long as the international community continues to organize BDS campaigns, the people of the U.S. continue to strike blows against U.S. imperialism they way they have been in the anti-Trump movement, and the Palestinians continue their legitimate resistance against occupation, colonialism, and apartheid.

Hatem Abudayeeh, an Arab leader in the United States, speaks out on the Question of Palestine. An American son of Palestinians, Hatem is Executive Director of Arab American Action Network (AAAN), and co-founder and national coordinating committee member of the U.S. Palestinian Community Network (USPCN).


  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Palestine: Resistance against Occupation, Colonialism and Apartheid

The decision by the UN Secretary General to remove this report points to the criminalization of the United Nations.

Censorship is applied by the UN body on the explicit instructions of the US government, which alongside Israel is responsible for extensive war crimes against the people of the Middle East. U.S. ambassador Nikki Haley accuses the UN of propagating anti-Israeli propaganda pointing to Prof. Richard Falk as a conspiracy theorist. (M. Ch. GR Editor)

 “The United States is outraged by the [ESCWA] report … That such anti-Israel propaganda would come from a body whose membership nearly universally does not recognize Israel is unsurprising. That it was drafted by Richard Falk, a man who has repeatedly made biased and deeply offensive comments about Israel and espoused ridiculous conspiracy theories, including about the 9/11 terrorist attacks, is equally unsurprising. The United Nations Secretariat was right to distance itself from this report, but it must go further and withdraw the report altogether. The United States stands with our ally Israel and will continue to oppose biased and anti-Israel actions across the UN system and around the world.

The complete censored ESCWA report by Richard Falk and Virginia Tilley

entitled

Israel Practices towards the Palestinian People and the Question of Apartheid  

has been removed from the UN ECSWA website.

is available in pdf here

webarchive.com

Also available at script.com

And   

Google cache html: click here 

 

 

 


The report is is still available on Google cache: click the link below

https://webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:495at1dGYisJ:https://www.unescwa.org/sites/www.unescwa.org/files/publications/files/israeli-practices-palestinian-people-apartheid-occupation-english.pdf+&cd=1&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=uk

 

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on The Complete Censored ESCWA Report: “Israel Practices towards the Palestinian People and the Question of Apartheid”

El pasado 8 de marzo del 2017 nació en Costa Rica la primera niña gracias a la técnica de la Fecundación in Vitro (FIV) (véase nota de Elpais.cr y nota de La Nación).

Se trata del primer nacimiento oficialmente registrado en Costa Rica posterior al fallo del 28 de noviembre del 2012 (véase texto) en el que la Corte Interamericana de Derechos Humanos le ordenó a Costa Rica reestablecer algún tipo de regulación, que había anulado una cuestionada decisión de la Sala Constitucional en el año 2000(véase nota del 21 de diciembre del 2012).

La FIV ante un Estado costarricense reiteradamente renuente

Leída y notificada la sentencia del juez interamericano en diciembre del 2012, Costa Rica se mantuvo un primer año sin acatarla (véase nota de El País de España), y un segundo en similar situación. En total, transcurrieron más de dos años y medio sin que las autoridades acataran lo dispuesto en la sentencia. No fue sino hasta que la Corte Interamericana validara el Decreto Ejecutivo No. 39210-MP-S(adoptado por el Poder Ejecutivo en setiembre del 2015), que se reestableció el marco legal, con ocasión de una nueva sentencia sobre ejecución del fallo del 2012, la cual fue dictaminada a finales del mes de febrero del 2016.

Cabe precisar que el Decreto adoptado por el Poder Ejecutivo de setiembre del 2015 fue antecedido por un artículo de opinión de uno de los abogados de las víctimas, Hubert May: el autor hacía ver que, ante el bloqueo existente en la Sala Constitucional y el juego político imperante en la Asamblea Legislativa, el Ejecutivo costarricense estaba plenamente facultado para remediar la situación de vacío legal persistente (véase artículo titulado ” El deber de cumplimiento de la sentencia sobre la FIV“, La Nación, 31 de agosto del 2015).

Es posiblemente la primera vez en su historia que el Estado costarricense, usualmente activo defensor del derecho internacional, de la justicia internacional y de los derechos humanos en diversos foros internacionales, se coloca en una situación tan incómoda desde la perspectiva del derecho internacional. Una actitud de la que, posiblemente, hayan tomado nota no solamente los órganos del sistema interamericano de derechos humanos, sino la misma comunidad internacional de los derechos humanos, observadores y los demás integrantes de la comunidad internacional como tal.

A lo largo de este extenuante proceso iniciado en el 2001 contra el Estado costarricense por parte de nueve parejas costarricenses ante los órganos del sistema interamericano, muchos elementos y detalles confirman la percepción de un Estado cuyos principales poderes (sea el Ejecutivo, sea el Legislativo, sea el Judicial), se mostraron muy receptivos a los sectores opuestos a la FIV (y poco receptivos al clamor de las víctimas). En la recta final de este interminable recorrido, fue el Poder Ejecutivo el que buscó garantizar los derechos conculcados por el Poder Judicial, una situación a todas luces inédita.

Breves apuntes sobre el “diálogo” entre el juez nacional y el juez interamericano

Con respecto al Poder Judicial, vale la pena traer a la memoria un llamativo episodio que se dió entre el juez constitucional costarricense y la Corte Interamericana de Derechos Humanos: en octubre del 2015, la Sala Constitucional acogió una acción de inconstitucionalidad contra el precitado Decreto Ejecutivo que pretendía regular la FIV, y ello pese a que el mismo tema estuviese bajo estudio en la Corte Interamericana de Derechos Humanos. Esta cuestionable decisión se tomó en una cerrada votación (4/3) en la Sala Constitucional, motivando a su Presidente, el jurista Gilbert Armijo, a acogerse a su jubilación (ver nota de La Nación).

En su sentencia 2016-001692 del 3 de febrero del 2016, luego de un debate al parecer intenso en su interno (Nota 1), la Sala Constitucional declaró la inconstitucionalidad del Decreto Ejecutivo, decisión que fue notificada a la Corte Interamericana el 11 de febrero.

El 26 de febrero del 2016, el juez interamericano confirmaría la plena validez de dicho Decreto Ejecutivo (véase sentencia sobre cumplimiento del 26 de febrero del 2016), no sin antes recordarle a la Sala Constitucional algunas verdades incómodas (párrafos 12 y 20).

Resulta de interés precisar que el 18 de enero del 2016, la Comisión Interamericana optó por remitir un nuevo caso de seis parejas costarricenses a la Corte Interamericana (véase al respecto carta de remisión del caso No. 12.798 oficialmente denominado ” Gómez Murillo y otros (Fecundación in Vitro) Vs. Costa Rica)”. Este caso se resolvió mediante un arreglo amistoso suscrito el 4 de agosto del 2016 entre las víctimas y Costa Rica, homologado por la Corte Interamericana de Derechos Humanos en su sentencia del 29 de noviembre del 2016). En el punto 6 de la parte resolutiva (p.18) se fija el 11 de setiembre del 2017 como fecha en la que las entidades a cargo de la salud pública deben cumplir con una serie de exigencias en vistas de garantizar un acceso efectivo a la FIV.

Una inclaudicable tenacidad de las víctimas

Desde el 2001, fue la perseverancia de nueve parejas costarricenses (y la de sus abogados) la que logró finalmente obligar al Estado a reestablecer un marco legal para la práctiva de la FIV en Costa Rica.

Resulta oportuno recordar que, ante los señalamientos de la Comisión Interamericana de Derechos Humanos, y en aras de evitar una condena por parte de la Corte Interamericana, los primeros esfuerzos para adoptar una ley datan tan solo de octubre del 2010: se indicó en el 2010 que la elaboración de lo que posiblemente sea el primer proyecto de ley para regular la FIV recayó en funcionarios de la misma Cancillería costarricense. Se lee en esta nota de AlDia del 21 de octubre del 2010 que: “El embajador de Costa Rica ante la Organización de Estados Americanos (OEA), Enrique Castillo, que lideró el proceso de elaboración del proyecto de ley, dijo en rueda de prensa que esta “es una solución de Costa Rica para Costa Rica; hecha tomando en cuenta la idiosincrasia de nuestro país”, afirmó. Castillo señaló a Acan-Efe que la prohibición de manipulación de embriones y óvulos fecundados obedece a que la ley costarricense “protege la vida humana desde antes del nacimiento”. No se tiene claridad sobre el punto de saber si este primer proyecto fue debidamente consultado con entidades médicas de Costa Rica, ni quiénes fueron los especialistas que lo elaboraron.

Finalizado el plazo otorgado a Costa Rica, la Comisión decidiría finalmente remitir el caso a la Corte en julio del 2011 (véase carta remitida a la Corte Interamericana con fecha del 29 de julio del 2011). En mayo del 2012, quedaría electo como Presidente de la Comisión de Derechos Humanos del Poder Legislativo el diputado Justo Orozco (véase nota de La Nación), confirmándose la hábil estrategia de influyentes sectores opuestos a una regulación de la FIV en Costa Rica.

De manera a apreciar el tiempo transcurrido desde la presentación de una petición inicial ante la Comisión Interamericana de Derechos Humanos en enero del 2001, remitimos al lector a la ficha técnicadel caso oficialmente denominado “Artavia Murillo y otros (Fertilización in vitro) Vs. Costa Rica“. En el 2010, Grettel Artavia fue declarada personaje del año por La Nación (véase entrevista disponible aquí).

Siento que los años se me van de las manos” son palabras de Grettel Artavia extraídas de esta entrevista que traducen bien la lancinante angustia de las mujeres afectadas por la falta de regulación de la FIV ante el inexorable paso del tiempo. De manera a conocer a tres de estas perseverantes parejas, remitimos al lector a un detallado documental, “El deseo más grande“, el cual se estrenó en Costa Rica en un canal universitario (Canal 15 UCR) en agosto del 2015 (véase extractos).

Nos permitimos reproducir los nombres de las víctimas, tal como aparecen oficialmente registrados en el sitio de la Corte Interamericana, en honor a esta ejemplar tenacidad y profunda confianza en el derecho internacional que demostraron, y ello pese (en el caso de varias parejas) a los largos años de espera que les significaron abandonar su proyecto de procrear de manera artificial: Grettel Artavia Murillo, Miguel Mejías Carballo, Andrea Bianchi Bruna, Germán Alberto Moreno Valencia, Ana Cristina Castillo León, Enrique Acuña Cartín, Ileana Henchoz Bolaños, Miguel Antonio Yamuni Zeledón, Claudia María Carro Maklouf, Víktor Hugo Sanabria León, Karen Espinoza Vindas, Héctor Jiménez Acuña, María del Socorro Calderón Porras, Joaquinita Arroyo Fonseca, Geovanni Antonio Vega Cordero, Carlos Eduardo de Jesús Vargas Solórzano, Julieta González Ledezma y Oriéster Rojas Carranza.

Una estrategia riesgosa del Estado ante los órganos interamericanos

Cabe indicar que las autoridades de Costa Rica presentaron varias excepciones preliminares con la finalidad de evitar a toda costa que los órganos del sistema interamericano se pronunciaran sobre el fondo del asunto: como ya tuvimos la oportunidad de indicarlo en una reciente nota sobre otro caso aún pendiente de resolución ante el juez interamericano contra Costa Rica, “…el recurso a esta figura legal debiera ser siempre objeto de una cuidadosa valoración por parte de los Estados: intentar evitar que la justicia internacional se pronuncie no siempre es bien percibido por parte del juez internacional, puede incluso llegar a indisponerlo” (Nota 2).

Nótese que, al momento de redactar estas breves líneas, las entidades públicas de salud de Costa Rica aún no disponen ni de especialistas ni de la infraestructura necesaria: desde el mes de diciembre del 2012, sus jerarcas no parecieran haber tomado las previsiones del caso, por lo que son clínicas privadas las que, hasta el momento, están autorizadas para ofrecer este servicio a parejas que lo soliciten. Se prevé, según algunas declaraciones dadas en la prensa por personeros de la Caja Costarricense del Seguro Social (CCSS) que el sistema de salud pública costarricense podría ofrecerlo en el 2018. En la precitada nota de La Nación se lee por parte de uno de los abogados que llevó este caso ante las instancias interamericanas que: “Solo estamos a la espera de que la Caja cumpla“.

A modo de conclusión

Externamos a los orgullosos padres de María José nuestras más sinceras felicitaciones, esperando que otras parejas costarricenses que quieran procrear mediante el recurso a esta técnica asistida logren prontamente realizar sus anhelos más preciados. Estos fueron pospuestos en Costa Rica para muchas otras parejas, y ello durante más de 16 años, en razón de una sentencia dictaminada en marzo del año 2000 por cinco magistrados constitucionales contra el criterio de dos de sus colegas, siendo una de las dos valientes voces disonantes, la de la única mujer integrante del máximo órgano constitucional, la magistrada Ana Virginia Calzada.

Nicolas Boeglin

Notas

Nota 1: Se lee al final de esta decisión de la Sala Constitucional que: “Los Magistrados Jinesta Lobo y Hernández López salvan el voto y rechazan de plano la acción planteada por considerar que la Sala Constitucional no tiene competencia para pronunciarse sobre el mismo objeto procesal, que pende simultáneamente ante la Corte Interamericana de Derechos Humanos en el caso Artavia Murillo y otros, en razón de la audiencia de supervisión de cumplimiento convocada al efecto, y hasta tanto ese tribunal no emita pronunciamiento. Lo anterior con el fin de preservar la integridad del Sistema Interamericano de Derechos Humanos del cual nuestro país forma parte. El Magistrado Cruz Castro expone razones adicionales y se separa del voto de mayoría respecto del dimensionamiento, manteniendo vigente el Decreto Ejecutivo objeto de esta acción, hasta tanto el Parlamento apruebe la ley de fecundación in vitro. Los Magistrados Rueda Leal y Hernández Gutiérrez ponen notas separadas” (véase voto 2016-001692 del 3 de febrero del 2016).  

Nota 2: Véase nuestra breve nota BOEGLIN N.,”Caso Manfred Amrhein y otros vs Costa Rica: Costa Rica presenta excepciones preliminares“, Debate Global, edición del 24/02/2017, disponible aquí.

Nicolas Boeglin, Profesor de Derecho Internacional Público, Facultad de Derecho, Universidad de Costa Rica (UCR)

  • Posted in Español
  • Comments Off on Nace en Costa Rica primera niña con técnica de fecundación in vitro desde prohibición en el año 2000

Pro-Western UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres showed he’s no different from his disgraceful predecessors. 

He acted on orders from Washington. The Palestinian BDS National Committee denounced him for removing from the UN’s web site a report “Israel does not want you to read,” it said.

“The real news is this time around, Israel, with all its influence in Washington, cannot put the genie back into the bottle.”

Economic and Social Commission for Western Asia (ESCWA) head Rima Khalaf performed a vital service for Palestinians and humanity – publishing documented evidence of longstanding Israeli viciousness for the whole world to know.

She was forced to resign for refusing to retract the damning report, calling Israel an apartheid state, an indisputable fact – written by distinguished academics Richard Falk and Virginia Tilley.

They proved their accusation “beyond a reasonable doubt” – based on definitions of apartheid by the International Suppression and Punishment of the Crime of Apartheid (the Apartheid Convention) and Rome Statute of the International Criminal Court.

Israel is guilty as charged. In announcing her resignation, Khalaf said she acted after what she called “pressure from the secretary-general to withdraw a report accusing Israel of imposing an ‘apartheid regime’ on Palestinians.”

“I resigned because it is my duty not to conceal a clear crime, and I stand by all the conclusions of the report,” she stressed.

“It was expected that Israel and its allies would put enormous pressure on the United Nations secretary general to renounce the report,” adding the UN “scrubbed (it) from its web site.”

Titled “Israeli Practices toward the Palestinian People and the Question of Apartheid,” here’s the executive summary:

“Palestine and the Israeli Occupation, Issue No. 1 

Israeli Practices towards the Palestinian People and the Question of Apartheid 

Executive Summary 

This report concludes that Israel has established an apartheid regime that dominates the Palestinian people as a whole.

Aware of the seriousness of this allegation, the authors of the report conclude that available evidence establishes beyond a reasonable doubt that Israel is guilty of policies and practices that constitute the crime of apartheid as legally defined in instruments of international law.

The analysis in this report rests on the same body of international human rights law and principles that reject anti-Semitism and other racially discriminatory ideologies, including: the Charter of the United Nations (1945), the Universal Declaration of Human Rights (1948), and the International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination (1965).

The report relies for its definition of apartheid primarily on article II of the International Convention on the Suppression and Punishment of the Crime of Apartheid (1973, hereinafter the Apartheid Convention):

The term “the crime of apartheid”, which shall include similar policies and practices of racial segregation and discrimination as practiced in southern Africa, shall apply to… inhuman acts committed for the purpose of establishing and maintaining domination by one racial group of persons over any other racial group of persons and systematically oppressing them.

Although the term “apartheid” was originally associated with the specific instance of South Africa, it now represents a species of crime against humanity under customary international law and the Rome Statute of the International Criminal Court, according to which:

“The crime of apartheid” means inhumane acts…committed in the context of an institutionalized regime of systematic oppression and domination by one racial group over any other racial group or groups and committed with the intention of maintaining that regime.

Against that background, this report reflects the expert consensus that the prohibition of apartheid is universally applicable and was not rendered moot by the collapse of apartheid in South Africa and South West Africa (Namibia).

The legal approach to the matter of apartheid adopted by this report should not be confused with usage of the term in popular discourse as an expression of opprobrium.

Seeing apartheid as discrete acts and practices (such as the “apartheid wall”), a phenomenon generated by anonymous structural conditions like capitalism (“economic apartheid”), or private social behaviour on the part of certain racial groups towards others (social racism) may have its place in certain contexts.

However, this report anchors its definition of apartheid in international law, which carries with it responsibilities for States, as specified in international instruments.

The choice of evidence is guided by the Apartheid Convention, which sets forth that the crime of apartheid consists of discrete inhuman acts, but that such acts acquire the status of crimes against humanity only if they intentionally serve the core purpose of racial domination. The Rome Statute specifies in its definition the presence of an “institutionalized regime” serving the “intention” of racial domination.

Since “purpose” and “intention” lie at the core of both definitions, this report examines factors ostensibly separate from the Palestinian dimension — especially, the doctrine of Jewish statehood as expressed in law and the design of Israeli State institutions — to establish beyond doubt the presence of such a core purpose.

That the Israeli regime is designed for this core purpose was found to be evident in the body of laws, only some of which are discussed in the report for reasons of scope. One prominent example is land policy.

The Israeli Basic Law (Constitution) mandates that land held by the State of Israel, the Israeli Development Authority or the Jewish National Fund shall not be transferred in any manner, placing its management permanently under their authority.

The State Property Law of 1951 provides for the reversion of property (including land) to the State in any area “in which the law of the State of Israel applies”.

The Israel Lands Authority (ILA) manages State land, which accounts for 93 per cent of the land within the internationally recognized borders of Israel and is by law closed to use, development or ownership by non-Jews. Those laws reflect the concept of “public purpose” as expressed in the Basic Law.

Such laws may be changed by Knesset vote, but the Basic Law: Knesset prohibits any political party from challenging that public purpose. Effectively, Israeli law renders opposition to racial domination illegal.

Demographic engineering is another area of policy serving the purpose of maintaining Israel as a Jewish State. Most well known is Israeli law conferring on Jews worldwide the right to enter Israel and obtain Israeli citizenship regardless of their countries of origin and whether or not they can show links to Israel-Palestine, while withholding any comparable right from Palestinians, including those with documented ancestral homes in the country.

The World Zionist Organization and Jewish Agency are vested with legal authority as agencies of the State of Israel to facilitate Jewish immigration and preferentially serve the interests of Jewish citizens in matters ranging from land use to public development planning and other matters deemed vital to Jewish statehood.

Some laws involving demographic engineering are expressed in coded language, such as those that allow Jewish councils to reject applications for residence from Palestinian citizens.

Israeli law normally allows spouses of Israeli citizens to relocate to Israel but uniquely prohibits this option in the case of Palestinians from the occupied territory or beyond.

On a far larger scale, it is a matter of Israeli policy to reject the return of any Palestinian refugees and exiles (totalling some six million people) to territory under Israeli control.

Two additional attributes of a systematic regime of racial domination must be present to qualify the regime as an instance of apartheid.

The first involves the identification of the oppressed persons as belonging to a specific “racial group”.

This report accepts the definition of the International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination of “racial discrimination” as “any distinction, exclusion, restriction or preference based on race, colour, descent, or national or ethnic origin which has the purpose or effect of nullifying or impairing the recognition, enjoyment or exercise, on an equal footing, of human rights and fundamental freedoms in the political, economic, social, cultural or any other field of public life”.

On that basis, this report argues that in the geopolitical context of Palestine, Jews and Palestinians can be considered “racial groups”.

Furthermore, the International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination is cited expressly in the Apartheid Convention.

The second attribute is the boundary and character of the group or groups involved. The status of the Palestinians as a people entitled to exercise the right of self- determination has been legally settled, most authoritatively by the International Court of Justice (ICJ) in its 2004 advisory opinion on Legal Consequences of the Construction of a Wall in the Occupied Palestinian Territory.

On that basis, the report examines the treatment by Israel of the Palestinian people as a whole, considering the distinct circumstances of geographic and juridical fragmentation of the Palestinian people as a condition imposed by Israel.

(Annex II addresses the issue of a proper identification of the “country” responsible for the denial of Palestinian rights under international law.)

This report finds that the strategic fragmentation of the Palestinian people is the principal method by which Israel imposes an apartheid regime.

It first examines how the history of war, partition, de jure and de facto annexation and prolonged occupation in Palestine has led to the Palestinian people being divided into different geographic regions administered by distinct sets of law.

This fragmentation operates to stabilize the Israeli regime of racial domination over the Palestinians and to weaken the will and capacity of the Palestinian people to mount a unified and effective resistance. Different methods are deployed depending on where Palestinians live. This is the core means by which Israel enforces apartheid and at the same time impedes international recognition of how the system works as a complementary whole to comprise an apartheid regime.

Since 1967, Palestinians as a people have lived in what the report refers to as four “domains”, in which the fragments of the Palestinian population are ostensibly treated differently but share in common the racial oppression that results from the apartheid regime. Those domains are:

1. Civil law, with special restrictions, governing Palestinians who live as citizens of Israel;

2. Permanent residency law governing Palestinians living in the city of Jerusalem;

3. Military law governing Palestinians, including those in refugee camps, living since 1967 under conditions of belligerent occupation in the West Bank and Gaza Strip;

4. Policy to preclude the return of Palestinians, whether refugees or exiles, living outside territory under Israel’s control.

Domain 1 embraces about 1.7 million Palestinians who are citizens of Israel. For the first 20 years of the country’s existence, they lived under martial law and to this day are subjected to oppression on the basis of not being Jewish.

That policy of domination manifests itself in inferior services, restrictive zoning laws and limited budget allocations made to Palestinian communities; in restrictions on jobs and professional opportunities; and in the mostly segregated landscape in which Jewish and Palestinian citizens of Israel live.

Palestinian political parties can campaign for minor reforms and better budgets, but are legally prohibited by the Basic Law from challenging legislation maintaining the racial regime.

The policy is reinforced by the implications of the distinction made in Israel between “citizenship” (ezrahut) and “nationality” (le’um): all Israeli citizens enjoy the former, but only Jews enjoy the latter.

“National” rights in Israeli law signify Jewish-national rights. The struggle of Palestinian citizens of Israel for equality and civil reforms under Israeli law is thus isolated by the regime from that of Palestinians elsewhere.

Domain 2 covers the approximately 300,000 Palestinians who live in East Jerusalem, who experience discrimination in access to education, health care, employment, residency and building rights.

They also suffer from expulsions and home demolitions, which serve the Israeli policy of “demographic balance” in favour of Jewish residents.

East Jerusalem Palestinians are classified as permanent residents, which places them in a separate category designed to prevent their demographic and, importantly, electoral weight being added to that of Palestinians citizens in Israel.

As permanent residents, they have no legal standing to challenge Israeli law. Moreover, openly identifying with Palestinians in the occupied Palestinian territory politically carries the risk of expulsion to the West Bank and loss of the right even to visit Jerusalem.

Thus, the urban epicentre of Palestinian political life is caught inside a legal bubble that curtails its inhabitants’ capacity to oppose the apartheid regime lawfully.

Domain 3 is the system of military law imposed on approximately 6.6 million Palestinians who live in the occupied Palestinian territory, 4.7 million of them in the West Bank and 1.9 million in the Gaza Strip.

The territory is administered in a manner that fully meets the definition of apartheid under the Apartheid Convention: except for the provision on genocide, every illustrative “inhuman act” listed in the Convention is routinely and systematically practiced by Israel in the West Bank.

Palestinians are governed by military law, while the approximately 350,000 Jewish settlers are governed by Israeli civil law.

The racial character of this situation is further confirmed by the fact that all West Bank Jewish settlers enjoy the protections of Israeli civil law on the basis of being Jewish, whether they are Israeli citizens or not.

This dual legal system, problematic in itself, is indicative of an apartheid regime when coupled with the racially discriminatory management of land and development administered by Jewish-national institutions, which are charged with administering “State land” in the interest of the Jewish population.

In support of the overall findings of this report, annex I sets out in more detail the policies and practices of Israel in the occupied Palestinian territory that constitute violations of article II of the Apartheid Convention.

Domain 4 refers to the millions of Palestinian refugees and involuntary exiles, most of whom live in neighbouring countries.

They are prohibited from returning to their homes in Israel and the occupied Palestinian territory. Israel defends its rejection of the Palestinians’ return in frankly racist language: it is alleged that Palestinians constitute a “demographic threat” and that their return would alter the demographic character of Israel to the point of eliminating it as a Jewish State.

The refusal of the right of return plays an essential role in the apartheid regime by ensuring that the Palestinian population in Mandate Palestine does not grow to a point that would threaten Israeli military control of the territory and/or provide the demographic leverage for Palestinian citizens of Israel to demand (and obtain) full democratic rights, thereby eliminating the Jewish character of the State of Israel.

Although domain 4 is confined to policies denying Palestinians their right of repatriation under international law, it is treated in this report as integral to the system of oppression and domination of the Palestinian people as a whole, given its crucial role in demographic terms in maintaining the apartheid regime.

This report finds that, taken together, the four domains constitute one comprehensive regime developed for the purpose of ensuring the enduring domination over non-Jews in all land exclusively under Israeli control in whatever category.

To some degree, the differences in treatment accorded to Palestinians have been provisionally treated as valid by the United Nations, in the absence of an assessment of whether they constitute a form of apartheid. In the light of this report’s findings, this long-standing fragmented international approach may require review.

In the interests of fairness and completeness, the report examines several counter- arguments advanced by Israel and supporters of its policies denying the applicability of the Apartheid Convention to the case of Israel-Palestine.

They include claims that: the determination of Israel to remain a Jewish State is consistent with practices of other States, such as France; Israel does not owe Palestinian non-citizens equal treatment with Jews precisely because they are not citizens; and Israeli treatment of the Palestinians reflects no “purpose” or “intent” to dominate, but rather is a temporary state of affairs imposed on Israel by the realities of ongoing conflict and security requirements.

The report shows that none of those arguments stands up to examination. A further claim that Israel cannot be considered culpable for crimes of apartheid because Palestinian citizens of Israel have voting rights rests on two errors of legal interpretation: an overly literal comparison with South African apartheid policy and detachment of the question of voting rights from other laws, especially provisions of the Basic Law that prohibit political parties from challenging the Jewish, and hence racial, character of the State.

The report concludes that the weight of the evidence supports beyond a reasonable doubt the proposition that Israel is guilty of imposing an apartheid regime on the Palestinian people, which amounts to the commission of a crime against humanity, the prohibition of which is considered jus cogens in international customary law.

The international community, especially the United Nations and its agencies, and Member States, have a legal obligation to act within the limits of their capabilities to prevent and punish instances of apartheid that are responsibly brought to their attention.

More specifically, States have a collective duty: (a) not to recognize an apartheid regime as lawful; (b) not to aid or assist a State in maintaining an apartheid regime; and (c) to cooperate with the United Nations and other States in bringing apartheid regimes to an end.

Civil society institutions and individuals also have a moral and political duty to use the instruments at their disposal to raise awareness of this ongoing criminal enterprise, and to exert pressure on Israel in order to persuade it to dismantle apartheid structures in compliance with international law.

The report ends with general and specific recommendations to the United Nations, national Governments, and civil society and private actors on actions they should take in view of the finding that Israel maintains a regime of apartheid in its exercise of control over the Palestinian people.”

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at [email protected]

His new book as editor and contributor is titled “Flashpoint in Ukraine: How the US Drive for Hegemony Risks WW III.”

http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanIII.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com. 

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Israel’s Crime of Apartheid: UN Agency Head’s Forced Resignation

Romancing Coal in Australia: The Adani Obsession

March 19th, 2017 by Dr. Binoy Kampmark

The rain pours with torrential fury in north Queensland, opening up with ominous welcome as it slices through layers of stifling humidity. But the fury is also being registered in the rag like bleating sheet known to locals as the Bullie, that beacon of local sentimentality that noisily proclaims its voice. 

Another creature in the vast enterprise known as the Murdoch empire, this paper does the bidding of fossil fuel interests in the state. Where there is a mine to exploit, an interest to advance, the Townsville Bulletin will be there, heavily armed, for the next mud wrestle with environmentalists.

This wrestling draws out some tit bits of political pornography, the sort specific to the advertising of poverty.  The fossil fuel lobby, with its various backers, needs worthy victims and alibis. In the dirty business of producing coal, for instance, this is particularly pressing.  “Dark Days,” goes a headline in the paper issue on March 18.  Ever grammatically challenged, the rest of the title in the paper features “the power poor who need our coal.”

The poor in question are Indians who vanish into numerical vagueness, specimens of suffering who command the rhetorical stage as fodder for the newspaper.

“Mary and her two-year old son Mauli are among the hundreds of millions of Indians living a hard life without the convenience of electricity.”

The picture of Mary is predictably taken at an appropriate angle, child positioned appropriately for maximum, moral effect. For Murdoch’s slime coated papers, it is not merely bums on seats, but hands on hearts that count.

The level of banality and crudeness reaches the point where every alibi is sought by the correspondent to justify the digging of the good earth in order to power the living in a developing country.  The environment can then go on its merry way to hell, where it is already finding itself.

All people in India, the Bullie correspondent goes on to suggest, need electricity as a Promethean sacred resource.

“Dhobi, or laundry, workers like 14-year old Abishek, rely on electricity to make a living and support his family.”

The poking insinuation here is clear: people need electricity, whatever the nature of its source, whatever the consequence of its production.  The environment only matters as luxury, as afterthought.  India, insatiable, voracious, enormous, needs to be fed and electrified; environmentalists are the enemy in this enterprise, to be regarded with suspicion.

The mission of such a giant mining company as Adani, an Indian entity being entertained by Australian business and government interests, lies at the intersection of this battle.  Environmental records have been generously overlooked, while the company continues being feted by leading figures in the country, including federal government members and the Queensland state government.  Corruption charges have also been leveled at a company known for feeding from the mammary glands of government finance, rewarding taxpayers with minimal returns.

Not that these things matter to Adani Australia chief, Jeyakumar Janakaraj.  The proposed mining project in central Queensland would achieve a noble purpose, and one trumpeted by the Townsville Bulletin: supply electricity to the homes of millions of Indians.[1]

Ever shady, Adani Enterprises is caught in a network of dubious funding arrangements that reveal links to the World Bank itself.  In December last year, it was suggested by US-based Inclusive Development International that a “covert” funding arrangement had been facilitated from the World Bank’s private sector link, the International Financial Corporation.  The finance had been surreptitiously obtained via funding to India’s ICICI.

Admittedly, Adani Enterprises’ record is starting to get a muddied name for itself, a prohibitive one that is seeing banks and various financial institutions scatter at some speed. In Australia, such banks as the National Australia Bank and the Commonwealth Bank have expressed the view that the company is too hot to fund.

Internationally, the Adani brand name is not getting much mileage either, with the likes of Morgan Stanley, the Royal Bank of Scotland, Deutsche Bank or HSBC, bodies long known for their record in supplying loans for coal projects, afraid to commit funds.

Little wonder, then, that local environmental activism in Australia has spiked. Sporting figures such as former cricketers Ian and Greg Chappell, known in both India and Australia, are worried by the potential depredations of Adani.  As are businessman turned environmentalist Geoffrey Cousins and tourism operator Lindsay Simpson.

As Ian Chappell would explain in justifying the contents of the note of protest,

“you don’t need to be Einstein when you see the frequency and the ferocity of some of the weather events that we’ve been having”.

Nor will such a vast project, entailing six open-cut pits and five underground mines, necessarily create the bevy of jobs alleged.

Verifying that he was distinctly not Einstein in either sentiment or thought, the response from one government MP to the claims against Adani, the ever ballooning George Christensen, was elementary: the Chappells and fellow signatories to a letter outlining their opposition to the mining project were those of “elitist wankers”.

[1] http://www.abc.net.au/news/2017-03-18/adani-mine-support-shown-by-qld-premier-mayors-in-india/8366126

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge.  He lectures at RMIT University, Melbourne.  Email: [email protected]

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Romancing Coal in Australia: The Adani Obsession

No One Needs Another Korean War

March 19th, 2017 by Eric Margolis

Panmunjom, the ‘peace village’ on the incredibly tense demilitarized zone (aka DMZ) between North and South Korea, is one of the weirdest places I’ve ever visited. Tough North Korean soldiers lurk about, watched by equally tough South Korean troops in one-way sunglasses and an aggressive judo ‘warrior’ stance.

When I was filming at Panmunjom, we were warned to beware of North Koreans who could at any moment rush into the main conference room and drag us into North Korea.

It was into this crazy house that the new, jet-lagged US Secretary of State Rex Tillerson was transported from turbulent Washington. After a quick look at the DMZ, Tillerson announced `no more Mr. Nice Guy.’ The US had run out of `strategic patience’ with North Korea and will go to war to end North Korea’s ‘threat’ to the US, he warned.

Tillerson, formerly CEO of EXXON, is well-versed in world affairs but the Korean peninsula’s complexities could be too much for him to quickly absorb. Immediately threatening war is no way to begin a diplomatic mission. But Tillerson was obviously reading from a script written by his boss, Donald Trump, whose knowledge of North Asian affairs makes Tillerson look like a Confucian scholar.

Welcome to Trump’s credo: tweet loudly and walk with a big stick.

What would war between the US and North Korea mean? A very grim scenario if it occurs.

The US has nearly 80,000 military personnel in South Korea and Japan, as well as more war-fighting units in Guam, which the US conquered from Spain in 1898. The US 7th Fleet patrols the region, armed with tactical nuclear weapons. US nukes are also based in South Korea and Guam. As we recently saw, US heavy B-1 and B-52 bombers can fly from North America to Korea.

South Korea has a formidable, 600,000-man army equipped with state of the art weapons. I’ve been up on the DMZ with the 2nd ROK division. As an old soldier, I was very impressed by their skill and warlike spirit.

North Korea’s one million-man armed force is large, but obsolescent. Its great strength in heavy artillery partly compensates for its totally obsolete, 1960’s vintage air force. Key combat elements of the DPRK army are dug deep into the rocky hills just north of the DMZ, with thousands of heavy North Korean guns facing south. In the event of war, the North claims it will destroy South Korea’s capitol, Seoul, that is only 30km away and has 20 million residents.

US estimates of war in Korea, made a decade ago, suggest America would incur 250,000 casualties in a war that would cost one million Korean deaths. That’s why the US has shied away from direct attack on North Korea. Unlike Iraqis, Syrians, Libyans and Somalis, North Koreans know how to fight back and are amply armed for a defensive war.

The US would certainly be tempted to use tactical nuclear weapons against North Korean troops and guns deeply dug into the mountainous terrain. Without them, air power, America’s usual trump card, would lose much of its destructive potential. No doubt, all North Korea would be ravaged by US air power, as it was during the 1950’s Korean War. South Korea plans massive air, missile and commando attacks on North Korean military HQ and against leader Kim Jung-un’s hideaway.

US war plans call for amphibious landings along North Korea’s long, vulnerable coastline. This threat forces the North to deploy large numbers of regular army and militia troops on both coasts.

North Korea’s air force and little navy would be vaporized on the first day of hostilities. But it is likely that the DPRK would be able to fire a score or more of medium-ranged missiles at Japan. If the war goes nuclear, Japan looks almost certain to suffer nuclear attack, along with Guam. Tokyo and Osaka are prime targets.

North Korean forces might be able to push south to Seoul, but likely no further in the face of fierce attacks by US and South Korean air power operating from bases further south. The North’s powerful commando force of some 100,000 troops would attack key South Korean targets, including its vital air bases shared with the US. Such raids would be highly disruptive but not decisive unless the DPRK used chemical and/or biological weapons to shut down South Korea’s air bases and its ports at Busan and Inchon.

The US and South Korea could certainly win such a war but it would be very bloody and expensive. There would be the threat of Chinese military intervention if it appeared the US was about to occupy North Korea. Russia is right next door.

Secretary Tillerson, please leave war threats to the generals and start practicing some active diplomacy with the North. If ever a war was not needed, it’s here.

Eric S. Margolis is an award-winning, internationally syndicated columnist. His articles have appeared in the New York Times, the International Herald Tribune the Los Angeles Times, Times of London, the Gulf Times, the Khaleej Times, Nation – Pakistan, Hurriyet, – Turkey, Sun Times Malaysia and other news sites in Asia. https://ericmargolis.com

  • Posted in Uncategorized
  • Comments Off on No One Needs Another Korean War

No One Needs Another Korean War

March 19th, 2017 by Eric Margolis

Panmunjom, the ‘peace village’ on the incredibly tense demilitarized zone (aka DMZ) between North and South Korea, is one of the weirdest places I’ve ever visited. Tough North Korean soldiers lurk about, watched by equally tough South Korean troops in one-way sunglasses and an aggressive judo ‘warrior’ stance.

When I was filming at Panmunjom, we were warned to beware of North Koreans who could at any moment rush into the main conference room and drag us into North Korea.

It was into this crazy house that the new, jet-lagged US Secretary of State Rex Tillerson was transported from turbulent Washington. After a quick look at the DMZ, Tillerson announced `no more Mr. Nice Guy.’ The US had run out of `strategic patience’ with North Korea and will go to war to end North Korea’s ‘threat’ to the US, he warned.

Tillerson, formerly CEO of EXXON, is well-versed in world affairs but the Korean peninsula’s complexities could be too much for him to quickly absorb. Immediately threatening war is no way to begin a diplomatic mission. But Tillerson was obviously reading from a script written by his boss, Donald Trump, whose knowledge of North Asian affairs makes Tillerson look like a Confucian scholar.

Welcome to Trump’s credo: tweet loudly and walk with a big stick.

What would war between the US and North Korea mean? A very grim scenario if it occurs.

The US has nearly 80,000 military personnel in South Korea and Japan, as well as more war-fighting units in Guam, which the US conquered from Spain in 1898. The US 7th Fleet patrols the region, armed with tactical nuclear weapons. US nukes are also based in South Korea and Guam. As we recently saw, US heavy B-1 and B-52 bombers can fly from North America to Korea.

South Korea has a formidable, 600,000-man army equipped with state of the art weapons. I’ve been up on the DMZ with the 2nd ROK division. As an old soldier, I was very impressed by their skill and warlike spirit.

North Korea’s one million-man armed force is large, but obsolescent. Its great strength in heavy artillery partly compensates for its totally obsolete, 1960’s vintage air force. Key combat elements of the DPRK army are dug deep into the rocky hills just north of the DMZ, with thousands of heavy North Korean guns facing south. In the event of war, the North claims it will destroy South Korea’s capitol, Seoul, that is only 30km away and has 20 million residents.

US estimates of war in Korea, made a decade ago, suggest America would incur 250,000 casualties in a war that would cost one million Korean deaths. That’s why the US has shied away from direct attack on North Korea. Unlike Iraqis, Syrians, Libyans and Somalis, North Koreans know how to fight back and are amply armed for a defensive war.

The US would certainly be tempted to use tactical nuclear weapons against North Korean troops and guns deeply dug into the mountainous terrain. Without them, air power, America’s usual trump card, would lose much of its destructive potential. No doubt, all North Korea would be ravaged by US air power, as it was during the 1950’s Korean War. South Korea plans massive air, missile and commando attacks on North Korean military HQ and against leader Kim Jung-un’s hideaway.

US war plans call for amphibious landings along North Korea’s long, vulnerable coastline. This threat forces the North to deploy large numbers of regular army and militia troops on both coasts.

North Korea’s air force and little navy would be vaporized on the first day of hostilities. But it is likely that the DPRK would be able to fire a score or more of medium-ranged missiles at Japan. If the war goes nuclear, Japan looks almost certain to suffer nuclear attack, along with Guam. Tokyo and Osaka are prime targets.

North Korean forces might be able to push south to Seoul, but likely no further in the face of fierce attacks by US and South Korean air power operating from bases further south. The North’s powerful commando force of some 100,000 troops would attack key South Korean targets, including its vital air bases shared with the US. Such raids would be highly disruptive but not decisive unless the DPRK used chemical and/or biological weapons to shut down South Korea’s air bases and its ports at Busan and Inchon.

The US and South Korea could certainly win such a war but it would be very bloody and expensive. There would be the threat of Chinese military intervention if it appeared the US was about to occupy North Korea. Russia is right next door.

Secretary Tillerson, please leave war threats to the generals and start practicing some active diplomacy with the North. If ever a war was not needed, it’s here.

Eric S. Margolis is an award-winning, internationally syndicated columnist. His articles have appeared in the New York Times, the International Herald Tribune the Los Angeles Times, Times of London, the Gulf Times, the Khaleej Times, Nation – Pakistan, Hurriyet, – Turkey, Sun Times Malaysia and other news sites in Asia. https://ericmargolis.com

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on No One Needs Another Korean War

[The following text is the resignation letter submitted by ESWA Executive Secretary Rima Khalaf in response to the formal request by UN Secretary General that ESCWA withdraw the publication of a report that asserts Israel is committing Apartheid. Click here to access the full ESCWA report, which has since been removed from the UN website.]

Dear Mr. Secretary-General,

I have carefully considered your message conveyed through the Chef de Cabinet and assure you that at no point have I questioned your right to order the withdrawal of the report from our website or the fact that all of us working in the Secretariat are subject to the authority of its Secretary-General. Nor do I have any doubts regarding your commitment to human rights in general, or your firm position regarding the rights of the Palestinian people. I also understand the concerns that you have, particularly in these difficult times that leave you little choice.

I am not oblivious to the vicious attacks and threats the UN and you personally were subjected to from powerful Member States as a result of the publication of the ESCWA report “Israeli Practices towards the Palestinian People and the Question of Apartheid”. I do not find it surprising that such Member States, who now have governments with little regard for international norms and values of human rights, will resort to intimidation when they find it hard to defend their unlawful policies and practices. It is only normal for criminals to pressure and attack those who advocate the cause of their victims. I cannot submit to such pressure.

Not by virtue of my being an international official, but simply by virtue of being a decent human being, I believe, like you, in the universal values and principles that have always been the driving force for good in human history, and on which this organization of ours, the United Nations is founded. Like you, I believe that discrimination against anyone due to their religion, skin color, sex or ethnic origin is unacceptable, and that such discrimination cannot be rendered acceptable by the calculations of political expediency or power politics. I also believe people should not only have the freedom to speak truth to power, but they have the duty to do so.

In the space of two months you have instructed me to withdraw two reports produced by ESCWA, not due to any fault found in the reports and probably not because you disagreed with their content, but due to the political pressure by member states who gravely violate the rights of the people of the region.

You have seen first hand that the people of this region are going through a period of suffering unparalleled in their modern history; and that the overwhelming flood of catastrophes today is the result of a stream of injustices that were either ignored, plastered over, or openly endorsed by powerful governments inside and outside the region. Those same governments are the ones pressuring you to silence the voice of truth and the call for justice represented in these reports.

Given the above, I cannot but stand by the findings of ESCWA’s report that Israel has established an apartheid regime that seeks the domination of one racial group over another. The evidence provided by this report drafted by renowned experts is overwhelming. Suffice it to say that none of those who attacked the report had a word to say about its content. I feel it my duty to shed light on the legally inadmissible and morally indefensible fact that an apartheid regime still exists in the 21st century rather than suppressing the evidence. In saying this I claim no moral superiority nor ownership of a more prescient vision. My position might be informed by a lifetime of experiencing the dire consequences of blocking peaceful channels to addressing people’s grievances in our region.

After giving the matter due consideration, I realized that I too have little choice. I cannot withdraw yet another well-researched, well-documented UN work on grave violations of human rights, yet I know that clear instructions by the Secretary-General will have to be implemented promptly. A dilemma that can only be resolved by my stepping down to allow someone else to deliver what I am unable to deliver in good conscience. I know that I have only two more weeks to serve; my resignation is therefore not intended for political pressure. It is simply because I feel it my duty towards the people we serve, towards the UN and towards myself, not to withdraw an honest testimony about an ongoing crime that is at the root of so much human suffering. Therefore, I hereby submit to you my resignation from the United Nations.

Respectfully
Rima Khalaf

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Israel’s Crime of Apartheid: Text of Resignation Letter by ESCWA Executive Secretary Rima Khalaf

Coverup of Humanitarian Disaster in Mosul

March 19th, 2017 by Stephen Lendman

US-led terror-bombing along with Iraqi ground forces are systematically destroying the city, not liberating it as claimed.

Western media and international NGOs are ignoring a humanitarian disaster far worse than what affected East Aleppo.

Government and allied forces, greatly aided by Russian airpower, saved the lives of tens of thousands of defenseless Aleppo residents, held hostage by US-supported al-Nusra terrorists.

Media misportrayed heroic efforts as aggression.  Liberating Aleppo was a glorious triumph, one Syrians will long remember and commemorate, grateful to Russia for its vital help.

Last fall through December, John Kerry and other US officials accused Russia and Syria of war crimes, ignoring horrendous ones committed by US forces in all its war theaters – by terror-bombing, special forces and other combat troops on the ground, along with terrorist fighters recruited as imperial foot soldiers.

Western Media ignore genocidal high crimes committed by America and its rogue allies.

Last month, Sergey Lavrov “remind(ed) (his) Western counterparts about…the humanitarian” disaster in Mosul – “much worse than it was in eastern Aleppo,” he stressed, yet getting little or no Western media attention.

Before fighting escalated in recent weeks, Russia’s Foreign Ministry spokeswoman Maria Zakharova said

“(t)he humanitarian situation continues to degrade.”

“People are running out of food. And the most terrifying thing is that no one knows what is to be further. The situation is on the verge of a humanitarian catastrophe.”

US-led Western nations are “out of touch with reality,” she added. Escalating ground fighting and US-led terror-bombing made things much worse.

Before its capture by US-supported ISIS fighters in mid-2014, Mosul had around 2.5 million residents. Less than one million remain, held hostage by terrorists.

Routes to the city were cut off months ago. Residents lack access to food, potable water, medical care and electricity. Conditions are dire.

Humanitarian groups haven’t entered besieged parts of the city in over two years. Desperate residents aren’t being helped.

During the battle for Aleppo, Russia and Syria made heroic efforts to supply humanitarian aid to trapped residents.

America, its rogue allies and the UN supplied nothing – nor are they aiding Mosul residents in need.

Indiscriminate terror-bombing and ground fighting continues causing large numbers of casualties, including a devastating toll on civilians, massacred in cold blood, media ignoring the carnage – portraying mass slaughter and destruction as a liberating struggle.

According to Norwegian Refugee Council’s Becky Bakr Abdulla,

“families…managing to come out are completely traumatized.”

“They’ve got nothing left. No homes…nothing. Their children have not attended school for over two years.”

“(T)hey’ve lost many of their loved ones and there are many, many examples of people who have actually died on their way out.” They never “made it to safety.”

Western media and the international community largely ignore the devastating humanitarian disaster, Abdullah added – shocking contempt for the lives and welfare of devastated people, suffering enormously because of US imperial war.

Interviewed by Sputnik News, a woman in the Hamam al Alil refugee camp appealed for desperately needed humanitarian aid. Without it, people “are going to die,” she said.

Camp conditions are deplorable.

“We have no sanitation. The garbage needs to be removed. The water is very dirty. We can’t drink it.”

Conditions for Mosul residents remaining trapped is much worse. Terror-bombing and ground fighting continues taking many lives.

Maria Zakharova expressed outrage over the “hushing up of what is happening” – devastating fighting along with dire humanitarian conditions.

Since fighting began last October, around 100,000 residents managed to flee the city, risking their lives to do it.

An estimated 750,000 remain trapped. The US-led campaign in Syria is about regime change.

In Iraq, there’s none to change. Prime Minister Haider al-Abadi serves as a convenient US puppet, supporting its imperial ravaging.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at [email protected].

His new book as editor and contributor is titled “Flashpoint in Ukraine: How the US Drive for Hegemony Risks WW III.”

http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanIII.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Coverup of Humanitarian Disaster in Mosul

Earlier this week, the mainstream media reported that the Trump administration granted the CIA a new ‘secret’ authority broadening their ability to conduct drone strike operations against suspected terrorists. The new drone provision said to be without oversight from the Pentagon, was brought to our attention by ‘unnamed’ sources published in the Wall Street Journal – But is this the full story?

As big media rushed to condemn the Trump administration over the supposedly brand ‘new’ drone policy given to the CIA, the public has been left without a complete picture.

While the new powers allowing the CIA to conduct larger-scale drone operations overseas should be of concern to the public – you have to wonder if it was truly issued by the Trump administration or already under place during the Obama administration.

While it’s no secret that Trump has openly discussed being tough on terror and might be involved with the CIA drone order in some capacity, we should also consider the fact that many Obama and Democratic Party loyalists would like nothing more than to paint the new president in a less than agreeable light, potentially looking to create a political tripwire to derail his first term.

Over the past few years the Obama administration was said to be shifting more drone operations away from the CIA – but was that really what happened?

In 2015, the NY Post published the following:

“President Obama secretly granted the Central Intelligence Agency more flexibility to conduct drone strikes targeting terror suspects in Pakistan than anywhere else in the world after approving more restrictive rules in 2013, according to a published report.”

The Wall Street Journal, citing current and former U.S. officials, reported that Obama approved a waiver exempting the CIA from proving that militants targeted in Pakistan posed an imminent threat to the U.S.”

In particular, the drone report outlined that while on the surface it appeared that Obama issued a directive to get rid of ‘signature strikes’ conducted by the CIA “many of the changes specified in the directive either haven’t been implemented or have been works in progress.”

A signature strike can be conducted without presidential approval against any suspected militants.

The NY Post then admitted that CIA had in fact a much broader latitude to target individuals under the Obama administration:

“The paper also reports that the CIA’s Pakistan drone strike program was initially exempted from the “imminent threat” requirement until the end of U.S. and NATO combat operations in Afghanistan.”

The Bureau of Investigative Journalism reported the following drone statistics under Obama:

“Pakistan was the hub of drone operations during Obama’s first term. The pace of attacks had accelerated in the second half of 2008 at the end of Bush’s term, after four years pocked by occasional strikes. However in the year after taking office, Obama ordered more drone strikes than Bush did during his entire presidency. The 54 strikes in 2009 all took place in Pakistan.

Strikes in the country peaked in 2010, with 128 CIA drone attacks and at least 89 civilians killed, at the same time US troop numbers surged in Afghanistan. Pakistan strikes have since fallen with just three conducted in the country last year.

QUESTION: Is it possible that the CIA drone policy was just transferred from one administration to another?

CIA-DRONE-21WIRE-SLIDER-SH-1

(Photo Illustration 21WIRE’s Shawn Helton)

According to article by Gordon Lubold and Shane Harris in the Wall Street Journal entitled Trump Broadens CIA Powers, Allows Deadly Drone Strikes: 

President Donald Trump has given the Central Intelligence Agency secret new authority to conduct drone strikes against suspected terrorists, U.S. officials said, changing the Obama administration’s policy of limiting the spy agency’s paramilitary role and reopening a turf war between the agency and the Pentagon.

The new authority, which hadn’t been previously disclosed, represents a significant departure from a cooperative approach that had become standard practice by the end of former President Barack Obama’s tenure: The CIA used drones and other intelligence resources to locate suspected terrorists and then the military conducted the actual strike. The U.S. drone strike that killed Taliban leader Mullah Mansour in May 2016 in Pakistan was the best example of that hybrid approach, U.S. officials said.

 

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Cloaked Order: Who’s Really Behind ‘New Authority’ for CIA Drone Strikes?

War And The Health of the State: What Causes War

March 19th, 2017 by Arthur D. Robbins

War has indeed become perpetual and peace no longer even a fleeting wish nor a distant memory. We have become habituated to the rumblings of war and the steady drum beat of propaganda about war’s necessity and the noble motives that inspire it. We will close hospitals. We will close schools. We will close libraries and museums. We will sell off our park lands and water supply. [1] People will sleep on the streets and go hungry. The war machine will go on.

What are we to do?

Randolph S. Bourne was born in 1886 in the town of Bloomfield, New Jersey, to an aristocratic family of proud New England heritage. The family attended the town’s first Presbyterian Church and raised their son on a Bible verse a day. Bourne was expected to honor these auspicious beginnings by attending college and then law school and establishing himself among the scions of wealth and respectability.

Bourne had other ideas. As a young child his body was twisted with a disease that left him with a double curvature of the spine that eventually retarded his growth. A birth injury had disfigured one side of his face, producing an impression in adulthood that inspired Theodore Dreiser to refer to him as “that frightening dwarf.“ The flu epidemic of 1918 took Bourne at the tender age of thirty-two.

In his brief tenure, that “frightening dwarf“ became one of the most articulate, independent and outspoken intellectuals of his generation, perhaps despite, perhaps because of his social and physical handicaps. Bourne had the audacity to put himself in opposition to  “The Great War, “ “The War To End All Wars, “ i.e., World War I, as bodies on both sides were being torn to shreds so the world might be “safe for democracy.” His independent mindedness cut him off from most of his intellectual peers, including such luminaries as Charles Beard and John Dewey of Columbia University. In many ways his writing was an attempt to make sense of what he saw as a betrayal of the truth by men for whom he had once had the deepest respect.

Perhaps Bourne’s most noteworthy achievement is an essay entitled, “The State.” Written in 1917, in the midst of war, Bourne takes an analytic look at the causes of war and its social consequences. He begins by establishing the basic concepts necessary for understanding the political functioning of a particular society. He speaks of “country, “ “government,“   “nation “  and “State.“  Each of these concepts has a meaning with specific consequences for domestic and international affairs.

Country is a plot of land inhabited by people who speak the same language — more or less — and share some common values, or as Emile Durkheim might say, “a collective common consciousness.” Country is the mountains, valleys, plains and rivers, the factories, golf clubs and bowling allies. Country expresses itself via its culture, its art, literature and political practices. “Country is a concept of peace, of tolerance, of living of letting live.” (Bourne, 68) It is loosely organized and diverse in its beliefs.

Government is the means by which a country organizes and structures itself. It is the means by which a society takes control of itself or fails to. Government divides the country into smaller units for purposes of administration and representation. Government can be highly centralized or it can rely on the strength and independence of the localities. The form government takes plays a critical role in determining the nature of the society and the character of the citizens who live under its dominion.

Nation is country taking consciousness of itself. Nation is country with an identity. “I am an American” has a certain meaning and significance when uttered by someone occupying a certain plot of land, especially when taken in the context other plots of land, occupied by other peoples. Nation is a benign concept. There can be national pride without any belligerence attached to it.

Unlike country, nation and government, State exists only under certain circumstances. And those circumstances are the circumstance of war.  “With the shock of war,” says Bourne, “the State comes into its own….” (Bourne, 66) Without war the State disappears and reverts to being a nation, which is another way of saying, “War is the health of the State.” (Bourne, 71) Or, in the words of Heinrich von Treitshke, “The concept of the state implies the concept of war, for the essence of the state is power.” (Popper, 276)

State is not a reality. It is an artifice, a myth, an ideology that is superimposed upon a social reality that it flouts and subsumes by means of manipulation and propaganda. Take away the State and country/nation are there intact. Take away country/nation and state vanishes. It has no existence of its own. One country does not go to war against another. “It is the country organized as a State that is fighting, and only as a State would it possibly fight.” (Bourne, 82-83) States make war on each other, not countries, not peoples.

German philosopher Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel (1770-1831) was a big fan of the Warrior State. Here he is inveighing against the “nation” as “rabble.”

The aggregate of private persons is often spoken of as the nation. But such an aggregate is a rabble, not a people; and with regard to it, it is the one aim of the state that a nation should not come into existence, to power and action, as such an aggregate. Such a condition of a nation is a condition of lawlessness, demoralization, brutishness [italics in original].” (Popper, 268)

As this quote makes clear, “Nation” and “State” are not one and the same and that in fact the two are mutually exclusive. State is government in the service of war, a society organized for the purpose of killing. Nation is a government organized for civic living. State is a killing machine, a parasite, a leech sucking the life out of government.

Three kinds of war and how they are financed

Basically there three kinds of wars: land wars, word wars and wars of extraction.

Land war

“I want that plot of land.” “Well, you can’t have it. It doesn’t belong to you.” “I am going to take it anyway.” War. Land is about power, personal power. Religion and reasons of State are simply pretexts for justifying the killing.

Feudal society was built around land wars. The king makes war and rewards his knights with land. The more war that is made the more land that is acquired by the king and the more he has to pass along to the knights that made war with him. And so land gets distributed and redistributed and eventually there is a land holding aristocracy.

Word war

“We believe the moon is made of green cheese.” “We believe it is made of solidified yogurt. And if you don’t change your mind, we are going to kill you and all your followers.” War.

In 1095, the Catholic Church in the person of Pope Urban II introduced word wars with his first crusade. The “infidels” in far off lands needed to be crushed. The “Holy Land” needed to be retaken by brute force. The crusaders — many were wealthy knights — were encouraged to hand over their land and wealth to the Church before leaving on a journey from which many did not return. With warring lords out of the picture and their wealth in Church coffers, the Church expanded its power and influence while crusaders were giving their lives over semantic differences.

In the south of France, there was a religious community known as the Cathari or Albigensians. There were a peaceful people who worshipped a god of love and peace. They believed that power and love cannot co-exist and specifically renounced the principle of power. When they persisted in living out their beliefs, Pope Innocent III (sic) saw to it that they were slaughtered, with a loss of life estimated to be as high as a million.

The 16th century “Wars of religion” are among the most odious “Word Wars” to date. Hundreds of thousands were killed. Barbarism reached new heights for the time. Who has the word, has the power.

War of Extraction

We need oil to fuel our jets so we can bomb you into oblivion.” “But that oil is under our sands.” “We are going to take it anyway. And don’t try and stop us.” War. Endless war. War that becomes a word war in the name of “democracy” so the folks back home can be nudged into supporting the war with their lives and money.

Wars of extraction are a modern invention, a bi-product of the industrial revolution. Making war in modern times consumes enormous amounts of natural resources. When a country like the U.S. begins to run out of what it needs it seeks replenishment elsewhere.

Since its founding the United States has been at war for 214 out of 235 calendar years, which makes for one Healthy State! [2] According to retired lieutenant colonel (USAF) William J. Astore, “War Is The New Normal.” (TomDispatch, February 1, 2015) He is referring to the period since September 11, 2001, but of course there is nothing “new” about this normal. War has been “normal” from the get go. It is estimated that since WWII, US-led and instigated wars and conflicts around the globe have killed 35 to 40 million people; 10 to 12 million alone since 9/11. (Koenig, Global Research, November 3, 2015)

War depletes government. There is little or nothing of financial or social resources left over for addressing the needs of the citizenry. Cultural and intellectual life dwindle. “If the State’s chief function is war, then the State must suck out of the nation a large part of its energy for its purely sterile purposes of defense and aggression….The calling away of energy into military pursuits means a crippling of the productive and life-enhancing processes of the national life.” (Bourne, 81)

Financing war 

As wars evolved so did the political structures necessary to feed them. In the Middle Ages when the Lord of the manor sought to make war he would call upon his knights to supply the troops and to arm them. These were mostly local skirmishes on a relatively small scale. As the violence of war became more extensive and more far-flung, as the machines of war became more complex and sophisticated, as the armies required more and more troops, there was an ever-increasing demand for more funds, which is where taxation comes in.

The population at large would be taxed from the upper echelons of the knighthood, which eventually became the nobility, all the way down to the sustenance farmer and the humble artisan who resided in town. The nobility would bear the heaviest burden since they had the most to offer. Each new military adventure required yet more revenues and a rise in taxes. [3] Predictably, there was increasing hostility among the nobility and the townspeople who lived under an ever-greater tax burden.  There would be armed resistance that would be successfully repressed, leading to an even more centralized and powerful State.

When revenues from taxation proved insufficient, the State would turn to borrowing. Initially the borrowing was from wealthy individuals, eventually these wealthy individuals balked, especially as the State was unable to repay its loans in a timely fashion. Banks were formed.

Banking activities can be traced all the way back to 2000 B.C. when farmers and traders needed money to support them in their effort to bring their product to market from one city to the next. Modern banking began to emerge in the Renaissance in wealthy Italian cities like Florence, Venice and Genoa and was dominated then — as it is now — by wealthy banking families. In 14th century Italy it was the Medici family. Today it is the Rothschilds and the Rockefellers.

In 1695, William III of England needed funds to rebuild his navy. His credit was so poor that no one would lend the money he needed. His solution was to form the Bank of England, perhaps the first Central Bank. The bank would lend money to the government, issue currency and set interest rates. It was established as a private institution whose board members were not to be revealed. Hamilton used this model in setting up the “Bank of the United States,” which evolved into today’s Federal Reserve Bank.

As war became more frequent and was conducted on an ever-grander scale, banks played a greater and greater role, making banking families critical members of the warrior class. Currently, in the year 2017, banks not only fund the wars, they have become the engines of war. War is good for business, so let’s make war. In WW II, the Rothschilds funded both sides. Currently, the United States spends trillions a year on war. Its national debt is at $16.3 trillion dollars. In 2015 the cost for servicing that debt was in excess of $405 billion, most of which was a consequence of borrowing money to make war. [4]

With all of the money coming in from different sources, there is a lot of bookkeeping and accounting that must take place to keep track of and enforce the collecting of funds from taxpayers and banks. Here is where bureaucracy comes in. How is one going to go about collecting those taxes, keeping track of who pays and how much, develop a means for compelling compliance? One needs personnel, more and more. Larger and more costly wars require more and more money and the bureaucracy necessary to supply and manage that money. Currently, in the United States, the IRS has a payroll of more than 82,000.

The Pentagon with 6,000,000 employees is the largest single employer in the world. The arsenal needs to be restocked, arms need to be invented and procured, strategic decisions need to be made.  Much of this takes place in the Pentagon, which, in essence, is the government. The Pentagon sucks up money at an astounding rate and spends it with reckless abandon. It is accountable to no one. There is very little in our social, political, economic, agricultural, cultural — even personal— life that the Pentagon doesn’t impinge upon.

Needless to say, the warrior class has little love for Mother Nature, and little concern for her failing eco-system. Their god is Thanatos, the god of death. Happily, they would oversee the extinction of the human species.

The State in control: How we are kept in line

The State has an internal structure, and that structure is derived from its primary function, making war. In discussing the nature of the State, and its relation to war, Porter speaks of “an iron triangle of arms, capital, and bureaucracy” (Porter, 58). I would add three elements, the warrior, the banker and the propagandists. I guess that gives us an iron hexagon.

The State started as monarchy and morphed into oligarchy at the end of the 18th century, probably because the aristocracy had been used up as a source of funding. The State needed to tap the middle class, which meant a form of government that would “include” — i.e. seem to include — them, hence the bastardized use of the word, “democracy.”

Although it is obvious, wars do not occur spontaneously, the way crocuses rise in springtime. Behind every war there is a warrior or several warriors or a class of warriors. There are the visible oligarchs — the men and women we put in office — and the invisible oligarchs, the deep state, George Soros, the Rothschild family, the Rockefeller family, the Koch brothers, people like Karl Rove, Henry Kissinger, Zbigniew Brzezinski, Paul Wolfowitz, someone like Thomas Barnett, “military geostrategist,” an academic or two. But it doesn’t really matter who they are or if they are masons or Illuminati. What matters is that they have the power and we don’t.

The State — i.e. the warrior class who run the State — is a law unto itself, and is accountable to no one.  It is above and beyond the morals of civic virtue.  It only does wrong when it fails to fulfill its role as State, which is †o say make war.

The “Great Men” of history are not to be judged by the same standards we apply to civic society. The “Great Men” are “great” because they are efficient killers and for that we should honor them, not judge them. As Mao Zedong put it, “Political power grows out of the barrel of a gun.” Who holds the gun, holds the power.

Peace, on the other hand, that brief interlude between wars, is government in the service of the civic community. Economic needs and social needs are the primary concern. Cultural and intellectual life flourish. The energy and resources that would have been spent in killing are devoted to nourishing life. There is no need for lying. There is no need for propaganda. Society is being called upon to act in its own best interests. There is nothing to hide.

It was Thomas Hobbes’ view — Leviathan (1651) — that the State — the mighty monster — is our savior and protector. Without it we would descend into a state of nature. “Without a common power to keep them all in awe, they are in that condition which is called war; and such a war as is of every man against every man”. Life in this state of nature is “solitary, poor, nasty, brutish, and short.”

One can argue that Hobbes has it all backwards. It is the Leviathan — the State — that is reducing us to this primitive, barbaric State of Nature by its endless wars. The State is not protecting us from the State of Nature as Hobbes predicted. Instead, by its endless war, it is reducing us to a State of Nature.

Fear and obedience

The State requires obeisance. It needs to get the country to do its bidding, which is to say it needs to get the population to accept and support the sacrifice that war entails. There are economic and social sacrifices. One will even be asked to sacrifice ones life.

Enter fear, the primary means by which the state retains its control. We are to be maintained in a constant state of anxiety. We are to feel weak and insecure, uncertain about what could happen next, overwhelmed with information about various germs, insects, plagues, infiltrations and assaults. Says Chris Hedges, “Terror, intimidation and violence are the glue that holds empire together.”

The enemy is everywhere and anywhere. He is ruthless and barbaric and will stop at nothing, which is why we need an all powerful, all knowing State to protect us. We see a poster on the subway, “If you see something, say something.” There is an image of a package underneath a seat. We are to assume it is a bomb that will blow us to smithereens. When we see such an object we are to inform a police officer or an employee of the MTA. There is an announcement that repeats the same message and ends, “Stay alert and have a safe day.”

There is a television program entitled “Homeland.” It is about a returning soldier who has spent eight years in captivity. The CIA believes he has gone over to the other side and is connected to a terror plot that is to be carried out on American soil.

There is the “Department of Homeland Security.” Its vital mission is “to secure the nation from the many threats we face,” “safeguard the American people, our homeland, and our values.” The Department employs 240,000 people in its determined effort to keep us safe.

And of course there is the NSA (National Security Agency) employing something like 50,000 experts trained to keep us safe, the CIA (Central Intelligence Agency) with a work force of about 22,000 whose job it is to detect overseas threats to our domestic tranquility and the FBI (Federal Bureau of Investigation) whose job it is to root out terrorists on our home territory. They employ around 35,000 agents and the DIA (Defense Intelligence Agency) around 17,000. That adds up to around 365,000 men and women devoted to keeping us safe and secure.

We need constant reminders of who the enemy is and what he looks like. He is Muslim. He is wily. He is ruthless. He looks different from us and prays to a different god. He frightens us and we are grateful for the 365,000 men and women devoted to keeping us safe. Every so often there is an “event” in which it is claimed that a Muslim is responsible for loss of life. Conveniently there is a passport left behind identifying exactly which Muslim it was who committed the act of terror.

There is war over there, somewhere. We learn what the enemy is capable of. There are gory images and stories of beheadings and torture. So the enemy is demonized. The mission is glorified, often at the expense of the truth.

One example among many is what happened early in the first assault on Iraq, known as the Gulf War, when George I was President. On October 10, 1990, a 15-year-old Kuwaiti girl, known only by her first name of Nayirah, testified before the “Human Rights Caucus,” not a legitimate congressional committee. She alleged that she had seen “Iraqi soldiers come into the hospital with guns, and go into the room where … babies were in incubators. They took the babies out of the incubators, took the incubators, and left the babies on the cold floor to die.” (Stauber and Rampton)

It turns out that “Nayirah” was daughter to the Kuwait’s Ambassador to the U.S. and that the story was a fabrication fed to “Nayirah” by the Lauri Fitz-Pegado, vice-president of Hill and Knowlton, the country’s largest public relations firm. One can only assume that similar stories have similar origins.

Thus, compliance with the State’s program of war requires constant lying by the State and the media that speak for it. It is doubtful that any people would go to war if they knew the whole story about the key figures involved and what their true motivations and values were and what the consequences were for the country being invaded. Truth is an enemy of the State. The State needs the lies, even more than it needs war. Take away the lies and the State disappears.

Obviously, free, independent, critical thinking is anathema to the State. It must control the word and will crush anyone who reveals the truth. Chelsea (Bradley) Manning was put in prison for releasing documents claimed to be detrimental to the war effort as well as a video showing a helicopter gunship gunning down two Reuters reporters and two men helping to evacuate the wounded.

In order to be believed and to be beyond question as to its integrity, the State must inspire devotion to the State qua State. This devotion goes by the word “patriotism.” Its symbolic representation is the flag, “primarily the banner of war.” (Bourne, 87) This belief in the State is no different from belief in God. And you would no more doubt or question the State than you would doubt or question God. To do so is blasphemy.

Anything that has a mind of its own is a menace to the State. The individual, qua individual, must disappear. The individual is merged with the mass and conforms to herd-like behavior that is controlled from above. This is life in the State.

Propaganda

He who has the word has the power and the license to kill on behalf of his countrymen, which is why lying — propaganda — is such a key ingredient in sustaining the modern State and gaining the support of the populace. “The State thus becomes an instrument by which the power of the whole herd is wielded for the benefit of a class.” (Bourne, 91)

In the good old days barbarians could go out on a killing spree without accounting to anyone or in any way explain or justify their actions. In 1494 Charles VIII of France invaded Italy. There were no news stories giving it just the right spin.  There were no protests in the streets. In the 21st century we are more “civilized,” i.e. we need to be soothed into acquiescing to the gratuitous violence committed in our name in far away lands, which is why propaganda plays such a key role in holding the State together in its primary mission of making war.

In 1928, Edward Bernays (1891- 1995)— nephew to Sigmund Freud — wrote a book entitled, “Propaganda.” His aim was to convince the reader that propaganda was a good thing. Since the masses don’t really know what they want, wouldn’t it be easier for everyone if rulers decided for them and then made it seem as if they had decided for themselves? “If we understand the mechanism and motives of the group mind,” Bernays asks rhetorically, “is it not possible to control and regiment the masses according to our will without their knowing about it?” (Bernays, 71) Not only is it possible, it is desirable. The manipulation of the masses “is an important element in democratic society,… if [we] are to live together as a smoothly functioning society.” Every aspect of our living is determined and controlled by those “who pull the wires which control the public mind.” (Bernays, 37)

This has all the trappings of the totalitarian State. Our very soul has been hijacked and appropriated by the State for purposes beyond our ken and will. The media are the most obvious means of manipulation and serve their purpose quite well, but they are not alone. Academics, movie and TV producers all conspire to control what we think is reality, which we then respond to as our State rulers desire.

There is a barrage of violence that makes us feel small and vulnerable. There are constant warnings about approaching danger. Most of what we hear about the wars being waged by the State in our name is pure fabrication. As but one small example, New York Times Pulitzer Prize winner Judith Miller fed the public a pack of lies about Sadam Hussein and “weapons of mass destruction,” which subsequently were thoroughly discredited, and which the Times retracted.  The harm had been done.

Initiated in the 1950’s, “Operation Mockingbird” was a secret campaign by the CIA to control media. The organization recruited leading American journalists into a network to help present the CIA’s views.  Student and cultural organizations were CIA funded. Magazines were used as fronts. According to Deborah Davis in Katharine the Great, (A biography of Katherine Graham, one-time owner of the Washington Post) “By the early 1950s, Wisner [head of covert action for the CIA] ‘owned’ respected members of The New York TimesNewsweek, CBS and other communications vehicles.” (Davis, 137-138) The NSA (National Student Organization), a confederation of college student governments and the literary journal Encounter were funded by the CIA.

This is but a very small sample of the cultural corruption that prevails in our society in the service of the State. Just about every resource we think we can count on for honest information is being controlled by the State for the sole purpose of advancing its agenda, i.e. War. Should we be suspicious, nay paranoid, in our disbelief about what we are being told? I am afraid so.

The welfare state

One way to way to get us to submit and obey is to show us a little kindness. Although it might seem oxymoronic to say so, as Porter points out, the Welfare State is one of the attributes of the Warfare State. “Curious,” you say, “how did that come about? Why would the warrior class have any interest in our well-being?” Truth is they don’t. However, they are practical minded people. In the last quarter of the 19th century there was a good deal of social unrest. Workers wanted better working conditions and better pay. They were organizing. In Paris there was an uprising of radical socialists. The Paris Commune took control of the government and ruled from March 18, 1871 to May 28 1871. The official French government responded with a siege that resulted in 15,000 – 20,000 deaths.

The wise thing to do for the ruling class was to co-opt the unrest by addressing some of the workers’ needs. What about returning soldiers? Shouldn’t their needs be addressed? We are asking them to risk their lives. If we want their cooperation we had best take care of their health and the health of their families. As Porter points out, “In general, the voice of the people is heard loudest when governments require either their gold or their bodies in defense of the state” (Porter, 10).

The collectivism that socialism advocated and the imperialistic doctrine of the State found a common meeting ground. Both required a strong central State to realize their goals. The imperialists reasoned that “domestic peace would facilitate expansion abroad” (Porter, 158). Germany, under Otto von Bismarck — the “Iron Chancellor” — was fast becoming the most industrialized country in the world. Bismarck, who considered humanitarian impulses to be “sentimental rubbish” (Porter, 159) nonetheless, for practical reasons, became the Welfare State’s standard-bearer. In 1883 he secured passage of compulsory sickness insurance for workers; in 1884 and 1885, an accident insurance plan; in 1889, a comprehensive Old Age Insurance Law. By the turn of the century Germany had the most advanced welfare system of any country in Europe.

Strange bedfellows indeed, war and welfare. Yet they seem to have gotten on quite well. It would never occur to us that we owe our welfare benefits to the killing of innocents abroad. Yet that seems to be the case. State does what is expedient when it comes to serving its ultimate cause: war. It cannot be otherwise.

But as we see in Part 2, there is an alternative to State and that is the Nation in the form of a Federated Government, a government based in local needs and local initiatives, a government designed to serve the common good.

The above essay is part I of six part analysis

1. War and the health of the State: What causes war
2. Federated governments: The Nation vs. the State
3. Origin of the State: Barbarians at the gate
4. End Game: War goes on
5. Critical Thinking: A bridge to the future
6. Deconstructing the State: Getting small

 

Sources

Benjamin Barber, Strong Democracy: Participatory Politics for a New Age.

Frank Barlow, The Feudal Kingdom on England 1042-1216.

Edward Bernays, Propaganda.

Ellen Brown, The Public Bank Solution: From Austerity to Prosperity.

Smedly Butler, War Is A Racket.

James Carroll, House of War.

Gearoid O Colmain, “The Weaponisation of the Refugee,” Dissident Voice, January 20, 2016.

Rob Cooper, “Iceland’s former Prime Minister found guilty over country’s 2008 financial crisis but will avoid jail,” Daily Mail, April 23, 2012.

C.S., “Constitution Society,” Andrew Jackson, July 10, 1832.

Deborah Davis, Katherine The Great.

Thomas J. DiLorenzo, The Real Lincoln.

M.I. Finley, The Portable Greek Historians. 

F.P.  The Federalist Papers. Ed. Clinton Rossiter.

Mark H. Gaffney: “9/11: The Evidence for Insider Trading,” May 25, 2016: ICH (Information Clearing House).

GPF (Global Policy Forum,) “War and Occupation in Iraq,” Chapter 2.

Ramachandra Guha, India After Gandhi.

Victor David Hanson, Carnage and Culture.

Chris Hedges, “The American Empire: Murder Inc.” Truthdig, January 3, 2016.

Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel, The Philosophy of History (Dover, 1956).

J. Christopher  Herold, The Age of Napoleon.

Karl Hess, Community.

Peter Hoy, “The World’s Biggest Fuel Consumer,” Forbes, June 5, 2008.

J.H. Huizinga, Dutch Civilization in the 17th Century.

Peter Koenig, “Towards a Foreign Imposed “Political Transition” in Syria?” Global Research, November 3, 2015.

John Macpherson (1899). Mental affections; an introduction to the study of insanity.

Patrick Martin, 16 April 2003, wsws.org.

Edgar Lee Masters, Lincoln The Man.

Gaetano Mosca, The Ruling Class.

Ralph Nader, “Uncontrollable — Pentagon and Corporate Contractors Too Big to Audit,” Dandelionsalad, March 18, 2016.

Thomas Naylor and William H. Willikmon, Downsizing the U.S.A.

Karl Popper, The Open Society And Its Enemies.

Simon Schama, The Embarrassment of Riches: An Interpretation of Dutch Culture in the Golden Age.

John Stauber and Sheldon Rampton, “Lies Damn Lies and the Public Relations Industry.” (Web)

Herbert J. Storing, The Anti-Federalist: Writings by the Opponents of the Constitution, edited by Herbert J. Storing.

Jay Syrmopoulus, October 15, 2015, “Iceland Just Jailed Dozens of Corrupt Bankers for 74 Years, The Opposite of What America Does.” Read more at http://thefreethoughtproject.com/icelands-banksters-sentenced-74-years-prison-prosecution-u-s/#UHP3qHr1WIAuRFSs.99.

“The Economic Value of Peace, 2016” (PDF) Institute for Economics and Peace.

Washington Blog, February 23, 2015 “ICH”(Information
Clearing House) http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article41086.htm

Max Weber, Political Writings.

John W. Whitehead, March 29, 2016, “From Democracy to Pathocracy: The Rise of the Political Psychopath,” Intrepid Report, April 1, 2016.

Wikipedia, “Energy usage of the United States military.”

Wikiquote, Woodrow Wilson, Federal Reserve Act of 1913.

Sheldon Wolin, Democracy Incorporated: Managed Democracy and the Specter of Inverted Totalitarianism.

Notes

1 See Arthur D. Robbins, “Through The Looking Glass Darkly,” Intrepid Report, March 21, 2014 for a description of how even air can be privatized.

Through the looking glass darkly: Government … – Intrepid Report.com

2 See Washington Blog, February 23, 2015 “ICH”(Information Clearing House) http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article41086.htm for a comprehensive list of American wars.

3 Said Thomas Paine, in 1787, “War … has but one thing certain, and that is to increase taxes.” Said Marcus Tullius Cicero, Roman statesman, “The sinews of war are infinite money.”

4 For a detailed discussion of the economic consequences of war and the value of peace, see, “The Economic Value of Peace,” Institute for Economics and Peace.

Arthur D. Robbins is the author of “Paradise Lost, Paradise Regained: The True Meaning of Democracy,” hailed by Ralph Nader as an “eye-opening, earth-shaking book,… a fresh, torrential shower of revealing insights and vibrant lessons we can use to pursue the blessings and pleasures of a just society through civic efforts that are not as difficult as we have been led to believe.” Visit http://acropolis-newyork.comto learn more.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on War And The Health of the State: What Causes War

We repeatedly argued that Sanders would have won the presidential election if Democratic insiders hadn’t sabotaged his campaign (oops).

Indeed, Sanders has consistently polled as the most popular politician in America.

Recent polls tend to back this up, showing Sanders’ favorability rating is skyrocketing …

Click here to see Bernie Sanders favorable rating.

While Clinton’s is plummeting …

Hillary

As is the Democratic party’s as a whole …

Click here to see the Democratic Party favorable rating.

It wasn’t Comey or the Ruskies. It was the Democratic insiders pushing the warmed over establishment insider and freezing out the candidate that people liked.

 

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Sanders Would Have Won The Presidential Election if Insiders Hadn’t Sabotaged His Campaign

The EU, NATO, and the western alliance have utterly failed the people of eastern Europe. The unrequited love of former Soviet bloc nations is slowly turning to scorn. The Euromaidan and ensuing civil war have laid bare an ideological and cultural divide ages old. With Brussels and NATO reeling from recent events, the fear mongering used to leverage aligned nations is losing its effectiveness.

A meeting in between Russian Prime Minister Dmitry Medvedev and Moldova’s former PM and current head of the Socialist party, Zinaida Greceanîi in Moscow reveals the general eastern shift to Russia. While the world watches and waits on the next fantastical Donald Trump moment, the Russian administration continues to mend fences and to create new bonds of friendship. To the south and west of Moldova a score of EU member states discuss a “Brexit-like” abandonment of a globalist system many see as doomed to failure. And Moldova’s plight since the fall of the Soviet Union is a picture window into the biggest international experiment in history. To quote Ms. Greceanîi on Moldova’s recent elections and the lean toward Russia:

“We won because the majority of Moldovans are for strategic partnership with Russia. In 2014, our current pro-European coalition in the parliament signed an agreement on association with the European Union, and, frankly, we got almost nothing in return from the European Union, while sustaining a major economic setback by losing the Russian market and our strategic partner. This is what happens when politicians who try to destroy age-old ties and traditions between our peoples come to power.”

The Moldovan politician expressed what is a growing sentiment toward the European Union. The poorest country of the former Soviet republics, Moldova is perhaps the most neglected country in Europe. And recent calls from the south for Moldova and Romania to reunite foretell of the wider neglect of nations in the region. Hungary to the west has begun a Russia lean as well, and Bulgaria to the south of Romania was never fully a western satrap. Upheaval in Bucharest over real or perceived corruption by leadership, Greece’s ongoing plight, the old sounds of Serbia and even countries like Slovenia – send a clear signal. We’ve seen the evidence of a collapse of confidence in the western alliance for some time. Tomáš Kostelecký, Director of the Institute of Sociology at the Czech Academy of Sciences in Prague had this to say about a series, “25 Years after the fall of the Berlin Wall”:

“Overall I think the Czech Republic, Slovakia and Poland are examples of countries that came out well, whereas for others it was not so successful.”

A poll conducted in Czech Republic in 2014 showed that more than half the people there considered life before and after Soviet rule the same. In other words, most people in even the richest former Soviet bloc countries see no difference in the two systems. Many people see the spread of so-called democracy as a total lie. While free movement allowing Romanians (for instance) to travel to Germany for better paying jobs is a plus, Romanians choosing to stay home have been devastated by corruption, austerity, and the loss of potential to globalization.

In Romania a poll conducted back in 2014 showed half of Romanians held a positive view of their condemned leader Nicolae Ceausescu and believe that life was better under him. The same poll showed that of the 1,460 respondents, 54 percent claimed that they had better living standards during communism, while 16 percent said that they were worse. I make this point because of the strategic and ideological importance of Romania. Of all the countries in the EU, Romania was by far the most pro-democracy – the people there betting all their futures on the American promise. I know this because my wife is from Romania and her father was one of the unsung heroes of the revolution there in 1989. Romania has a history of picking the wrong side, and EU membership did about as much for Romanians as their brothers and sisters in separated Moldova.

In Hungary the recent visit by Russian President Vladimir Putin sent western mainstream media on a rant. But the fact the Hungarian economy has been hammered by the food embargo introduced by the Kremlin in response to US and EU sanctions against Moscow is but one sour note on EU policies in the region. The Minister of Foreign Affairs and Trade for Hungary, Peter Szijjarto told Kommersant the other day:

“According to our estimates, the loss of profit for Hungary amounts to $6.5 billion over the last three years. We are speaking about exports. Given that the annual volume of Hungarian exports is about $90 billion, the losses are biting,”

Hungary’s recent overtures toward Russia are freaking the parliamentarians in Brussels out at the same time leaders like Germany’s Angela Merkel try and come to grips with thawing of relations between Moscow and Washington under U.S. President Donald Trump. A new wave of populism sweeping all Europe is seen by the left wing as some Russian conspiracy, when in reality the movement is a change of errant course. These former Soviet bloc countries are a kind of litmus tests that shows the EU was never a fair game in the first place. Germany and the central Europeans thrived for a time, while other nations were left to stagnate. In a recent poll conducted in Hungary, 75% of those asked favored pragmatic relations with Russia as opposed to only 5% saying that “Hungary should not even talk to Russian President Vladimir Putin at all”.

The Turkish reset with Russia, especially the renewal of the so-called “south stream pipeline” project mirrors the Russia tilt in Greece, Macedonia, Slovenia, Italy, and other formerly devout NATO-EU devotees. President Putin just recently praised Slovenia for an invite for a Trump-Putin summit in the country’s capital of Ljubljana. Slovenia, the native country of First Lady Melania Trump, is a literal stepping stone in what some will remember from Putin’s Vladivostok to Lisbon initiative. No matter how one classifies all these geo-political moves, the clear trend in favor or Russia ties is crystal clear. The globalist Washington Post called the trend “Europeans bowing to the power of Putin”, when in reality the motives are pragmatism and logic. Moving away from big promises and failure toward a change is only a natural thing.

Finally, in 2014 Germany’s former Chancellor Gerhard Schroeder blamed European Union policy for the current situation in Ukraine, and he also urged the West to stop new sanctions on Russia. Now we are seeing that Schroeder was right. At the other end of the German political spectrum,  German Left Party (Die LInke), Dr. Sahra Wagenknecht has railed against Chancellor Angela Merkel, NATO, and the west in general for failed policies and the destruction of détente with Russia. At the center of her arguments lay a cerifiable truth of Eastern European affairs since the fall of the Berlin Wall. In an interview with German Radio, Dr. Wagenknecht spoke about America’s “substantial economic interests” (“handfeste wirtschaftliche Interessen”) in the Ukraine, as a big part of Europe’s problem:

“There are substantial economic interests: the Americans have been in the Ukraine since the beginning. They have even made agreements with Ukrainian companies, even investing in some of them. So there are substantial economic interests, and it is all the more critical that Europe not be dragged into this (by the Americans), but that we act in our own interests.  This means peace and cooperation of course with Russia, improving the relationship which has cooled off markedly in the past months.”

The common thread running through the new west-east crisis is “financial interest”. This will be the focus of my next report. For now though, it is not the Trump White House that seems in disarray, but Brussels and the NATO alliance. Stay tuned.

Phil Butler, is a policy investigator and analyst, a political scientist and expert on Eastern Europe, exclusively for the online magazine “New Eastern Outlook”.
http://journal-neo.org/2017/03/17/brussels-nato-and-the-globalists-in-total-disarray/

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Brussels, NATO, And The Globalists: In Total Disarray

The Congressional Budget Office has estimated that the ObamaCare-replacing, Trump Republican American Health Care Act would mean 14 million more uninsured Americans in 2018 and 24 million by 2026.

Lack of health insurance kills about 45,000 Americans each year (Harvard Medical School) and Trump’s removal of millions of Americans from Health Cover will kill 43,000 Americans over 2 Trump terms versus an expected 30 terrorism deaths. Wake up America – this is not keeping America safe.

CNN has reported:

“Twenty-four million more Americans would be uninsured by 2026 under the House Republican health care bill than under Obamacare, including 14 million by next year, the non-partisan Congressional Budget Office said Monday…

In total, an estimated 52 million people would be uninsured by 2026 under the GOP plan, compared to 28 million who would lack insurance under the current law. The Republican bill, titled the American Health Care Act, would reduce the federal deficit by $337 billion over 10 years, the CBO said. The Trump administration immediately downplayed the report’s findings” [1].

Despite concerns expressed by Republican Senators (including  intense concerns over their future re-election, one supposes), House Speaker Paul Ryan is adamant that the House plan will not be altered [2].

America has more Nobel Laureates (336 as of 2015) than any other country [3]. President Donald Trump is in a position to immediately access the very best intellectual, scholarly, economic, medical and scientific advice in the world (goodness knows, he needs to). As outlined below, President Donald Trump’s  plan to knowingly, deliberately, and intentionally   remove up to 24 million Americans from Health Cover  will kill up to 7,400 Americans each year, will kill about  16,000 Americans in his first term,  and will kill about   43,000 Americans over an 8-year 2-term presidency. Indeed it is extremely pertinent here to consider the UN Genocide Convention that defines genocide as “acts committed with intent to destroy, in whole or in part, a national, ethnic, racial or religious group” [4].

In 2011 58% of 312 million Americans (i.e. 181 million Americans) had health cover i.e. 312 million – 181 million = 131 million didn’t have Health Cover [5].

A 2009 analysis from the  Harvard Medical School  estimated that 45,000 Americans die from lack of health insurance each year [6].

With this information we can roughly estimate that 131 million Americans without health insurance corresponds to 45,000 American deaths each year from this deficiency or 45,000/ 131 million = 343.5 American deaths annually for each 1 million Americans without health insurance.  We can use this relationship to estimate the expected American deaths due to the Republican Trump Administration’s American Health Care Act and removal of millions of Americans from life-saving Health Cover.

The non-partisan Congressional Budget Office (CBO) has estimated that 24 million more Americans would be uninsured by 2026 under the House Republican American Health Care Act than under ObamaCare, including 14 million by 2018 [1].

Assuming that the American Health Care Act passes unamended, and that there is a subsequent  linear increase in Americans removed from health cover from 14 million in 2018 to 24 million in 2026, we can graphically estimate  the following cumulative numbers of Americans removed from health cover in the period 2018-2026: 14 million (2018),  15.2 million (2019), 16.5 million (2020), 17.8 million (2021), 19.0 million (2022), 20.2 million (2023), 21.5 million (2024), 21.8 million (2025), and 24.0 million (2026).

Assuming 343.5 American deaths annually for each 1 million Americans without health insurance, we can determine the following American deaths due to removal from Health Cover by the Republican Trump Administrations’ American Health Care Act : 14 million x 343.5 deaths/million = 4,809 (2018),  5,221 (2019), 5,668 (2020), 6,114 (2021), 6,527 (2022), 6,939 (2023), 7,385 (2024), 7,488 (2025), and 8,244 million (2026).

This data means that if Donald Trump has a single 4-year term (2017-2020), his American Health Care Act will kill 15,698 Americans, and if Trump has 2-terms (2017-2024) his health insurance policies will kill 42,663 Americans.

Google the phrase  “keep Americans safe” and you will get over 70,000 results that are dominated by the oft-repeated assertion of Trump that he will do just that, “Keep Americans safe” , and most specifically, from “terrorists” . However the qualitative “terror” of terror hysterical Americans aside, the quantitative  reality is that about  60 Americans have been killed in America by terrorists since the US Government’s 9-11 false-flag atrocity [7, 8].

Including  the Muslim-associated massacres such as the Fort Hood Massacre (13 killed, 2009), the Boston Marathon Massacre (4 killed, 2013), the Chattanooga Marines Massacre (4 killed, 2015) and the San Bernardino Massacre (14 killed, 2015) – but ignoring the daily but “non-political” massacres and other killings  in streets, schools,  other workplaces and homes totalling 15.5 years x 15,000 homicides per year = 232,500 homicides since 9-11 –  about 53 American residents were  killed in America by “terrorists” in the 14 years since 9/11. The average  US population in this period was about 304 million (UN Population Division data). Accordingly, since 9-11 the average annual terrorism deaths in America has been  53/14 = 3.8 or about 4 per year [7, 8]. The “empirical annual probability of an American dying in the US from terrorism” is 53/(14 years x 304 million) =  about 1 in 80.3 million per year [7].

As detailed below,  an estimated total of about 1.67 million Americans die preventably  each year out of a population of 319 million  (2014). Accordingly, the “empirical annual probability of an American dying preventably  in the US ” (P)  is 1.67 million x 1,000/319 million = 5.2 in 1000 or 1 in 192 [7].

With respect to 1.67 million Americans who die preventably each year, the breakdown and annual P values (“empirical annual probability of death”) are  as follows (note gun, homicide and suicide deaths overlap):

  1.  443,000 Americans die from smoking-related causes annually  (P = 443,000 /319,000,000 = 1.39 in 1,000 = 1 in 719).
  2. 440,000 Americans die from adverse events in hospitals each year (P = 1 in 725).
  3. 300,000 Americans die from obesity-related causes annually (P = 1 in 1,063).
  4. 200,000 Americans die annually from air pollution (e.g. from coal burning, vehicle exhaust, carbon burning in general) (P = 1 in 1,595).
  5. 75,000 American alcohol-related deaths annually (P = 1 in 4,253) .
  6. 45,000 US deaths annually from lack of medical insurance (P = 1 in 7,089).
  7. 38,000 US drug-related deaths annually (P = 1 in 8,395), this including  21,000 US opiate drug-related deaths annually linked to US restoration and protection of the Taliban-destroyed Afghan opium industry (P = 1 in 15,190)  .
  8. 33,000 Americans killed by motor vehicles each year (P = 1 in 9,667).
  9. 31,000 gun-related US deaths annually (P = 1 in 10,290).
  10. 30,000 Americans suicide annually (P = 1 in 10,633) with 7,000 being US veterans (P = 1 in 45,571).
  11. 21,000 avoidable under-5 year old US infant deaths annually (P = 1 in 15,190).
  12. 15,000 Americans are violently murdered annually (P = 1 in 21,267) but, as this list shows, about 1.7 million Americans are passively murdered each year by One Percenter-subverted politician inaction and fiscal perversion  (P = 1 in 192 ).

It is 80.3 million/ 7,089 = 11, 327  times more likely for an American to die from lack of Health Cover than to be killed by a terrorist;  80.3 million/1,595 = 50,344 times more likely for an American to die from air pollution than to be killed by a terrorist; 80.3 million/719 = 111,682 times more likely for an American to die from smoking than to be killed by a terrorist; and, overall, it is 80.3 million/192 = 418,229 million  or about 420,000 times more likely for an American to die preventably (from smoking, alcohol, obesity, lack of health cover, guns etc) than to die from a terrorist attack within the US [7].

In summary, 1.7 million Americans die preventably each year under successive One Percenter regimes, the breakdown being 443,000 (smoking), 300,000 (obesity), 75,000 (alcohol), 70,000 (air pollution), 45,000 (lack of health cover), 33,000 (motor vehicles), 31,000 (guns), 30,000 (suicides, 20% being US veterans), 21,000 (under-5 year old infants), 21,000 (opiates from US Alliance restoration of the Taliban-destroyed Afghan opium industry from 6% of world market share in 2001 to 90% today), and 15,000 (homicides). One should note that some of these categories overlap (guns, homicide and suicide) and  some categories (e.g. deaths from smoking and obesity)  won’t respond immediately to action taken now after decades of inaction [7].

Assuming the expert Medical School estimate from 134-Nobel-laureate Harvard University [9] of  45,000 Americans dying annually from lack of health insurance each year [6],  45,000 American deaths per year x 15.5 years = 697,500 or about 700,000 Americans have died from lack of health insurance since 9-11, as compared to about 60 American deaths in America at the hands of terrorists over the same period.

However, as estimated above,  Donald Trump’s policy of abolishing ObamaCare and replacing it with  the American Health Care Act will remove up to 24 million Americans from Health Cover by 2026 and kill an additional  43,000 Americans over a 2-term Trump presidency. If terrorists are ranked by the numbers of people they kill then Donald Trump is by far the worst terrorist threat facing Americans.

trump-obamacare

Of course, this is déjà vu. Thus according to a USA Today editorial in 2012 during the Democrat Barack Obama versus Republican Mitt Romney presidential race :

“Of course, the court’s 5-4 decision doesn’t ensure that ObamaCare will survive. Republicans are even more determined now to kill it, and GOP presidential candidate Mitt Romney quickly renewed his promise to undermine it on his first day in office. But the decision does guarantee that the law’s fate will be determined in the political arena, not the legal one… Republicans have some good ideas, such as limiting malpractice awards that cause doctors to over-test and over-treat. But they have yet to come up with a comprehensive plan that would extend coverage to anywhere close to the 30 million or more people who would gain coverage under ObamaCare. The only serious alternative Republicans offered during the health care debate fell pathetically short: The Congressional Budget Office found that it would cover only an additional 3 million people” [10].

It was similarly estimated back then that “nice” Republican Mitt Romney’s policy of removing 30 million Americans from ObamaCare would  kill an estimated 45,000 x 30 million/131 million = 10,305 Americans each year  or about 4 x 10,305 = 41,220 over one 4-year term and 8 x 10,305 = 82,440 over an 8-year,  2-term period. Cause and effect instructs that Americans voting for Mitt Romney would have been  inescapably complicit in the killing of over 40,000 fellow Americans over 4 years or more than 80,000 fellow Americans over 8 years through imposed lack of Health Cover [11].

Final comments.

The non-partisan Congressional Budget Office (CBO) has estimated that replacing ObamaCare with  the Trump Republican American Health Care Act would mean 14 million more uninsured Americans in 2018 and 24 million by 2026. According to the Harvard Medical School, lack of health insurance kills about 45,000 Americans each year,  and one can readily estimate that Trump’s removal of up to about 20 million  Americans from Health Cover will kill 43,000 Americans over 2 Trump terms versus an expected 30 terrorism deaths based on average post-9-11 terrorism incidence in America.

Yet Donald Trump turns reality on its head with the horrendous, Hitlerian, Goebbelsian, and Orwellian Big Lie [12] that he will “keep America safe” from an expected 30 terrorism deaths in America over the next 8 years  while being directly and intentionally  responsible  for  43,000 American deaths from lack of Health Cover over the  same period  in the name of fiscal restraint and reducing the federal deficit by $337 billion over 10 years. Under the Trump American Health Care Act an estimated 58,395 Americans will die from lack of Health Cover in the period 2017-2026 and thus Trump is placing a value on American lives of $337 thousand million/ 58,395 persons = $5.8 million per person, about two-thirds  of recent estimates of the risk avoidance-based value of a statistical life (VOSL) of about $9 million per person for Americans [13, 14].

A genocidally  anti-Arab anti-Semitic and Islamophobic Trump continues to fulminate against Muslims, discriminate against Muslims and follow his war criminal predecessor Barack Obama in  prosecuting a genocidal US War on Muslims that has so far been associated with 32 million Muslim deaths  from violence, 5 million, or imposed deprivation, 27 million, in 20 countries invaded by the US Alliance since the US Government’s 9-11 false flag atrocity [15, 16]. Indeed one notes that both Republican Donald Trump and Democrat Al Gore dispute the “official lying Bush version” of 9-11 and hold the Bush Administration responsible for gross negligence in ignoring Code Red  intelligence advice before 9-11 [16].

My estimates of huge avoidable deaths in 20 countries subject to the  US War on Muslims are consonant  with the recent desperate pleas of UN humanitarian chief Stephen O’Brien (United Nations Under-Secretary-General for Humanitarian Affairs and Emergency Relief Coordinator) who has warned of 20 million people facing famine in Nigeria, Somalia, South Sudan and Yemen alone, telling  the UN Security Council that “without collective and coordinated global efforts, people will simply starve to death… many more will suffer and die from disease” [17] . Presently 17 million people die from deprivation  and deprivation-exacerbated disease on Spaceship Earth with a violent and racist Trump America in charge of the flight deck [18]. The killing continues in a swathe of impoverished Muslim countries, including  countries facing mass starvation. One cannot be surprised that a Trump America having such brutal contempt for impoverished and starving millions would also have contempt for the 43,000 impoverished Americans it has sentenced to death by removing ObamaCare.

As one who has been inspired by the wonderfully humane best of American scientists, scholars, poets, novelists, playwrights, philosophers, writers, sports heroes, musicians,  entertainers and activists from Mohammed Ali  to Howard Zinn,  all I can do is to offer these appalling quantitative  estimates of adumbrated preventable American deaths under Trump in the hope that decent, humane Americans will inform everyone they can. Corporate Mainstream media lying  [19-21] means that many of the 43,000 Americans set to die from lack of Health Cover under Trump will come from betrayed and impoverished families who misguidedly supported him.

Notes

[1]. M.J. Lee and Tami Luhby, “CBO report: 24 million fewer insured by 2026 under GOP health care bill”, CNN, 14 March 2017: http://edition.cnn.com/2017/03/13/politics/cbo-report-health-care/ .

[2]. Tom LoBianco, “GOP senators see CBO report as call to change plan”, CNN, 13 March 2017: http://edition.cnn.com/2017/03/13/politics/republican-senators-respond-cbo-report/index.html .

[3]. Ashley Kirk, “Nobel Prize winners: Which country has the most Nobel laureates?”, The Telegraph,  12 October 2015: http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/northamerica/usa/11926364/Nobel-Prize-winners-Which-country-has-the-most-Nobel-laureates.html .

[4]. “United Nations Convention on the prevention and punishment of the crime of genocide”, 9 December 1948: http://www.edwebproject.org/sideshow/genocide/convention.html .

[5]. “Health Insurance”, Wikipedia: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Health_insurance  .

[6]. “New study finds 45,000 deaths annually linked to lack of health coverage”, Harvard Gazette: http://news.harvard.edu/gazette/story/2009/09/new-study-finds-45000-deaths-annually-linked-to-lack-of-health-coverage/  .

[7]. Gideon Polya, “West Ignores 11 Million Muslim War Deaths & 23 Million Preventable American Deaths Since US Government’s False-flag 9-11 Atrocity”, Countercurrents, 9 September, 2015: http://www.countercurrents.org/polya090915.htm .

[8]. Ronald Bailey, “How scared of terrorism should you be?”, Reason.com, 6 September 2011: http://reason.com/archives/2011/09/06/how-scared-of-terrorism-should  .

[9]. “List of Nobel laureates by university affiliation”, Wikipedia: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_Nobel_laureates_by_university_affiliation#Harvard_University_.281st.29 .

[10]. “Editorial: Supreme Court ObamaCare ruling benefits millions”, USA Today, 28 June 2012: http://usatoday30.usatoday.com/news/opinion/editorials/story/2012-06-28/Supreme-Court-ruling-ObamaCare/55902476/1  .

[11]. Gideon Polya, “Romney Abolition Of ObamaCare Would Kill 80,000 Americans Over 8 Years”,  Countercurrents, 03 October, 2012: http://www.countercurrents.org/polya031012.htm .

[12]. “Big lie”, Wikipedia: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Big_lie .

[13]. “Value of life”, Wikipedia: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Value_of_life .

[14]. Binyamin Appelbaum, “As U.S. Agencies put more value on a life, businesses fret””, New York Times, 16 February 2011: http://www.nytimes.com/2011/02/17/business/economy/17regulation.html?_r=0&pagewanted=all .

[15].  Gideon Polya,“Paris Atrocity Context: 27 Million Muslim Avoidable  Deaths From Imposed Deprivation In 20 Countries Violated By US Alliance Since 9-11”, Countercurrents, 22 November, 2015: http://www.countercurrents.org/polya221115.htm .

[16]. “Experts: US did 9-11”: https://sites.google.com/site/expertsusdid911/ .

[17]. “Famine “largest humanitarian crisis in history of the UN. UN humanitarian chief says 20 million people in Yemen, South Sudan, Somalia and Nigeria face starvation and famine ””, Al Jazeera, 11 March 2017: http://www.aljazeera.com/news/2017/03/famine-united-nations-170310234132946.html .

[18]. Gideon Polya, “Body Count. Global avoidable mortality since 1950”, that includes a succinct history  of every country and is now available for free perusal on the web: http://globalbodycount.blogspot.com/  .

[19]. “Mainstream media censorship”: https://sites.google.com/site/mainstreammediacensorship/home  .

[20]. “Mainstream media lying”: https://sites.google.com/site/mainstreammedialying/  .

[21]. “Lying by omission”: https://sites.google.com/site/mainstreammedialying/lying-by-omission

Dr Gideon Polya has taught science students at a major Australian university for 4 decades. He published some 130 works in a 5 decade scientific career, most recently a huge pharmacological reference text “Biochemical Targets of Plant Bioactive Compounds” (CRC Press/Taylor & Francis, New York & London , 2003). 

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Trump’s Abolition Of ObamaCare Will Kill An Estimated 43,000 Americans Over 2 Trump Terms

Foto extraída de nota de prensa titulada “Presuntos asesinos de Berta Cáceres pertenecían a inteligencia militar de Honduras: The Guardian

A un año del asesinato de Berta Cáceres en Honduras: una impunidad campante

Al conmemorarse el pasado 3 de marzo un año de la muerte de la lider indígena hondureña Berta Cáceres, las ONG hondureñas e internacionales reclaman que se haga justicia y que se ponga fín a la impunidad rampante que rodea este asesinato (véase nota de prensa de El Heraldo). En igual sentido se pronunció el representante de Naciones Unidas en Honduras (véase comunicado de prensa oficial de Naciones Unidas).

Al momento, los órganos de la justicia hondureña han enfocado sus labores de manera muy cuestionable, en aras de identificar a los autores materiales del asesinato, sin interesarse mayormente por los comanditarios de esta violenta acción en contra de esta renombrada líder ecologista. Un artículo publicado en mayo del 2016 en El Pais (España) suscrito por Jan Martínez Ahrens señalaba claramente a los autores intelectuales de este crímen (véase artículo), mientras que un artículo más reciente editado en The Guardian precisa el tipo de entrenamiento militar recibido por los ejecutores del mismo (véase artículo).

Por su parte, Amnistía Internacional ha calificado recientemente de “vergonzosa” la supuesta “investigación” realizada por las autoridades hondureñas (véase comunicado). Medios de prensa, en mayo del 2016, señalaban como co-responsables a la cúpula empresarial y militar hondureña (véase artículo del Semanario Universidad). Por su parte la ONG GlobalWitness ha publicado un revelador informe sobre la alarmante situación de los defensores de derechos humanos en Honduras (véase pp. 13-16 las conclusiones a las que llega sobre la muerte de Berta Cáceres).

Este caso ha sido seguido de muy cerca desde Costa Rica, al tratarse de una activista hondureña que dirigía una ONG (el Consejo Cívico de Organizaciones Populares e Indígenas de Honduras -COPINH) muy cercana a las organizaciones ecologistas de Costa Rica. En las primeras horas del mismo 3 de marzo del 2016, se supo incluso que desde Costa Rica, las ONG realizaron gestiones directas con la Embajada de México en Tegucigalpa y con las autoridades diplomáticas costarricenses, con el fin de proteger la vida del único testigo de este asesinato. Leemos en esta nota del Semanario Universidad que: “Mauricio Álvarez, presidente de esa organización, en horas de la tarde informó que se habían sostenido contactos extraoficiales con Presidencia y la Cancillería, con el fin de que el caso “sea atendido al más alto nivel e inmediato, pues se trata de salvar la vida de Gustavo Castro”. El mismo reportaje del Semanario Universidad refiere también a la actitud extremadamente temerosa del jefe de la diplomacia costarricense, de la que muchas entidades sociales y observadores, tanto en Costa Rica como en el exterior, tomaron nota.

Un sistema interamericano de protección de los derechos humanos activado

Pese a haber sido galardonada con el prestigioso Premio Goldman en el 2015 (véase discurso de Berta Cáceres al recibirlo disponible aquí), se consideró que la integridad física y la vida de esta reconocida lider hondureña requerían de medidas adicionales. En efecto, desde varios meses, Berta Cáceres había sido objeto de múltiples amenazas. La Comisión Interamericana de Derechos Humanos había ordenado a las autoridades de Honduras medidas cautelares para garantizar su protección en el 2015. Cabe notar que desde el 2009 (véase listado de medidas ordenadas a Honduras en el 2009), muchas de estas medidas se habían ordenado en favor de dirigentes sociales objeto de diversas acciones violentas en su contra en Honduras. A poco más de 24 horas de cometido su asesinato, la misma Comisión Interamericana ordenó a Honduras nuevas medidas exigiendo proteger a sus familiares y colaboradores, así como al único testigo ocular de los hechos, el activista mexicano Gustavo Castro:

 V. DECISIÓN 16. En vista de los antecedentes señalados, la CIDH considera que el presente asunto reúne prima facie los requisitos de gravedad, urgencia e irreparabilidad contenidos en el artículo 25 de su Reglamento. En consecuencia, la Comisión solicita al Gobierno de Honduras que:

a) Adopte las medidas necesarias para garantizar la vida y la integridad personal de los miembros de COPINH, los familiares de Berta Cáceres y Gustavo Castro. Tomando en consideración la información presentada que indica que el señor Gustavo Castro ha decidido salir del país para salvaguardar su seguridad, la CIDH considera necesario que el Estado tome todas las medidas necesarias para asegurar su seguridad durante todo el proceso para preparar y completar su salida;

b) Adopte las medidas necesarias para que los miembros de COPINH puedan desarrollar sus actividades como defensores de derechos humanos, sin ser objeto de actos de violencia, amenazas y hostigamientos; c) Concierte las medidas a adoptarse con el beneficiario y sus representantes; y

d) Informe sobre las acciones adoptadas a fin de investigar los hechos que dieron lugar a la adopción de las presentes medidas cautelares y así evitar su repetición” (véase texto de las medidas cautelares con fecha del 5 de marzo del 2016).

La profunda desconfianza en las autoridades hondureñas para esclarecer la muerte de Berta Cáceres

Un Estado incapaz de asegurar la debida protección a una activista de tanto renombre nacional e internacional, es un Estado cuya buena fe plantea algunas interrogantes. A raiz de la actitud de las autoridades hondureñas, en mayo del 2016 el banco holandés FMO optó por suspender sus aportes en capital al proyecto hidroeléctrico Agua Zarca, así como el Banco Centroamericano de Integración Económica (BCIE) (véase nota de prensa de La Prensa). Nótese que una fuerte movilización y una petición en línea precedieron la decisión del BCIE, y que persisten a la fecha serias críticas a las empresas alemanas involucradas en este proyecto hidroeléctrico (véase nota de DW). En setiembre del 2016, se informó del robo del expediente judicial sobre este asesinato, confirmando así las interrogantes mencionadas anteriormente sobre el Estado hondureño (véase nota de prensa de La Prensa).

Notemos que en una entrevista a las dos hijas de Berta Cáceres editada en junio del 2016 en Costa Rica (véase nota de La Nación), se puede leer que: “La presencia policial constante ha garantizado el desarrollo de estos proyectos, del Ejército de Honduras, de las fuerzas especializadas del Ejército de Honduras, creadas especialmente para las regiones en conflicto, que son las regiones donde quieren instalar proyectos hidroeléctricos, mineros y monocultivos“. Con relación a la actitud de las autoridades, se señala por parte de las hijas de Berta Cáceres que: “nosotros creemos que si no es por una comisión independiente, que sea imparcial, el caso va a quedar en la impunidad. El Presidente ha dicho expresiones como que tiene todo el compromiso de llegar a la Justicia, pero nosotras decimos que entonces por qué no acepta el ofrecimiento de la Comisión Interamericana de Derechos Humanos (CIDH) desde hace más de dos meses para que crear un grupo independiente que acompañe el proceso y certifique que las cosas se están haciendo cómo se deben. Todo esto nos sigue generando la inquietud de qué es lo que temen, qué es lo que se esconde, por qué no hay una comisión independiente“.

El precedente sentado por el caso Kawas Fernández

La obligación de investigar debidamente y de sancionar a todos los responsables de este y muchos otros casos contra líderes indígenas, ecologistas y defensores de los derechos humanos hondureños deriva de obligaciones internacionales en materia de derechos humanos. En el año 1995, la muerte de la lider ecologista Blanca Jeannette Kawas Fernández dió lugar a una demanda contra Honduras ,que culminó en abril del 2009 con una histórica sentencia (véase texto completo) de la Corte Interamericana de Derechos Humanos. En el párrafo 190 se lee que:

190. El Tribunal reitera que el Estado está obligado a combatir esta situación de impunidad por todos los medios legales disponibles, ya que ésta propicia la repetición crónica de las violaciones de derechos humanos y la total indefensión de las víctimas, quienes tienen derecho a conocer la verdad de los hechos. El reconocimiento y el ejercicio del derecho a la verdad en una situación concreta constituyen un medio de reparación. Por tanto, en el presente caso, el derecho a conocer la verdad da lugar a una justa expectativa de las víctimas, que el Estado debe satisfacer225. La obligación de garantía del artículo 1.1 de la Convención Americana implica el deber de los Estados Partes en la Convención de organizar todo el aparato gubernamental y, en general, todas las estructuras a través de las cuales se manifiesta el ejercicio del poder público, de manera tal que sean capaces de asegurar jurídicamente el libre y pleno ejercicio de los derechos humanos“.

En la parte resolutiva de la sentencia (p. 67), se puede leer que: “11. El Estado debe realizar, en un plazo de un año, un acto público de reconocimiento de responsabilidad internacional, en los términos del párrafo 202 de la presente Sentencia. 12. El Estado debe levantar, en un plazo de dos años, un monumento en memoria de Blanca Jeannette Kawas Fernández así como realizar la rotulación del parque nacional que lleva su nombre, en los términos del párrafo 206 de la presente Sentencia. 13. El Estado debe brindar gratuitamente, de forma inmediata y por el tiempo que sea necesario, el tratamiento psicológico y/o psiquiátrico a los señores Blanca Fernández, Selsa Damaris Watt Kawas, Jaime Alejandro Watt Kawas, Jacobo Roberto Kawas Fernández, Jorge Jesús Kawas Fernández y Carmen Marilena Kawas Fernández, si así lo solicitan, en los términos del párrafo 209 de la presente Sentencia. 14. El Estado debe ejecutar, en un plazo de dos años, una campaña nacional de concientización y sensibilización sobre la importancia de la labor que realizan los defensores del medio ambiente en Honduras y de sus aportes en la defensa de los derechos humanos, en los términos del párrafo 214 de la presente Sentencia.

En un artículo sobre la contribución del sistema interamericano de protección de los derechos humanos a la protección de los defensores del ambiente, se lee, a propósito del caso Kawas Fernández que: “Este caso es muy relevante, ya que la Corte se pronunció, por primera vez, sobre la importancia del medio ambiente para el ejercicio de otros derechos y, por lo tanto, de la especial protección que merecen los defensores y defensoras del medio ambiente. Al respecto, la Corte señala el deber especial de protección que incumbe al Estado cuando se trata de personas que asumen la defensa de derechos humanos y considera que la violación del deber de garantía, en el que se ha vulnerado el derecho a la vida, contraría la protección general de quienes dedican su vida y su trabajo a la preservación del ambiente, servicio que va mucho allá del derecho particular de alguno o algunos, ya que concierne e interesa a todos. La posición de la Corte es la de otorgar especial protección a quienes asumen la defensa de los derechos humanos, entre ellos, la defensa del medio ambiente” (Nota 1).

Si bien la doctrina especializada y el movimiento ecologista han saludado este fallo histórico, cabe precisar que la implementación de esta decisión de la Corte Interamericana de Derechos Humanos se ha visto afectada por el repentino cambio de autoridades acaecido unos meses después de leída en San José, con ocasión del golpe de Estado que se dió en Honduras el 28 de junio del 2009; así como por el consiguiente aumento de la represión contra entidades hondureñas de la sociedad civil, en particular las abocadas a la defensa de los derechos humanos, de los pueblos indígenas y del ambiente. Como veremos a continuación, en otras partes del hemisferio, sectores optaron también por atentar contra la vida de líderes que defienden a sus comunidades en materia ambiental frente a los impactos de megaproyectos. Ello ocurre ante parcos aparatos estatales en los que la colusión de intereses político-empresariales podría explicar la ineficiencia de sus órganos de investigación para sancionar a los responsables de estos hechos. Esta misma colusión de intereses es la que inclina, en algunos casos, a los familiares de las víctimas a solicitar que sea un ente internacional, externo al Estado, el que investigue estos asesinatos.

En Costa Rica, esta extraña sensación de unísono empresa-Estado fue calificada de “compadrazgo” y “contubernio” “indignante y vergonzoso” por quiénes asistieron a una audiencia precedida de una memorable visita in situ realizada en el 2009 por el juez constitucional al proyecto minero Crucitas de la empresa canadiense Infinito Gold (véase nota del Semanario Universidad). En esta última, leemos que: “Cuando uno escucha al Ministro de Ambiente, parece un funcionario de la empresa, por la defensa a ultranza que hace del proyecto. Igual fue cuando se hizo la inspección en Crucitas, donde el ministro iba en el carro de la empresa”. En octubre del 2010, una inédita arenga presidencial en contra de los ambientalistas escuchada en la Zona Norte de Costa Rica sorprendió a muchos sectores sociales costarricenses (oir los 35 segundos del audio, disponible aquí, minuto 25:10 – 25:45).

Un panorama sombrío para los activistas en materia ambiental

En un artículo publicado por el New York Times en setiembre del 2016, se lee que la eliminación física de defensores del ambiente en América Latina está llegando a límites insospechados: “Una cifra que la organización enmarca en otra cifra mayor, que sirve para dimensionar el problema: en 2015, según datos de la organización ambientalista Global Witness, hubo 185 asesinatos de líderes ambientales registrados a nivel global; 122 ocurrieron en América Latina“. El mapa editado por la ONG GlobalWitness arroja las siguientes cifras para el único período 2010-2015: Brasil con 207 muertes, Honduras con 109, seguido por Colombia con 105, Perú (50), México (33), Nicaragua (15), Paraguay (13) y Argentina con 6 activistas asesinados. En enero del 2017, fue asesinado un histórico lider ecologista mexicano, Isidro Baldenegro, galardonado con el Premio Goldman en 2005, al igual que lo fuera Berta Cáceres (véase nota de El Pais).

La vulnerabilidad de los defensores del ambiente es particularmente alta. Se lee en el mismo artículo académico precitado de la Profesora Susana Borras, que “… los defensores ambientales se encuentran en una situación particular de doble vulnerabilidad: por enfrentarse a los intereses del propio Estado y a poderosos grupos económicos, que en la mayoría de los casos presupone la connivencia con el Estado” (Nota 2).

A modo de ejemplo de una actividad que genera una violencia en su entorno (incluyendo en muchos casos la muerte de quiénes se oponen a ella), se lee en este informe sobre las empresas mineras canadienses que operan en América Latina (informe que fue sometido a la Comisión Interamericana de Derechos Humanos en el 2015) que: ”  Violent deaths and serious injuries to mineworkers and opponents of projects The report notes at least 23 violent deaths and 25 cases of serious injury at ten of the projects examined, although the total number of individuals murdered and injured may be much higher. Nearly all of the reported acts have gone unpunished, without any determination to date of the perpetrators’ motives. Nor have reparations been made to victims or their relatives. The ten cases pertain to mining projects in Mexico, Colombia, El Salvador, Honduras, and Guatemala.” (p. 16).

Otra marcada tendencia detectada en América Latina (y que ha llevado a muchos líderes sociales y ambientales ante los tribunales de justicia) es la de utilizar nuevas figuras penales con la finalidad de criminalizar la protesta social. Un caso reciente es el juicio iniciado el pasado 6 de marzo en Perú contra 16 líderes comunitarios por su participación en una marcha de protesta en el 2012 contra el Proyecto Minero Conga (véase nota de Pressenza). A modo de reflexión sobre esta tendencia de los aparatos represivos en América Latina, remitimos al lector a la obra compilada por el Profesor Eduardo Bertoni, titulada “¿Es legítima la criminalización de la protesta social? Derecho penal y libertad de expresión en América Latina” (texto disponible aquí).

En Costa Rica, acciones penales por presunta difamación entabladas en el 2011 por la empresa minera canadiense contra los detractores a su proyecto ubicado en Las Crucitas dieron lugar a una técnica inédita por parte de los abogados de la empresa Infinito Gold: su reiterada ausencia en las audiencias convocadas por los jueces costarricenses (véase nota de prensa de noviembre del 2016 en el caso del ecologista Edgardo Araya). Ante problemas de salud tan recurrentes como constantes de estos abogados, una carta pública de tres de los cinco demandados por Infinito Gold titulada “Audiencias con el Infinito: ausencias…” (publicada en La Nación en julio del 2012 – véase texto) logró subsanar parcialmente estas extrañas dolencias. Los dos universitarios demandados penalmente cada uno por un millón de US$ por supuesta difamación lo fueron por sus declaraciones en un interesante documental de Pablo Ortega titulado “El Oro de los Tontos“, presentado en un auditorio de la Universidad de Costa Rica en junio del 2011 (documental disponible aquí).

En momentos en que tanto en Honduras como en el resto del continente americano, los líderes ecologistas son encontrados sin vida o sufren otro tipo de amenazas y acciones legales en su contra claramente intimidatorias, y en los que se asiste, como por ejemplo en Costa Rica, a una verdadera regresión por parte del mismo juez constitucional en materia de participación ciudadana en temas ambientales (véase nota del Semanario Universidad), la conmemoración de la muerte de Berta Cáceres ha adquirido dimensiones que interpelan al movimiento ecologista como tal.

El caso de Costa Rica

Cabe señalar que Costa Rica no es del todo inmune a esta peligrosa deriva. Al recordarse en el 2016 los tres años de la muerte de Jairo Mora Sandoval, un jóven biólogo apasionado por las tortugas marinas, cuyo cuerpo apareció sin vida en la playa de Moín, son varias las interrogantes que persisten en Costa Rica (véase nota de este mismo sitio). Este caso se suma a varios más en Costa Rica (véase nota de La Nación del 2015 sobre nueve muertes de ecologistas costarricenses,  nota de CRHoy del 2015 y el artículo de opinión publicado en el 2013 titulado “Los ambientalistas exigimos respeto, René Castro” ).

En el 2015, varias entidades ecologistas se volvieron a pronunciar en favor de la creación de una Comisión de la Verdad ajena a la estructura estatal para investigar el caso de Jairo Mora y los otros casos registrados en Costa Rica (véase comunicado de FECON), sin que las autoridades costarricenses muestren, a la fecha, interés alguno en esta iniciativa. En el informe elaborado a raíz de su visita a Costa Rica en el 2013, el Experto Independiente de Naciones Unidas sobre Ambiente y Derechos Humanos, John Knox, había respaldado la idea en los siguientes términos:”El Experto independiente entiende que el Gobierno considera que las iniciativas tales como las comisiones de la verdad son innecesarias en un Estado que tiene un fuerte poder judicial, como es el caso de Costa Rica. Sin embargo, incluso la mejor de las judicaturas solo puede conocer de los casos que se le presentan. Por lo general no está facultada para estudiar los cuadros de amenazas y actos de violencia durante un período prolongado y formular recomendaciones para hacerles frente, lo que sí hacen las comisiones de investigación independientes” (véase informe A/HRC/25/53/Add.1 del 8 de abril del 2014, pocamente divulgado por las autoridades de Costa Rica, y repoducido en este enlace de DerechoAlDia, punto 57).

El caso de los cuatro integrantes de AECO (Asociación Ecologista Costarricense), de los cuales tres fueron encontrados calcinados en diciembre de 1994 en una casa de habitación y uno fue hallado sin vida en julio de 1995 en un parque de la capital costarricense, constituye un doloroso ejemplo de investigaciones que se archivan ante la extraña inoperancia de los órganos estatales (véase artículoeditado en el 2014 para conmemorar los 20 años de estas cuatro muertes, titulado “20 años es mucho: autoridades tienen que rendir cuentas por muerte de ecologistas en 1994“). Por parte del Estado costarricense, vale la pena recordar que, en enero de 1997, la Procuraduría General de la República (PGR) concluyó una opinión jurídica (véase texto de la Opinión 004 – J del 23/01/1997) en los siguientes términos: ” Conforme a las consideraciones de hecho expuestas, normas jurídicas invocadas y prueba aportada, la Procuraduría General de la República concluye: 1.– De acuerdo con las autopsias realizadas y las investigaciones por muerte de los señores Oscar Fallas Baldí, María del Mar Cordero Fernández y Jaime Bustamante Montaño, la muerte de éstos se debió un incendio accidental. 2.– De acuerdo con la autopsia e investigación de la muerte de David Maradiaga Cruz, su muerte se debió a causas naturales. 3.– Los órganos del Estado desarrollaron una labor profesional, técnica y dentro de un tiempo prudencial en el esclarecimiento de las muertes de los señores Oscar Fallas Baldí, María del Mar Cordero Fernández, Jaime Bustamante Montaño y David Maradiaga Cruz“.

Conclusión

En estos primeros días de mes de marzo del 2017, diversas ONG han convocado a marchas y protestas frente a las legaciones diplomáticas de Honduras en las capitales de Centroamérica (véase nota sobre convocatoria en Costa Rica), así como en Canadá y en varias capitales europeas (véase por ejemplo convocatoria en Madrid): lo han hecho en señal de solidaridad con los familiares y con los compañeros de lucha de Berta Cáceres. Muchos asistieron también en señal de protesta y de profunda indignación ante la impunidad que prevalece cada vez que un lider comunitario o un ecologista es asesinado en América Latina.

Nicolas Boeglin

17 de Mars de 2017

Nota 1: Véase BORRAS S., “La contribución de la Corte Interamericana de Derechos Humanos a la protección de los defensores ambientales “, Eunomía. Revista en Cultura de la Legalidad Nº 9, octubre 2015 – marzo 2016, pp. 3-25, p. 6. Artículo disponible aquí.En el mismo sentido sobre el carácter emblemático de esta decisión, véase TANNER L., “Kawas v. Honduras – Protección de Defensores y Defensoras del Medio Ambiente“, Revista de Práctica de Derechos Humanos, Oxford University Press, Vol. 3 (2011). Texto disponible aquí

Nota 2: Véase BORRAS S., op.cit., p. 14. 

La presente nota fue publicada en Debate Global el 11/03/2017, así como en I-ambiente el 8/03/2017. De igual manera, fue referenciada por el sitio Business & Human Rights en su entrega de marzo del 2017. Una versión preliminar fue editada en ElPais.cr el 3/03/2017 , así como en Alainet y en Informa-tico el 2/03/2017.

 

Nicolas Boeglin, Profesor de Derecho Internacional Público, Facultad de Derecho, Universidad de Costa Rica (UCR)

  • Posted in Español
  • Comments Off on A un año del asesinato de Berta Cáceres en Honduras: una impunidad campante

Trump Slips into ‘Endless War’ Cycle

March 18th, 2017 by James W Carden

There was, during the course of the 2016 campaign, a small but vocal group of antiwar libertarians and conservatives who had convinced themselves that Donald Trump was preferable to Hillary Clinton because he, Trump, had made his (fictitious) opposition to the Iraq War a cornerstone of his candidacy.

Trump, some believed, was a Republican in the mold of Senator Robert Taft, someone who would turn away from neoconservative, interventionist orthodoxy.

Donald Trump speaking with supporters at a campaign rally at Fountain Park in Fountain Hills, Arizona. March 19, 2016. (Flickr Gage Skidmore)

If, as the adage suggests, we can judge a man by his enemies, a cursory look at Trump’s most vocal Republican critics would seem to confirm this judgment. Why, here’s Bill Kristol in January 2016, asking “Isn’t Donald Trump the very epitome of vulgarity?” Commentary’s John Podhoretz declared that Trump “would be, unquestionably, the worst thing to happen to the American common culture in my lifetime.” Professor Eliot A. Cohen and his merry band of think tank militarists published an open letter in opposition to Trump’s candidacy while National Review convened a symposium of anti-Trumpers for a special issue titled “Against Trump.”

Perhaps, though, Kristol, Cohen, Podhoretz, NR and the rest needn’t have worried so. Trump, it turns out, seems every bit as captive to the bipartisan foreign policy consensus as was his predecessor. Many supporters of Barack Obama held the errant hope that Obama would finally break the cycle of wars begun a quarter-century ago when George H.W. Bush launched Operation Desert Storm against Iraq and in defense of desert petro-states, Kuwait and Saudi Arabia.

Trump partisans may object that he’s only been in office for about two months. Give him time, they say. That’s fair enough, but it is worth reviewing Trump’s foreign policy record up to this point.

An administration’s budget is generally a reliable indicator of its priorities. Here we find, in Trump’s first budget proposal, nearly $11 billion in cuts to the U.S. Department of State, a cut of roughly 29 percent, while the Pentagon is budgeted for an additional $54 billion, an increase of 9 percent.

Afghanistan, where the U.S. has been at war for 15½ years, is by far American’s longest and perhaps most futile overseas engagement. Here the Trump administration seems intent on ratcheting up airstrikes on the Taliban in a departure from the narrower focus on anti-terrorism that characterized the late Obama administration policy.

The head of U.S. Central Command, U.S. Army Gen. Joseph Votel, told the Senate Armed Services Committee last week that he will recommend an increase in troops in order “to make the advise-and-assist mission more effective.” This comes on the heels of testimony by the top commander in Afghanistan, Army General John Nicholson telling Congress in February that he would need “a few thousand more” troops to carry out the mission.

More Troops

Meanwhile, more troops are being deployed to Kuwait. On March 9, the Army Times reported that the U.S. is sending “an additional 2,500 ground combat troops to a staging base in Kuwait from which they could be called upon to back up coalition forces battling the Islamic State in Iraq and Syria.” This is in addition to the already roughly 6,000 American troops that are currently in Syria and Iraq assisting in the fight against the Islamic State. American units are now in the northern Syrian city of Manbij and on the outskirts on Raqqa.

Saudi defense minister, Prince Mohammad bin Salman Al Saudi

The latter deployment of Marines from the 11th Marine Expeditionary Unit marks, according to the Washington Post, “a new escalation in the U.S. war in Syria, and puts more conventional U.S. troops in the battle.” The Post, like all other mainstream outlets, leaves out mention that this new deployment is illegal under international law, a point Syrian President Bashar al-Assad made in an interview with Chinese state media last weekend.

And then, perhaps worst of all, there is the ongoing American support for Saudi Arabia’s war on Yemen. As Council on Foreign Relations analyst Micah Zenko recently pointed out, Trump has already “approved at least 36 drone strikes or raids in 45 days — one every 1.25 days.” These include, according to Zenko, “three drone strikes in Yemen on January 20, 21, and 22; the January 28 Navy SEAL raid in Yemenone reported strike in Pakistan on March 1more than thirty strikes in Yemen on March 2 and 3; and at least one more on March 6.” The strikes, we are told, are a necessary part of the “global war on terror” and are portrayed by military and administration spokesmen as such.

Pentagon spokesman told longtime CNN stenographer Barbara Starr that the wave of 30 strikes on March 2 and 3 were “precision strikes in Yemen against al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula” in order to “maintain pressure against the terrorists’ network and infrastructure in the region.” The U.S.-Saudi war on Yemen has predictably resulted in a humanitarian catastrophe. According to the Brookings Institution’s Bruce Reidel,

“a Yemeni child dies every 10 minutes from severe malnutrition and other problems linked to the war and the Saudi blockade of the north.”

All this on behalf of our old friends the Saudis. In the decade and a half after aiding the 9/11 hijackers, the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia has, with American acquiescence, embarked on a campaign to destroy Yemen because of an illusory threat posed by Iran. Yet the reason behind KSA’s aggression on the southern end of the Arabian peninsula has not a bit to do with “security” or Iranian “aggression” or fighting “terrorism”; it is a sectarian campaign waged by Saudi extremists, nothing more. What could possibly be America’s interest in assisting the Saudis in such an endeavor?

Yet, despite the heinous nature of Saudi Arabia’s anti-Houthi campaign in Yemen, its mastermind, the young Saudi Defense Minister Prince Mohammed bin Salman, was treated to lunch at the White House with the President this week. In an ominous sign of things to come, a statement from the Saudis noted that Trump and bin Salman “share the same views on the gravity of the Iranian expansionist moves in the region.”

And so, to sum up: President Trump, in the space of two months, has proposed a budget that slashes funding for diplomacy, spends lavishly on military, has committed thousands of troops, conducted dozens of airstrikes, and cemented the U.S. commitment to the wars in Iraq, Syria, Yemen and Afghanistan for the foreseeable future. Meanwhile, he and his team have signaled to the Saudis that they fully share the Kingdom’s obsession with Iranian “expansion.”

An Unending Cycle

What can be done to break the seemingly unending cycle of American intervention in the Middle East? What all the aforementioned interventions have in common is that they are, as the constitutional lawyer and former Justice Department official Bruce Fein has pointed out, presidential wars, which he defines as “wars in which the President decides to take the United States from a state of peace to a state of war.”


President George H. W. Bush addresses the nation on Jan. 16, 1991, to discuss the launch of Operation Desert Storm.

Fein, a founding member of the anti-interventionist Committee for The Republic, has written at length on what he views as the steady erosion of the congressional prerogative in matters of war and peace. Fein writes that the Founders “unanimously entrusted to Congress exclusive responsibility for taking the nation to war in Article I, section 8, clause 11 of the Constitution” because they understood “to a virtual certainty that Congress would only declare war in response to actual or perceived aggression against the United States, i.e., only in self-defense.”

Accordingly, the Committee for The Republic has embarked on a timely project aimed at having “the House pass a resolution that defines presidential wars under the Constitution going forward and declares them unconstitutional in violation of Article I, section 8, clause 11 (Declare War Clause).” Furthermore, the “End Presidential Wars” project seeks a further resolution, which would warn “the President that such wars will be deemed high crimes and misdemeanors under Article II, section 4 of the Constitution resulting in his or her impeachment, conviction, and removal from office.”

Fein points to Alexis de Tocqueville’s observation in Democracy in America that,

“All those who seek to destroy the liberties of a democratic nation ought to know that war is the surest and shortest means to accomplish it.”

Unless we come to grips with our current mania for overseas intervention and find a remedy for Congress’s abdication of its constitutional responsibilities, we are doomed to remain in the 25-year grip of endless, counterproductive and illegal military interventions in the Middle East and beyond.

James W Carden is a contributing writer for The Nation and editor of The American Committee for East-West Accord’s eastwestaccord.com. He previously served as an adviser on Russia to the Special Representative for Global Inter-governmental Affairs at the US State Department.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Trump Slips into ‘Endless War’ Cycle

When I saw a tweet this morning I wondered which “war torn” country those Somalis were fleeing from when they were murdered. The tweet doesn’t say. Were they fleeing from the “war torn” Somalia? Or were the fleeing from “war torn” Yemen?

It is a sad world when has to ponder such.

It tuned out these people were fleeing from both wars:

Coast guard Mohammad Al Alay told Reuters the refugees, carrying official UNHCR documents, were on their way from Yemen to Sudan when they were attacked by an Apache helicopter near the Bab Al Mandeb strait.

An Apache attack helicopter shot up the refugees’ boat. There are Saudi, United Emirati and U.S. Apache helicopters in or around Yemen. It is unknown which of them ordered and which executed the strike. These helicopters, their ammunition and the service for them are a favored U.S. export to belligerent dictatorships like Saudi Arabia.

The UN warns that 5 million people in Yemen are only weeks away from starving. The Saudis, the U.S. and the Emirates block all land routes, air ports and the coast of Yemen and no food supplies come through. This is an ongoing huge war crime and literally a genocide. But “western” media seem totally unimpressed. Few, if any, reports on the war on Yemen get published. Never have they so openly displayed their hypocrisy.

Somalia is falling back into an all-out civil war fueled by the decades old unwillingness of the U.S. to condone an independent local unity government. The Islamic Court Union, a unity government created by the Somalis in 2006, was the last working instance of a real Somali state. It had no Jihadist agenda and held down local warlords. It was destroyed by the Bush administration:

A UN cable from June 2006, containing notes of a meeting with senior State Department and US military officials from the Horn of Africa task force, indicates that the United States was aware of the ICU’s diversity, but would “not allow” it to rule Somalia. The United States, according to the notes, intended to “rally with Ethiopia if the ‘Jihadist’ took over.” The cable concluded, “Any Ethiopian action in Somalia would have Washington’s blessing.” Some within the US intelligence community called for dialogue or reconciliation, but their voices were drowned out by hawks determined to overthrow the ICU.

During the last 10 years an on-and-off war is waged in Somalia with the U.S. military interfering whenever peace seems to gain ground. Currently a new round of war is building up. Weapons are streaming into Somalia from Yemen, where the Houthi plunder them from their Saudi invaders:

Jonah Leff, a weapons tracing expert with conflict Armament Research, said many [Somali] pirates had turned to smuggling. They take boatloads of people [from Somalia] to Yemen and return with weapons, he said.

The wars on Somalia and Yemen are the consequences of unscrupulous and incompetent(?) U.S. foreign policy. (Cutting down the size of the U.S. State Department, as the Trump administration now plans to do, is probably the best thing one can do for world peace.)

The U.S. military should be cut down too. It is equally unscrupulous and incompetent.

Last night the U.S. military hit a mosque in Al-Jīnah in Aleppo governate in Syria. It first claimed that the strike, allegedly targeting a large meeting of al-Qaeda, was in Idleb governate. But it turned out to be miles away west of Aleppo. Locals said a mosque was hit, the roof crashed in and more than 40 people were killed during the regular prayer service. More than 120 were injured. The U.S. military said it did not hit the local mosque but a building on the other side of the small plaza.

The U.S. maps and intelligence were not up-to-date. A new, bigger mosque had been build some years ago opposite of the old mosque. The old mosque was indeed not hit. The new one was destroyed while some 200 people were in attendance. Eight hellfire missiles launched from two Reaper drones were fired at it and a 500lb bomb was then dropped on top to make sure that no one escaped alive. Al-Qaeda fighters were indeed “meeting” at that place – five times a day and together with the locals they have pressed by force to attend the Quran proscribed prayers.

Had the Russian or Syrian army committed the strike the “western” outcry would have been great. For days the media would have provide gruesome photos and stories. The U.S. ambassador at the UN would have spewed fire and brimstone. But this intelligence screw-up happened on the U.S. side. There will now be some mealymouthed explanations and an official military investigation that will find no fault and will have no consequences.

Amid this sorry incident it was amusing to see the propaganda entities the U.S. had created to blame the Syrian government turning against itself. The MI6 operated SOHR was the first to come out with a high death count. The al-Qaeda aligned, U.S./UK financed “White Helmets” rescuers made a quick photo session pretending to dig out the dead. The sectarian al-Qaeda video propagandist Bilal Abdul Kareem, which the New York Times recently portrait in a positive light, provided damning video and accusing comments. The amateur NATOresearchers at Bellingcat published what they had gleaned from maps, photos and videos other people created. The NATO think tank, which defended al-Qaeda’s invasion of Idleb, will shed crocodile tears.

Each new lie and obfuscation the U.S. Central Command in the Middle East put out throughout the day was immediately debunked by the horde of U.S. financed al-Qaeda propaganda supporters. This blowback from the “information operation” against Syria will likely have consequences for future U.S. operations.

In another operation last night the Israeli air force attacked Syrian forces near Palmyra which were operating against ISIS. The Israeli fighters were chased away when the Syrians fired air defense missiles. This was an Israeli attempt to stretch the “rules of operation” it had negotiated with the Russian military in Syria. The Russians, which control the Syrian air space, had allowed Israel to hit Hizbullah weapon transports on their way to Lebanon. Attacks on any force operating against Jihadis in Syria are taboo. The Russian government summoned the Israeli ambassador. Netanyahu broke the rules. He will now have to bear the consequences.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Which “War Torn” Country? – U.S. Slaughter In Somalia, Yemen And Syria

White Helmets Movie: Fake ‘Lifesaving’ and Malpractices on Children

March 18th, 2017 by Prof. Marcello Ferrada de Noli

This article reports updated findings I obtained in a further examination of videos published by the White Helmets, and which aimed to represent consequences of an alleged gas attack in Sarmine in March 2015 [See my first report of March 6, 2017]. [1] The videos depict a medical rescuing scenario focused on ‘lifesaving’ procedures on children.

The new findings, which have also been confirmed in second-opinions issued by MD specialists member of Swedish Doctors for Human Rights (SWEDHR) on March 12, 2017,

a) demonstrate that the main highlighted ‘life-saving‘ procedure on the infant shown in the second video of the sequence was faked. Namely, no substance (e.g. adrenaline) was injected into the child while the ‘medic’ or doctor introduced the syringe-needle in a simulated intracardiac-injection manoeuvre [See video below with the findings’ synopsis];

b) may bring support to the hypothesis mentioned by doctors in the previous report, referring that the child in question, “if not already dead, might have died because the injection procedure”.

The three children subjected to ‘life-saving’ procedures in the second video were eventually dead, and the cause of death –that according to the White helmets video would be attributed to chlorine gas– has been disputed by other medical opinions independently of the assessments by the Swedish doctors mentioned in the SWEDHR reports. For instance, in the opinion of a UK doctor, the health-status in reference to the above mentioned child could be instead attributed to drug overdose, likely opiates.

The findings in these reports raise serious questions about the ethical integrity of the organization White Helmets, on the anti-medical procedures they advertise in its videos, and the war-criminal behaviour represented by the misuse of dead children with propaganda aims.

Synopsis of the findings, in video upload in You Tube by The Indicter Channel, March 12.

The White Helmets videos

The White Helmets videos analysed here are two consecutive uploadings done on March 16, 2017 by the “Syrian Civil Defense in Idlib Province” (a description given by White Helmets to themselves) [2] which will be here referred to as respectively “WH Vid-1″, and “WH Vid-2”. [3] [4] The production of the videos served the immediate purpose by White Helmets and the “moderate rebels” of promoting “their” campaign for a No-Fly Zone in Syria. In fact, the campaign has its origins in Hillary Clinton’s doctrine, as showed in a video upload by The Indicter Channel’ here. [5]

At the time, Senator McCain, the White Helmets, al-Nusra Front and other CIA-backed jihadist organizations were intensively campaigning for a No-Fly Zone in Syria. The videos aimed to represent the effects of an alleged gas attack in Sarmin, and imputed to the Syrian government. No evidence was ever produced regarding the attacks, beside two “anonymous” witnesses that claimed they had heard a helicopter (“heard”; not “seen” the helicopter). One of the anonymous sources turned out to be a White Helmets personnel [1].

The ‘save-rescuing’ videos, whose content was never analyzed or verified, were thereafter shown at the UN Security Council April 16, 2015. After that meeting, US Ambassador Samantha Powers declared, “I saw no one in the room without tears. If there was a dry eye in the room, I didn’t see it”. [6] Reuters reported the event [Box embedded in image below].

Ensuing, just four days after, on April 20, 2015, CNN broadcasted a news-program reproducing segments taken from exactly the same videos and propagated for the No-Fly Zone on behalf of “the Syrian doctors” campaigning. The newscast was published by CNN in YouTube on April 20, 2015. [7] The CNN anchor presented the ‘Syrian doctor’ “who has campaigned around the world for a no-fly zone” [Hear it in the MP3 audio here below]:

A striking, as well as politically relevant fact relating to these videos that were showed at the UN Security Council –and thereafter reproduced by CNN– is that such videos had been simultaneously published in YouTube, on the same day 16 of March 2015, by an organization showing a logo with the jihadist Shahada flag used by Al-Qaeda. According to communications I have received from European journalists with contacts inside Syria – the origins of “Coordinating Sarmin” (تنسيقية سرمين) –organization behind the propaganda videos posted by, and in apparent coordination, them and the White Helmets– is to be found in earlier al-Qaeda formations. The flags and symbols showed in the image sequence below may offer proof to such communications.

‘From al-Qaeda, to al-Nusra, to White Helmets…and to CNN’

al-Qaeda flag [8]

Above and below: Flags of the al-Nusra Front

[9]

al-Nusra flag, photo taken in Syria [10]

Observe the black flag in the logo of “Coordinating Sarmin”, which together with White Helmets uplodaded the same video on March 16, 2015. [11]

Do observe that the upload date of the video above is exact the same than the White Helmets’. Same video, same publisher, same organization?

The reproduction of those al-Qaeda / White Helmets footage by CNN, camouflaged as “normal news”, is a fact that should be investigated together with the deceiving content in such footage. A clearer illustration of ‘fake news’ around the disinformation on the Syrian conflict is hard to find.

It is remarkable that no UN official, no CNN journalist, etc., ever reflected on the veracity or authenticity of the enacted ‘saving-lives’ scenes in the video. For instance, and to the best of my knowledge, this is the first time that an analysis of the syringe episode is conducted in the terms I describe here below.

The result of this observation, later supported by two Swedish doctors –one GP and a pediatrician– demonstrates that the syringe’s content was never pumped into the needle injected in the infant’s chest. An alternative explanation, equally bizarre, is that the child was injected with the needle connected to an empty syringe-barrel.

III

The frame-analysis of the White Helmets video WH Vid-2

Procedure:

Between March 9 and March 10 I studied the video by running it in slow motion.

After I selected the segment, I studied the sequence frame by frame. I took screenshots of the relevant frames in sequence, which also indicated the position on the video in order to allow visualization of the full sequence.

On March 11, I made a 27% slow-motion video sequence, and I sent thereafter the link with the material to the same doctors, colleagues at SWEDHR, which have examined the first material [published in The Indicter on March 6], Dr Leif Elinder and Dr Lena Oske. The video featured the full syringe-episode.

On March 12, I received the feedback of my colleagues, statements which are attached in Section IV below. Furthermore, Dr Martin Gelin –also a senior member of SWEDHR– made post-observations about the laryngoscope positioned on the child’s left wrist/hand.

The same day I summarized the results and published a synopsis of the findings via The Indicter Channel. [12]

Images below show a selection of the frames in the lapse 01:09 and 01:41

01:09

01:14

01:15

01:17

01:41

IV

Second-opinions

Dr Leif Elinder, MD, specialist in pediatrics [13]

Dr Lena Oske, MD, GP, Chief Medical Doctor [14]

Dr Martin Gelin, specialist in dental surgery, designer of various medical and surgical items [15]

Conclusion

‘Lifesaving’ procedures on the children showed in the White Helmets videos were found to be fake, and ultimately performed on dead children.

The syringe used in the ‘intracardial injection’ performed on the male infant was empty, or its fluid was never injected into the child.

This same child showed, briefly, discrete life-signs (uncertain in my judgement) in the first segment of WH Vid-1. If so, this child might have died during the lapse in which the ‘lifesaving’ manoeuvres showed in the White Helmets movie went on. (Which is not the same than affirming that the personnel seen in the videos caused the dead of the infant. In forensic terms, the actual cause of death, as well as the mode and the issue of intent, refer to different items than those treated in our analysis).

External comment ref. likely diagnosis

I received a reply via email from a medical doctor in the UK. I withhold his name and specialty (not pediatrics) in order to avoid identification, since he expressly asked to remain anonymous, for reasons I understand.

The UK Dr hypothesizes the following:

“I think that even from the very brief video, we can see that this child has a reduced level of consciousness: he does not vocalize, does not open his eyes, and his only movements are to turn his head to one side and to open his mouth before he stops breathing altogether. This looks like respiratory depression, rather than injury to the lungs; he appears to be too sleepy to breathe.  I think the most likely diagnosis is a drug overdose causing reduced level of consciousness and respiratory depression.  Opiates are the most likely class of drug to cause this. Chlorine causes acute inhalation injury, but does not (in any of the sources I have read) cause reduced level of consciousness: the victim struggles to breathe until the end.” [16]

Editors Note: This article was updated by the author March 18, 2017. Medical opinions are welcome in the discussion, replication or refutation of the above findings. Email to [email protected]

Read also:

1. “Swedish Doctors for Human Rights: White Helmets Video, Macabre Manipulation of Dead Children and Staged Chemical Weapons Attack to Justify a “No-Fly Zone” in Syria

2.”Swedish Doctors for Human Rights Reply to German ARD/BR-Television ‘Verification Team’ ref. RT interview on White Helmets video

Notes and references

[1] M. Ferrada de Noli, “Swedish Doctors for Human Rights: White Helmets Video, Macabre Manipulation of Dead Children and Staged Chemical Weapons Attack to Justify a ‘No-Fly Zone’ in Syria“. The Indicter Magazine, March 6, 2017.

[2] See info. in Vanessa Beeley’s Twitter, October 6, 2016. More from author V. Beeley ref. the real Syrian Civil Defence, in this article.

[3] Upload by White Helmets under the name “Syrian Civil Defence in Idlib Province”, “ الدفاع المدني ادلب_سرمين:محاولة لأنقاذ الأطفال بعد اصابتهم بالغاز الكيماوي 26_3_2015”. YouTube video published 16 March 2015. Here referred as to “WH Vid-1”.

[4] Upload by White Helmets under the name “Syrian Civil Defence in Idlib Province”,

الدفاع المدني ادلب:سرمين:هام جدا ثلاث اطفال ووالديهم وجدتهم ضحايا الغاز الكيماوي, YouTube video published 16 March 2015. Here referred as to “WH Vid-2”.

[5] “Sweden’s elites endorse H. Clinton No Fly Zone War with Russia & Syria“. The Indicter Channel, November 22, 2016.

[6] Nick Logan, “UN officials in tears watching video from alleged chlorine attack in Syria”. Global News, 17 April 2017.

[7] CNN, “Chlorine gas attack reported in Syria“. CNN Channel, YouTube, April 20, 2015.

[8] “Know Your Terror Flags”. The Muslim Issue, Word press blog. September 28, 2013.

[9] Image found in “Pinterest”.

[10] Jenna McLaughlin, “Stop Mixing Up Islamic Flags: A Guide for Lazy Journalists“. Mother Jones, December 16, 2014.

The author quotes: “Black banners will appear from the East and they will kill you in a way that has never before been done by a nation.” Many Islamic flags—especially those of militant groups—are black in reference to this hadith.”

[11] Retrieved March 16, 2017, at https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Gx2h3_jXGzc at 0:01 / 0:35

[12] “White Helmets video with fake life-saving procedures deceived UN sec council“. Published by The Indicter Channel, YouTube, March 12, 2017.

[13] Email-reply from Dr Leif Elinder, March 12, 2017.

[14] Email-reply from Dr Lena Oske, March 12, 2017.

[15] Email-reply from Dr Martin Gelin, March 18, 2017.

[16] Email-reply from UK Dr, March 11, 2017.

Professor Dr med Marcello Ferrada de Noli, formerly at the Karoilinska Institute and ex Research Fellow Harvard Medical School, is the founder and chairman of Swedish Professors and Doctors for Human Rights and editor-in-chief of The Indicter. Also publisher of The Professors’ Blog, and CEO of Libertarian Books – Sweden. Author of “Sweden VS. Assange – Human Rights Issues.” Apart of research works published in scientific journals,  his op-ed articles have been published in Dagens Nyheter (DN), Svenska Dagbladet (Svd), Aftonbladet, Västerbotten Kuriren, Dagens Medicin,  Läkartidningen and other Swedish media. He also has had exclusive interviews in DN, Expressen, SvD and Aftonbladet, and in Swedish TV channels (Svt 2, TV4, TV5) as well as international TV and media (e.g. Norway, Italy TG, Cuba, Chile, DW, Sputnik, RT, Pravda, etc.).

Reachable via email at [email protected][email protected]

Follow the professor on Twitter at @Professorsblogg

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on White Helmets Movie: Fake ‘Lifesaving’ and Malpractices on Children

The head of the United Nation’s West Asia commission resigned on Friday, after what she described as pressure from the secretary-general to withdraw a report accusing Israel of imposing an “apartheid regime” on Palestinians.

The Economic and Social Commission for Western Asia (ESCWA), which comprises 18 Arab states, published the report on Wednesday, saying it was the first time a UN body had clearly made the charge.

Click here to read the statement of Khalaf posted on ESCWA’s social media.

However two days later, Rima Khalaf, UN under-secretary-general and ESCWA executive secretary, announced her resignation at a news conference in Beirut.

“I stand by my assessment in the report, that Israel is committing the crime of apartheid,” she said at the conference.

“I find myself unable to accept the pressure placed on me over the last period of time.

“The secretary-general demanded yesterday that I withdraw the report, and I refused,” she said, adding: “I believe that discrimination on the basis of skin colour, religion or ethnicity is unacceptable.”

Secretary-General Antonio Guterres on Thursday asked for the report to be removed from the UN website.

The UN on Friday accepted her resignation, with spokesperson Stephane Dujarric saying:

“This is not about content, this is about process.”

“The secretary-general cannot accept that an under-secretary-general or any other senior UN official that reports to him would authorise the publication under the UN name, under the UN logo, without consulting the competent departments and even himself,” he told reporters.

Dujarric had earlier said that “the report as it stands does not reflect the views of the secretary-general” and was written without consultations with the UN secretariat.

The United States, an ally of Israel, said it was outraged by the report.

“The United Nations secretariat was right to distance itself from this report, but it must go further and withdraw the report altogether,” the US ambassador to the United Nations, Nikki Haley, said in a statement.

Click here to read Haley’s statement posted on her social media.

The Israeli ministry spokesman, Emmanuel Nahshon‏, commenting on Twitter, also noted the report had not been endorsed by the UN secretary-general.

Click here to read Nahshon’s statement posted on his social media.

“The attempt to smear and falsely label the only true democracy in the Middle East by creating a false analogy is despicable and constitutes a blatant lie,” Israel’s UN Ambassador Danny Danon said in a statement.

What was in report?

The report said it had established on the “basis of scholarly inquiry and overwhelming evidence, that Israel is guilty of the crime of apartheid.

“However, only a ruling by an international tribunal in that sense would make such an assessment truly authoritative,” it added.

The report said the “strategic fragmentation of the Palestinian people” was the main method through which Israel imposes apartheid, with Palestinians divided into four groups oppressed through “distinct laws, policies and practices”.

It identified the four sets of Palestinians as: Palestinian citizens of Israel; Palestinians in East Jerusalem; Palestinians in the West Bank and Gaza Strip; and Palestinians living as refugees or in exile.

ESCWA hoped the report would inform further deliberations on the root causes of the problem in the United Nations, among member states, and in society, Khalaf said at an event to launch the report at ESCWA’s Beirut headquarters.

It was authored by Richard Falk, a former UN human rights investigator for the Palestinian territories, and Virginia Tilley, professor of political science at Southern Illinois University.

Before leaving his post as UN special rapporteur on human rights in the Palestinian territories in 2014, Falk said Israeli policies bore unacceptable characteristics of colonialism, apartheid and ethnic cleansing.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on “I Stand by my Assessment that Israel is Committing the Crime of Apartheid,” Head of UN Body Resigns Following Pressure from UN Secretary-General Guterres To Withdraw Critical Report

Merkel and Trump Hold Crisis Talks In Washington

March 18th, 2017 by Johannes Stern

With tensions between Germany and the US at their highest point since the end of the Second World War, the first meeting between President Donald Trump and German Chancellor Angela Merkel took place on Friday in Washington.

The mood was tense and cold. At a joint photo op in the Oval Office, Trump barely acknowledged Merkel and refused the customary handshake requested by photographers.

At a joint press conference following a White House meeting between Trump and Merkel, other officials and business leaders from the two countries, the two heads of state expressed agreement only on the questions of increased military spending and war. Merkel promised Trump that Germany would increase defence spending two percent above the NATO minimum. In return, Trump pledged his commitment to NATO. They agreed “to work together hand in hand in Afghanistan and to collaborate on solutions in Syria and Iraq.”

The conflict between the two countries, which stood on opposite sides in two world wars in the first half of the twentieth century, emerged most sharply on the issue of trade policy. Trump complained that the past behaviour of US allies had often been “unfair” and he insisted on a “fair trade policy.”

What Trump means by this is clear. He threatened Germany with trade war in an interview he gave shortly before assuming office, specifically warning of import duties of up to 35 percent against the German automobile industry. Claiming that Germany’s behaviour toward the US was “very unfair,” he said he would make sure this ended.

In the past week, Trump’s economic advisor, Peter Navarro, once again referred to the German trade surplus as a “serious matter” and called it “one of the most difficult problems” for American trade policy. The US is currently preparing a so-called “border adjustment tax” that would substantially diminish taxes on American exports and place a heavy burden on German and other European imports.

The growing transatlantic conflicts were also reflected at the G20 finance ministers’ summit in Baden Baden, Germany. The previous evening, German Finance Minister Wolfgang Schäuble met for the first time with his new American counterpart, Steven Mnuchin. The former Wall Street banker insisted that the US did not want a trade war, but refused to support the inclusion in the closing G20 communiqué of the customary clear statement in favour of free trade and in opposition to protectionism.

Trump’s protectionism is a catastrophe in particular for the export-oriented German economy. In 2015, Germany achieved a record surplus of €260 billion, which corresponded to more than eight percent of its entire economic output. Trade with the US accounted for €54 billion of the surplus. In the previous year as well, the US provided the largest export market for German products, with a total value of €107 billion.

Merkel’s delegation included leading German economic representatives, who were tasked with convincing Trump of the importance of free trade. But while the German government struggles to de-escalate tensions with the US, it is simultaneously preparing retaliatory measures that are no less aggressive.

The deputy chairman of the Social Democratic Party (SPD) parliamentary faction, Carsten Schneider, threatened capital controls.

“Ultimately, Germany is financing a large portion of the American trade deficit with its capital exports,” said Schneider. “If Trump does not relent, we must be ready to act.”

In a Friday morning interview with the German radio station Deutschlandfunk, German Economics Minister Brigitte Zypries (SPD) said:

“The other possibility is simple. We will file suit against him before the World Trade Organization. It lays down procedures. In the WTO, it is clearly specified in the agreements that you are allowed to take no more than 2.5 percent in taxes on the import of automobiles.”

“This would not be the first time that Mr. Trump failed in the courts,” the SPD politician added provocatively.

The president of the Federation of German Industry (BDI), Dieter Kempf, asked Merkel prior to her trip to present Trump with “the standpoint of a German, a European economy… with appropriate self-confidence.” Trump’s views on economic policy would simply “not work,” he insisted.

In order to counter Trump in the most effective way, Berlin is pursuing a strategy of preparation for trade war between the US and the entire European Union. The Handelsblatt newspaper quoted the former chief economist of the Economics Ministry, Jeromin Zettelmeyer, as saying that Germany needs “the backing of the rest of Europe.” He went on to state, “They will have to wage a trade war against us if possible.”

According to a report in Der Spiegel, the aim of the German government is to “isolate the Americans.” To this end, EU Trade Commissioner Cecilia Malmstörm has been tasked with negotiating trade agreements “with other countries and regions of the world.” At the EU summit the previous week, the EU states spoke out against “protectionist tendencies” in world trade and positioned the European economy against the US, Der Spiegel reported.

The EU would “continue to collaborate actively with international trading partners,” said the final resolution of the EU summit. To this end, “progress will be achieved with decisiveness in all ongoing negotiations with regard to ambitious and well-balanced free trade agreements, including with Mercosur [a sub-regional bloc that includes Bolivia, Argentina, Brazil, Paraguay, Uruguay and Venezuela] and Mexico.” The negotiations with Japan are “close to a conclusion soon” and “trade relations with China should be strengthened on the basis of a common understanding of mutual and reciprocal benefit.”

Berlin and Brussels are expanding their economic relationships with precisely those countries that are in the crosshairs of the US government. Trump is threatening Mexico with the termination of the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA), and Washington is pursuing a course toward war against China with increasing openness. The conflicts between Germany and the US will continue to sharpen as a consequence.

In a significant move, Merkel spoke on the telephone with Chinese President Xi Jinping immediately before traveling to Washington. She took this opportunity to express her opposition to protectionism. According to Merkel’s government spokesperson, Steffen Seibert, Merkel and Xi affirmed that they would “promote free trade and open markets together.” In addition, the two leaders agreed to “continue their trusting collaboration, especially within the framework of the German G20 presidency.”

Meanwhile, the German media is demanding “an even clearer statement against the new US protectionism” and urging that “the majority of other countries be mobilized against Trump.” This will be “necessary” in the future, said a comment in the Reinische Post. Germany and the EU must “self-confidently oppose” Trump with “their own contrary aims, instead of letting themselves be intimidated by Washington.” The conditions for this are favourable, the newspaper said.

It went on to state that it had become clear in Baden Baden that Germany has “not only the other EU states, but also almost the entire rest of the world—above all China, Brazil and Japan—on its side regarding trade policy.”

The fundamental reasons for Trump’s aggressive behaviour toward Berlin as well as Germany’s efforts to build a coalition against the US are to be found in the insoluble contradictions of the capitalist system itself. Capitalism is incapable of overcoming the contradiction between the international character of production and the national state. As on the eve of the First and the Second World Wars, the conflicts between the imperialist powers over raw materials, export markets, zones of influence and cheap labour are once again leading to trade war and military conflict.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Merkel and Trump Hold Crisis Talks In Washington

Donald Trump’s election as US president was greeted by predictable cries of outrage– many with good reason and quite genuine. The elite, especially the foreign policy elite, were upset as well but for different reasons.

Large segments of the foreign policy establishment, centred perhaps on the neocons but extending way beyond them, and of course the military-industrial complex, had fears – unwarranted but anguishing – that peace with Russia would break out. Some were concerned that Trump would blunder into a war with China.

Generally there was a consensus that Trump was not a fit person to run the empire, and for all of his talk of ‘making America great again,’ he would hasten its decline. His stance towards the Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP) provides a valuable case study, because it goes to the heart of imperial strategy under the surface brouhaha, where reality often lurks.

Instruments of Power – Hard and Soft

All nations, big and small, have a range of instruments with which they can attempt to advance their foreign policy objectives, whether that means defending themselves, acquiring resources, dominating others or just getting on with the neighbours in a reasonably amicable way, importing and exporting, going on overseas holidays, receiving inbound tourists and all the rest of it. These instruments stretch from the easily defined hard–military–power to the more elusive forms of soft power. The term ‘soft power’ is identified with Joseph Nye Jr., who defined it in a limited and self-congratulatory way. His concept is succinctly described by John Ikenberry thus:

Coined by Nye in the late 1980s, the term “soft power” — the ability of a country to persuade others to do what it wants without force or coercion — is now widely invoked in foreign policy debates… Nye argues that successful states need both hard and soft power — the ability to coerce others as well as the ability to shape their long-term attitudes and preferences. The United States can dominate others, but it has also excelled in projecting soft power, with the help of its companies, foundations, universities, churches, and other institutions of civil society; U.S. culture, ideals, and values have been extraordinarily important in helping Washington attract partners and supporters. Nye acknowledges the limits of soft power: it tends to have diffuse effects on the outside world and is not easily wielded to achieve specific outcomes. Indeed, societies often embrace American values and culture but resist U.S. foreign policies. But overall, Nye’s message is that U.S. security hinges as much on winning hearts and minds as it does on winning wars.

Trump, TPP and the Implications of the Squandering of America’s Soft Power Advantage

Soft power has many facets, usually interrelated. The Unites State has unrivalled influence over the global media and intellectual space. Even in Russia and China, except when national interests are directly concerned, the US position is the default one. In the other direction, it encompasses the use of money to bribe and corrupt, as exemplified by the injunction of David Petraeus to use money as ammunition. This found so much favour with the US military at the time that it was institutionalised into a training programme. And it may have contributed to the rise of ISIS, although the concept had long historical antecedents. This ‘bribery’ may not, in fact, involve money but prestige and may be regarded as anything but improper by either the payer or the recipient. For instance (former) New Zealand Prime Minister John Key was very excited to play golf with (former) US President Barack Obama–so much so that New Zealand’s troops were sent to serve in Afghanistan. Not many were killed.

It is clear that the US has more of virtually all of these instruments than any other country in the world. There are exceptions. Saudi Arabia, for instance, has disbursed huge amounts of money throughout the Islamic world to extend its influence and promote Wahhabism. This has ranged from building mosques in Indonesia to funding insurgents in Syria. Much of the ground fighting in Libya in 2011 was funded by Qatar.

Saudi Arabia’s use of its vast wealth (through its government and privately) to promote religious (and political) influence is analogous to America’s Fulbright Program or the Soviet Union’s Communist University of the Toilers of the East (which included amongst its alumni Ho Chi Minh, Deng Xiaoping and Chiang Ching-kuo, who succeeded his father Chiang Kai-shek as president of the Republic of China on Taiwan). But money alone does not buy lasting influence, there must be something in the disburser’s ideas that the recipients find attractive.

The liberal international order and the US alliance system

We now have in many parts of the world three generations of elites who have grown up in an American-dominated world. This domination takes many forms. Culture, especially in the form of Hollywood, and the use of English both as a lingua franca and a marker of prestige at being a member of the globalised elite. Subordination is now internalised. Perhaps the core of this domination is diplomatic power. This can be expressed in traditional ways; for instance the UNSC resolutions condemning Iran and North Korea for testing missiles–activities which are quite legitimate for other countries but have been de-legitimised for them because of American pressure.

Diplomatic power has also increasingly been used for economic ends–to create economic institutions such as the WTO and ideas such as the Washington Consensuses, as well as a global economic architecture that privileges the United States. Other countries may also benefit from this architecture, though there are many especially in Africa and Latin America which have not. An alliance must offer benefits for subordinates, or at least segments of the elite in those subordinate countries. Even the most rapacious of empires must do this. The Belgian Congo, for instance, was notorious for enriching Belgium (or rather mainly its king) and impoverishing the Congo, but there must have been a fair number of Congolese, who found serving the Belgians economically satisfying and spiritually valuable as it brought them Christianity. In other words the Belgian empire, along with the other European and non-European empires, can be thought of as an alliance system. These systems vary in overtness and symbolism, as well as degree of rapaciousness, but they are all hierarchal.

The US alliance system is the most successful in history. Streets in defeated countries are seldom named after American presidents, nor do statues extolling American power embellish foreign cities in the style, for instance, of the British Empire, but American dominance is stronger for that modesty and restraint.  American writers tend to exaggerate the autonomy of local governments – the imposition of THAAD on South Korea being one example –and local elites, for their part, pretend that they are equal partners.

Headlines announcing the decision on the THAAD deployment frequently  put South Korea first before the US: “South Korea and US officially announce deployment of THAAD missile defense system.” This is camouflage obscuring the underlying power relationship. The United States is deploying the THAAD system in South Korea despite the fact that it offers no substantial added protection against North Korea and jeopardizes South Korea’s economic relationship with China as well as make South Korea a target in the event of a Sino-American war, because the deployment is advantageous to the US in its containment of China. Alliances are not a one-way street, but they exist and operate primarily for the dominant power.

Its alliance system is a huge source of strength for the US. Writing in Foreign Affairs, the bible of the establishment, in 2016, Stephen G. Brooks and William C. Wohlforth addressed the question of whether rising China would challenge US hegemony, and answered no in – ‘The Once and Future Superpower: Why China Won’t Overtake the United States.’

Even though the United States’ economic dominance has eroded from its peak, the country’s military superiority is not going anywhere, nor is the globe-spanning alliance structure that constitutes the core of the existing liberal international order (unless Washington unwisely decides to throw it away). Rather than expecting a power transition in international politics, everyone should start getting used to a world in which the United States remains the sole superpower for decades to come. [emphasis added]

When they wrote that article, Trump was a presidential candidate, but his chances were seen as slim; they mention the danger of ‘unwisely throwing away’ America’s major geopolitical advantage in passing rather than a threatening possibility.

Alliances provide extra firepower for the US military although since no alliance member comes anywhere close to the US in terms of military expenditure the increment so far has not been particularly significant. The second ranking member of the alliance, the UK, has a military budget less than nine percent of America’s. In fact, the entire British military budget ($52.5 billion) is slightly less than the $54 billion that Trump plans to add to America’s! The alliance also provides a very large market for the US military-industrial complex, $40 billion in 2015, the last year for which figures are available.

John G. Ikenberry notes with satisfaction the military advantage its alliance system gives the US over its near-peer competitors Russia and China, which do not have anything comparable:

Indeed, Washington enjoys a unique ability to win friends and influence states. According to a study led by the political scientist Brett Ashley Leeds, the United States boasts military partnerships with more than 60 countries, whereas Russia counts eight formal allies and China has just one (North Korea). As one British diplomat told me several years ago, “China doesn’t seem to do alliances.” But the United States does, and they pay a double dividend: not only do alliances provide a global platform for the projection of U.S. power, but they also distribute the burden of providing security. The military capabilities aggregated in this U.S.-led alliance system outweigh anything China or Russia might generate for decades to come.

The US alliance system is a product of history, and Ikenberry’s complacency about its permanency and the inability of its competitors to build alliances may be misplaced. The possible defection of the Philippines and the creation of groups such as the Shanghai Security Organization (SCO) may be harbingers of realignments in the future. And then there is President Trump, whose lack of skill in alliance management is evident, not least to the Australians.

It is on the soft side that the alliance system is truly valuable. Constructing ‘Coalitions of the Willing’ gives an air of legitimacy to the most egregious violations of international law, such as the invasion or Iraq. But this power is not confined to overt and dramatic actions. It seeps into the very fabric of what is called ‘the liberal international order.’

Ikenberry (in the same article) touches on this:

Indeed, the construction of a U.S.-led global order did not begin with the end of the Cold War; it won the Cold War. In the nearly 70 years since World War II, Washington has undertaken sustained efforts to build a far-flung system of multilateral institutions, alliances, trade agreements, and political partnerships. This project has helped draw countries into the United States’ orbit. It has helped strengthen global norms and rules that …. And it has given the United States the capacities, partnerships, and principles to confront today’s great-power spoilers and revisionists, such as they are [i.e. Russia and China]. Alliances, partnerships, multilateralism, democracy-these are the tools of U.S. leadership, and they are winning, not losing, the twenty-first-century struggles over geopolitics and the world order. [Emphasis added]

Again, Ikenberry’s confidence in its permanence may be misplaced, but he is correct, even overly modest, to note the pervasive impregnation of the global institutional and legal architecture by American power. US soft power is historically unparalleled.

However, it is axiomatic that the less soft power is employed to achieve a particular objective, the more hard power is needed. It is also axiomatic, following Sun Zi, who said that the supreme art of war is to subdue the enemy without fighting, that it is wiser in general to use soft tools than hard ones. This is particularly true for the United States, which although it has enormous hard power – spending nearly as much on its military as the rest of the world put together –its real comparative advantage lies in soft power. This is all the more so since its military power has, in fact, been remarkably unsuccessful since 1945–so much so that Reagan invaded the small Caribbean island of Grenada  (army 600) partly to exorcise the ‘Vietnam Syndrome’. As recent adventures in the Middle East have shown, that hasn’t worked.

Clearly Donald Trump doesn’t see things this way, and his penchant for militarisation, and generals, has been frequently noted. The commentator John Feffer remarks, ‘But so far only America’s soft power has taken a hit. The Pentagon remains on the ascendant.’ Feffer then makes the frequent liberal mistake of seeing the two as contrasting and mutually exclusive–the one being benign and the other to be deplored –  ‘The world will continue to suffer the consequences of U.S. military force but without the mitigating influences of U.S. foreign aid and diplomacy.’ The point is missed that these are essentially both forms of power projection, and whilst mode is important – countless people have been killed, maimed or had their lives devastated by US military action – it is the objectives and consequences of power that should be the focus of analysis.

Trump and the TPP – abandoning jewels of empire

This brings us to Trump and the Trans Pacific Partnership (TPP).  It should be clear that plans for the TPP were a constituent part of the US-dominated liberal economic order. TPP was designed by the Obama administration to preserve US economic and political dominance in the Pacific Basin and to counter the rise of China. China was deliberately excluded from the TPP.

The TPP was to build on US advantage. Politically it was to utilise the alliance system to corral China and bind members more closely to the US. Economically it was to build on America’s strengths, such as in intellectual property rights.

There was widespread opposition to the TPP. For instance in New Zealand, whose government was enthusiastic, there was a vigorous protest movement spearheaded by Auckland University law professor Jane Kelsey. But in the government, none were more enthusiastic about the TPP than then-Minister for Trade Negotiations Tim Groser who came up with a striking metaphor for the compromises inherent in a negotiation:

“It’s got the smell of a situation we occasionally see which is that on the hardest core issues, there are some ugly compromises out there.

“And when we say ugly, we mean ugly from each perspective – it doesn’t mean ‘I’ve got to swallow a dead rat and you’re swallowing foie gras.’ It means both of us are swallowing dead rats on three or four issues to get this deal across the line.”

New Zealand is famous for its wine.

In one of those coincidences which can enliven high politics, and in this case illustrate the power of the US alliance system, Groser subsequently became New Zealand ambassador to the United States where he was on hand to celebrate the inauguration of Donald Trump by hosting a party at the New Zealand embassy. It was the first of many, and The Washingtonian took mischievous delight in describing the scene:

But Ambassador Tim Groser made no attempt to hide his elation about the evening’s guest list [which attracted a number of the Trump team]…. .
“Getting access to Trump will be everybody’s ambition,” the ambassador said. He beamed at all of his new friends. “We have got off to a flying start.”

It didn’t matter that Groser had helped craft the Trans-Pacific Partnership, the trade agreement from which Trump today withdrew. It didn’t matter that Groser has spent much of his career promoting other trade policies antithetical to Trumpism. Disagreements be damned, what mattered now was access—something everyone scrambles for with each regime change in Washington, but always demurely. Yet Groser was unabashed: he regaled the crowd with the story of how he first snagged Trump’s cell phone number (he knew a guy who knew a guy), and professed his own thrill about the end of “PC” culture.

In fact Ambassador Groser’s willingness to swallow dead rats was not matched by large parts of the US people, and the TPP was dead in the water before Trump became president; as the New York Times put it, ‘The agreement had been put on life support by labor protests and liberal opposition.’

But Trump did deliver the coup de grace, proudly proclaiming in his speech to the Joint Session of Congress on 1 March 2017:

We have withdrawn the United States from the job-killing Trans-Pacific Partnership.

For the foreign policy establishment, the scrapping of the TPP is one example of Trump’s ineptitude, but it is also a symbol of the fundamental contradiction at the heart of the Trump phenomenon. He won the 2017 election against the odds and against most of the elite media, because he, more than anyone and in contrast to Hillary Clinton, spoke to the alienation and distress of large swathes of the American people.  Sanders, who also addressed these concerns, was scuttled by the Democratic Party establishment.  However, although Trump fastened onto the pain, his diagnosis was superficial and his proposed cure merely a reflection of his narcissism. Promising to make America great again, he will instead exacerbate the problems and accelerate the decline. If it weren’t such a serious business, with quite possibly calamitous consequences, the howls of anguish, anger and frustration of the American and international elite at his antics would be amusing.

And it goes beyond verbalising outrage; there has been talk of a coup for months and the ‘Deep State’ has entered the lexicon of the mainstream media where it had been studiously ignored in the past.  There is hope that Trump can be impeached before too much harm is done, Pence – whoever he might be – installed in his place and the show returned to proper management. The only person who seems to see a silver lining is the irrepressible Charles Krauthammer, who thinks that a combination of Trump’s madness and the realism of the generals and billionaires really running the show might just work in keeping foreign friend and foe in their place. Krauthammer’s is a lonely voice, and the consensus is that Trump is not fit to run the empire.

‘Not fit to run the empire’ is used purposely. We should not be distracted by all the howls to overlook the fact that Trump is basically following in the footsteps of Obama, Bush and their predecessors back in essence to George Washington, Monroe and John Quincy Adams. This continuity was demonstrated by Michèle Flournoy’s endorsement of Trump’s proposal for a “huge” hike in military expenditure in his first budget speech. Flournoy, who might well have been Secretary of Defense in a Hillary Clinton administration, wrote an Op-ed in the Washington Post entitled ‘Trump is right to spend more on defense. Here’s how to do so wisely.’ Nothing much for the military-industrial complex to get worried about there.

There are considerable differences in style and rhetoric between Trump and Obama, but the continuities are even greater and getting more substantial every passing day as Trump is constrained and tamed by the institutions of state. Indeed Breitbart News has reported with horror that Andrew Quinn, a former deputy chief negotiator of the TPP, has been appointed Trump’s new special assistant on international trade, investment and development.  It is not impossible, after all, to anticipate Trump coming round to embracing the TPP–renamed and dressed in new garments of course. It is uncertain that Trump has any fixed beliefs or convictions at all, except for his sure knowledge that he is the centre of the universe.

And then there are the lies. Trump is famous for lies, and the mainstream media takes great delight in revealing and debunking them. But 95% of Trump’s lies are Obama’s lies – the generic lies of the American state: how America is threatened by small states such as Iran and North Korea; how the United States has a burning desire to spread democracy, freedom and peace throughout the world; how it is anxious to preserve freedom of navigation in the South China Sea, etc. Trump has his own separate lies, usually revolving around his own narcissistic personality, but his enemies are no slouches. The idea that the Russians won the election for Trump is a whopper, and the bizarre accusation that there is some sort of collusion between the Trump team and Putin is an illustration of just how outraged the establishment is.

TPP, protectionism, renegotiation and decline

Outrage was just one of the emotions occasioned by Trump’s killing off TPP. One of the others was bewilderment that one of their own – Trump is a billionaire after all – could do something so stupid. The New York Times report brought out how Trump was foolishly casting aside America’s strengths, especially the alliance system and dominance of international institutions:

“There’s no doubt that this action will be seen as a huge, huge win for China,” Michael B. Froman, the trade representative who negotiated the pact for Mr. Obama, said in an interview. “For the Trump administration, after all this talk about being tough on China, for their first action to basically hand the keys to China and say we’re withdrawing from our leadership position in this region is geostrategically damaging.”…..

[TPP] was intended to lower tariffs while establishing rules for resolving trade disputes, setting patents and protecting intellectual property.

Obama officials argued that it benefited the United States by opening markets while giving up very little in return. In particular, it finally brought the United States and Japan, the world’s largest and third-largest economies, together in a free-trade pact. [emphasis added]

So instead of utilising Japan and the members of the alliance to counter China’s rise and preserve US dominance, as preferred by Froman and Obama, Trump is taking America into a bilateral face-off against Beijing.

The establishment of course had a problem, both of reality and communications. The US working class – ‘Middle America’ – had seen its wages stagnate over decades and job opportunities shrink. There were a number of reasons for this, which neither Democrats nor Republicans wanted to address, and China became a convenient whipping-boy. The TPP would not have tackled these problems, but it would have helped preserve US economic and political hegemony for the benefit of corporate America and the 1% (of which Trump is a paid-up member).

The Washington Post admitted the impact of imports on some industries and waved the familiar China-blame banner but again agonised over Trump’s abandonment of America’s strongest card:

Again, we don’t dispute the impact — especially on the light industries such as shoes or furniture hardest hit by imports. Nor do we quarrel with the Trump agenda’s assertion that trade with China has largely failed to induce greater abiding of the law and transparency by that one-party state. Yet the best way to counteract China’s mercantilism would seem to be by precisely the sort of U.S.-led multilateral cooperation that the Trump administration has rejected, in the form of the Trans-Pacific Partnership. The Trump agenda blames past policymakers for “turn[ing] a blind eye to unfair trade practices” in the pursuit of “putative geopolitical advantage.” Geopolitics, though, is just another word for shaping the world to serve all U.S. interests, with a minimum of conflict. And the real blindness consists in unilaterally asserting “sovereignty” and “protection” without regard to the legitimate interests of other nations, or their capacity for retaliation. [emphasis added]

Trump is not the only American politician to overlook the fact that when you go to war, trade or otherwise, against another country, you face the danger of retaliation. In most cases the US gets away with this, because the chosen adversaries are so much smaller, but China clearly is different.

Why does Trump take this strange course of action? He claims that he is not protectionist though he certainly played that card during the election, and protectionism, in appropriate circumstances and as part of a coherent policy, has a long and distinguished pedigree. Rather he claims that he is in favour of trade that is ‘fair’ and that previous administrations have been too weak and incompetent to get the best terms for America. He will set that right, he says. He sees himself as a brilliant negotiator and his 1987 book The Art of the Deal is said to have sold over a million copies. However, it is also claimed by business professors Malhotra and Moore in a scathing article in Fortune that the ghost writer subsequently claimed that he had to put ‘a lot of lipstick on the pig’ too portray Trump as a great negotiator. On the contrary, they argue, the evidence for Trump’s negotiating skills ‘is damning’ and ‘The art of illusion he knows well. The art of the deal he does not.’

Whatever Trump’s negotiating skills, or the lack of them, there is a more substantial reason why his desire to renegotiate America’s place in the world is unwise. Basically, as Nedal and Nexon argue in Foreign Policy the present US-dominated ‘Liberal International Order’ was put in place when the United States was at the height of it power, which has inevitably declined since then:

[Much of this order has its] origins in years immediately following the World War II, when the United States’ relative power was at its historical peak. Europe and Asia’s military and economic capabilities lay in tatters. Most of the developing world was under colonial rule. The Soviet Union stood a distant second to the United States in nearly every measure of power—the sole exception being conventional ground forces.

Not only was the United States’ share of global power unprecedented, but also the emerging Cold War left states hostile to the Soviet Union with few alternatives to the United States. During the 1940s and 1950s, Washington created a network of alliances that, in turn, gave it enormous influence over its partners’ security policies.

And, of course, it gained influence over much else besides security policies–from international economic institutions such as the World Trade Organization (also under fire from Trump) to an extensive web of economic and legal agreements and institutions.

There is surely a huge danger here, especially in East Asia. Trump has been squandering the soft power strengths that the US has built over 70 years. He has spurned the US-dominated international liberal order, its institutions and alliances. He has raised tension with China over threats to deny access to its islands in the South China Sea and talk of abandoning the One China Policy. Whether this was done out of ignorance is unclear, but when China faced up to his bluster he backed down, temporarily at least. The abandonment of TPP has been especially damaging and galling to Abe Shinzo. More widely there is talk of countries who had signed up to TPP looking now to China to lead trade development in the Asia/Pacific. North Korea will not be cowed by its threats, and in the absence of negotiations or even, as the Chinese have recently suggested (endorsing in fact an earlier proposal from Pyongyang) of tension reduction by cancelling the huge military exercises (300,000+troops) in exchange for a moratorium on missiles and nuclear tests, will continue to develop its nuclear deterrent.

As the failures of Trump’s policies become increasingly evident, there is a strong possibility that his thoughts will turn to war. He seems psychologically disposed to abusive exercise of power. As host of a reality TV program, he was limited to shouting ‘You’re fired,’ but as president of the United States he unfortunately has more power, if not more wisdom.

Tim Beal is a scholar who has been researching the geopolitics of Asia. His personal website is at http://www.timbeal.net.nz/

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Trump, The Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP) and the Squandering of America’s “Soft Power Advantage”

We previously noted that the Internet of Things (IoT) is a scam … being pushed so that Big Brother can spy on us.

Believe it or not, IoT may also pose health and safety risks.

Devra Lee Davis – Founding Director of the Board on Environmental Studies and Toxicology of the U.S. National Research Council, National Academy of Sciences, Founding Director of the Center for Environmental Oncology, University of Pittsburgh Cancer Institute, who has taught at the University of California, San Francisco and Berkeley, Dartmouth, Georgetown, Harvard, London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine and other major universities, and has had articles published in Lancet,  Journal of the American Medical Association to Scientific American, the New York Times and elsewhere – says that the 5G wavelengths used in IoT have never been tested for health effects, and may adversely impact our skin and sweat glands:

Dr. Davis’ group – Environmental Health Trust – explains:

Israeli research studies presented at an international conference reveal that the same electromagnetic frequencies used for crowd control weapons form the foundation of the latest network – branded as 5G – that will tie together more than 50 billion devices as part of the Internet of Things. Current investigations of wireless frequencies in the millimeter and submillimeter range confirm that these waves interact directly with human skin, specifically the sweat glands. Dr. Ben-Ishai of the Department of Physics, Hebrew University, Israel recently detailed how human sweat ducts act like an array of helical antennas when exposed to these wavelengths. Scientists cautioned that before rolling out 5G technologies that use these frequencies, research on human health effects needed to be done first to ensure the public and environment are protected.

***

[Dr. Davis notes] “This work shows that the same parts of the human skin that allow us to sweat also respond to 5G radiation much like an antenna that can receive signals. We need the potential adverse health impacts of 5G to be seriously evaluated before we blanket our children, ourselves and the environment with this radiation.”

Research studies from the Dielectric Spectroscopy Laboratory of the Department of Applied Physics, Hebrew University of Jerusalem, headed by Dr. Yuri Feldman, indicate that millimeter and submillimeter waves may lead to preferential layer absorption. The number of sweat ducts within human skin varies from two million to four million. The researchers pointed to replicated peer research of these biological effects in laboratory research conducted in other countries and considered this mechanism of action well proven.

Today’s cellular and Wi-Fi networks rely on microwaves – a type of electromagnetic radiation utilizing frequencies up to 6 gigahertz (GHz) in order to wirelessly transmit voice or data. However, 5 G applications will require unlocking of new spectrum bands in higher frequency ranges above 6 GHz to 100 GHz and beyond, utilizing submillimeter and millimeter waves – to allow ultra-high rates of data to be transmitted in the same amount of time as compared with previous deployments of microwave radiation.

***

For years, the U.S., Russian and Chinese defense agencies have been developing weapons that rely on the capability of this electromagnetic technology to induce unpleasant burning sensations on the skin as a form of crowd control. Millimeter waves are utilized by the U.S. Army in crowd dispersal guns called Active Denial Systems. Dr. Paul Ben-Ishai pointed to research that was commissioned by the U.S. Army to find out why people ran away when the beam touched them. “If you are unlucky enough to be standing there when it hits you, you will feel like your body is on fire.” The U.S. Department of Defense explains how: “The sensation dissipates when the target moves out of the beam. The sensation is intense enough to cause a nearly instantaneous reflex action of the target to flee the beam.”

The conference at the Israel Institute for Advanced Studies at Hebrew University (IIAS) was organized in cooperation with the U.S. National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS) and the Environmental Health Trust (EHT).

Verizon just announced that 5G networks will be tested in 11 U.S. cities. 5G Networks will involve the deployment of millions of antennas nationwide, thousands in each city, because millimeter waves cannot easily travel through buildings or other obstacles. Proposed installations have led to public outcry in residential areas where homeowners do not want antennas mounted at their yards or near schools.

***

“There is an urgent need to evaluate 5G health effects now before millions are exposed. We need to know if 5G increases the risk of skin diseases such as melanoma or other skin cancers,” stated Ron Melnick, the National Institutes of Health scientist, now retired, who led the design of the National Toxicology Program study on cell phone radiofrequency radiation.

Dariusz Leszczynski, PhD, Chief Editor of Radiation and Health, stated that the international organization – called ICNIRP – developing recommendations for public exposure limits of these higher frequencies was planning to classify all the skin in the human body as belonging to the limbs rather than to the head or torso. Leszczynski cautioned that, “If you classify skin as limbs – no matter where the skin is – you are permitted to expose it more than otherwise.”

“The use of sub-terahertz (Millimeter wave) communications technology (cell phones, Wi-Fi, network transmission antennas) could cause humans to feel physical pain via nociceptors, ” stated Dr. Yael Stein, MD, who wrote a letter to the Federal Communications Commission about 5G Spectrum Frontiers.

Additional resources include:

Human Skin as Arrays of Helical Antennas in the Millimeter and Submillimeter Wave Range
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/51394628_Human_Skin_as_Arrays_of_Helical_Antennas_in_the_Millimeter_and_Submillimeter_Wave_Range

Research Study Summaries at Hebrew University Department of Applied Physics
http://aph.huji.ac.il/people/feldman/research.htm#Human%20Skin%20as%20Arrays%20of%20Helical%20Antennas%20in%20the%20Millimeter%20and%20Submillimeter%20Wave%20Range

PDF of Abstract for January 24, 2017 IIAS Presentation
http://ehtrust.org/wp-content/uploads/Yuri-Feldman-and-Paul-Ben-Ishai-Abstract.pdf

Letter from Dr. Yael Stein to Federal Communications Commission on Spectrum Frontiers
http://ehtrust.org/letter-fcc-dr-yael-stein-md-opposition-5g-spectrum-frontiers/

REFERENCES

US Department of Defense Non-Lethal Weapons Program FAQS
http://jnlwp.defense.gov/About/Frequently-Asked-Questions/Active-Denial-System-FAQs/

A Narrative Summary and Independent Assessment of the Active Denial System The Human Effects Advisory Panel
http://jnlwp.defense.gov/Portals/50/Documents/Future_Non-Lethal_Weapons/HEAP.pdf

Everything You Need to Know About 5G
http://spectrum.ieee.org/video/telecom/wireless/everything-you-need-to-know-about-5g

Potential Risks to Human Health from Future Sub-MM Communication Systems: Paul Ben-Ishai, PhD Video Lecture Presentation
https://youtu.be/VuVtGldYXK4?list=PLT6DbkXhTGoArWUNJc0tUcKW9Ue_sbCk1

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on The Same Frequencies Used for Pain-Inflicting Crowd Control Weapons Form the Foundation of the Network That Will Tie Together More Than 50 Billion Devices as Part of the Internet of Things

The Richard Falk/Virginia Tilley report, discussed in a same day article, drew strong criticism from Israeli officials as expected. 

They’re not pleased about scathing truth-telling, discussing disturbing facts about their apartheid regime, brutalizing Palestinians from inception, committing slow-motion genocide against a defenseless people.

Israel’s Foreign Ministry spokesman criticized the UN Economic and Social Commission for Western Asia (ESCWA) for publishing the report, comparing it to Der Sturmer, a Nazi anti-Semitic publication.

Israeli UN envoy Danny Danon said the report

“is despicable an constitutes a blatant lie. It comes as no surprise that an organization headed by an individual who has called for boycotts against Israel, and compared our democracy to the most terrible regimes of the 20th century, would publish such a report.”

The World Jewish Congress called the report a

“piece of vile propaganda that has no basis in fact.” It ludicrously claimed Israeli Arab citizens have equal rights as Jews. Indisputable evidence proves otherwise.

A coalition of US Zionist organizations called on the UN to publicly reject the report, accusing the authors of launching “unjustified and outrageous attacks on Israel.”

Hard truths don’t go down well in Tel Aviv or Washington. US UN envoy Nikki Haley called it “unsurprising (that) such anti-Israel propaganda (sic) would come from a body whose membership nearly universally does not recognize Israel…”

She demanded the UN “withdraw the report altogether.” It’s in the public domain, extensively commented on, including by myself. It covers vital information I’ve discussed in many articles on Israel/Palestine, a topic I revisit frequently.

UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres’ spokesperson Stephane Durarric said “(w)e just saw the report today. It was done without any prior consultation with the secretary general. The report as it stands does not reflect the stance of the secretary general.”

Washington didn’t approve his appointment to criticize Israeli, US or NATO policies, just to be a loyal imperial servant like his predecessors.

The Falk/Tilley report reveals important hard truths about Israel’s fantasy democracy, its dark side, its apartheid cruelty against Palestinians for praying to the wrong God, persecuting them the way Hitler treated Jews.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at [email protected]

His new book as editor and contributor is titled “Flashpoint in Ukraine: How the US Drive for Hegemony Risks WW III.”

http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanIII.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com

Listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network.

 

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Censorship of UN Report Calling Israel an “Apartheid Regime”. Backlash of Pro-Israeli Lobby

Former high school teacher Mark Taliano is an author and independent investigative reporter who recently returned from a trip to Syria with the Third International Tour of Peace to Syria.

In his book new book, Voices from Syria, he combines years of research with on-the-ground observations to present an informed and well-documented analysis that refutes mainstream media narratives about the dirty war on Syria.

Mark gave a talk in Hamilton, Ontario following his trip to Syria.

Global Research Publishers brings you “Voices from Syria”, a new e-book by author Mark Taliano. The book is now available for order on our online store.

Click HERE to order.

Excerpt from Preface:

Between 15 and 23 September 2016, I travelled to war-torn Syria because I sensed years ago that the official narratives being fed to North Americans across TV screens, in newsprint and on the internet were false. The invasions of Afghanistan, Iraq, and Libya were all based on lies; likewise for Ukraine.

All of the post-9/11 wars were sold to Western audiences through a sophisticated network of interlocking governing agencies that disseminate propaganda to both domestic and foreign audiences. But the dirty war on Syria is different. The degree of war propaganda levelled at Syria and contaminating humanity at this moment is likely unprecedented. I had studied and written about Syria for years, so I was not entirely surprised by what I saw.

What I felt was a different story. Syria is an ancient land with a proud and forward-looking people. To this ancient and holy land we sent mercenaries, hatred, bloodshed and destruction. We sent strange notions of national exceptionalism and wave upon wave of lies. As a visitor I felt shame, but Syrians welcomed me as one of them. These are their stories; these are their voices.

**New Book: Voices from Syria**

Author: Mark Taliano

ISBN Number: 978-0-9737147-9-1

Year: 2017

Product Type: PDF File

List Price: $6.50

Special Offer: $5.00 

Click to order

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Syria: The Psyop of the So-called “Moderate Terrorists”

The US and its allies have spun a web of lies about Syria over the last 6 years. After West and Gulf-backed terrorists were driven from their stronghold in eastern Aleppo this past December, the West’s propaganda facade has been gradually disintegrating. 

On a recent SUNDAY WIRE episode, host Patrick Henningsen conducted a live interview with French humanitarian Pierre Le Corf, who has been based in Aleppo for the last year. In this incredibly segment, Le Corf gives details about the the current safety situation in the city, as well as new evidence which reinforces previous reports regarding the US and UK funded White Helmets’ obvious terrorist affiliations.

Listen to Le Corf’s interview segment here: 

Le Corf’s video completely dismantle’s the corporate media’s deceptive White Helmet narrative which the west has been promoting intensely over the last 3 and half years.

Pierre Le Corf writes: “As a French citizen, I refuse to support my country’s criminal foreign policy. Please read my letter to the President of the French republic where I outline my objections very clearly. In less than two hours I have gathered images of two hospitals that are still operating, claimed to have been destroyed. I have walked past tonnes of medicines reserved for the various terrorist groups and prohibited for civilians. I have passed by the remains of the buildings under the control of Jabhat Al Nusra and the Free Syrian Army, next door to the White Helmets building, which as civilian testimony shows us, mainly helped terrorists not civilians.”

Watch this stunning video walk-through of former White Helmet and Al Nusra (al Qaeda) encampments in war-torn East Aleppo:

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on “Terrorism with a Human Face”: White Helmets Were Al Qaeda’s Next Door Neighbours in Aleppo

As the ISIS terrorist group is collapsing in Syria and Iraq, the competition among powers involved in the conflict increases.

In March, Moscow and Astana become the main centers of the diplomatic activity with top leaders from Israel, Turkey, the UK and other powers discussing the issues confronting the Middle East. Ongoing events aim to shape the climate of international relations in the region after defeating ISIS. The key players’ conflicting agendas come head to head with each other.

Israel is concerned over the increased Iranian influence, and the growing military capabilities of Hezbollah. The Press Service of the Israeli Prime Minister confirmed that his working visit to Russia pursued two goals:

  1. To continue cooperation in order to avoid Israeli-Russian incidents and tensions in Syria;
  2. To demonstrate Israel’s disagreement on the military presence of Iran or its proxies at the northern Israeli border and in the Mediterranean. Israel will keep this stance no matter what result of any Syrian settlement.

Another problem for Israel, is the collapse of militant groups in Southern Syria. Both ISIS and so-called moderate rebels had not conducted operations against Israel during the Syrian war. Furthermore, militants fighting the Assad government were being treated in Israeli hospitals until early March. Some Syrian sources report that anti-Assad militant groups had been receiving military assistance from Israel.

The Israeli military has repeatedly directed airstrikes against the Syrian army and Hezbollah. However, the ISIS military defeat pushed its members and ISIS-linked groups to adjust. Mounting pressure from the Syrian-Iranian-Russian coalition pushed militants to relocate to Lebanon and Jordan, to search for new patrons, sources of funds and bases.

The Israeli leadership is concerned that these militants could join some anti-Israeli groups operating in Lebanon and the nearby areas. Thus, Israel faces major security threats at its borders in the areas of the Golan Heights and Galilee, but the strategic threats from Iran and Hezbollah are the main priority. In this case, Israel has full support from the US and the EU, as well as the UK, Turkey and the Gulf monarchies.

Netanyahu aimed to convince President Putin that Russia and Iran no longer share any common ground in Syria and proposed some alternatives to Moscow. The Israeli agenda is also heavily supported by the mainstream media and think-tanks, which push the narrative, on a constant basis, that some “hidden” tensions between Moscow and Tehran exist. These “analyses” attempt to showcase some differences in the approaches implemented by Russia and Iran as a major rift, but ignore the fact of close cooperation and joint mid-term goals over the course of the conflict.

While Turkey was providing general support to the Israeli efforts, its delegation, which also visited Moscow, pushed its own agenda. Ankara sees its military gains in northern Syria as a major success and wants to repeat this success on the diplomatic front. The Turkish leadership is specifically concerned with the following issues:

  1. Military operations by the Kurdish People’s Protection Units (YPG) which are now de-facto backed up by the Syrian Arab Army and the Russian Defense Ministry. The Syrian and Russian military presence west of the YPG-held town of Manbij greatly complicates any prospective Turkish military actions against Kurdish forces there;
  2. Growing activity of the Russian military forces and their operations across Syria, especially at the contact line with the Turkish Armed Forces and pro-Turkish militant groups;
  3. Prospective operations against ISIS, particularly the upcoming advance on Raqqah;
  4. The Russian support for Syrian reconciliation, which would likely lead to at least the creation of a Kurdish cultural autonomy within Syria.

Strategically, Erdogan and his colleagues are concerned over the growing “de-facto” influence of Russia and Iran in the Middle East. In a similar vein, Turkey seeks to expand its own power in Syria and Iraq.

The maximum objectives of Turkish foreign policy in the region:

  1. To depose President Bashar al-Assad;
  2. To turn Syria into an Islamic parliamentary republic;
  3. To push a major pro-Turkish political block into the Syrian parliament (at least 30% of the seats);
  4. To form a coalition government led by a pro-Turkish prime minister, which will benefit to interests of Qatar, Saudi Arabia and Israel;
  5. To expel Kurdish political entities and Kurds from the Syrian politic, in general;
  6. To re-launch the Qatar-Turkey pipeline project.

If Ankara is not able to achieve its maximum goals in Syria, it will try at least to set up a Turkish-controlled quasi-state in northern Syria. Then, Turkey will likely try to annex this area.

The Erdogan government is ready to allow more latitude in order to achieve its goals in Syria. Turkish leadership has prepared a bundle agreement which it believes should be of benefit to Russia. However, this looks questionable, because Turkey does depend on Russia economically, while the reverse is not true. This is especially clear in the energy and tourism sectors.

The formal results of the Russian-Turkish talks showed that the sides were not able to reach a broad agreement. Erdogan even admitted that the Turkish Stream gas pipeline and Akkuyu Nuclear Power Plant, the two main energy projects, are still in question. The main Turkish economic achievement was that the Russian Government authorized import of oranges, tangerines, peaches, nectarines, plums, apricots and blackthorns from Turkey and repealed a ban on visas for Turkish guest workers.

Putin and Erdogan also praised the two nations’ cooperation over the Syrian conflict. However, the recent Turkish offensive actions against the Syrian army and Kurdish forces west of Manbij were likely the main reason that the talks did not yield significant progress.

While Saud Arabia and Qatar continue providing financial support to terrorist groups operating in Syria, the main tool of the Saudi Arabian influence is Jabhat Al-Nusra, renamed  Jabhat Fatah al-Sham, and then to Hayat Tahrir al-Sham. Today they have almost no independent agenda in Syria.  Both Gulf nations are fomenters of violence against the Assad government, and concerned over growing Iranian influence in the region. Growing Iranian influence often leads to the growth of protest sentiments among the oppressed Shia minorities of both nations. The crisis is further fueled by the failure of the Saudi-led intervention into Yemen where the Saudi coalition cannot deliver a devastating blow to the Houthi-Saleh alliance, which is partly backed by Tehran. This has led to enormous military expenditures and the demoralization of the kingdom’s military forces. The rift among the members of the Saudi-led alliance also plays an important role in the current situation. Thus, on a regional level, Saudi Arabia and Qatar act as de-facto allies of Israel. This reality undermines their fraudulent, yet often asserted role as the true defenders of the Arab population in the region.

The security situation is also complicated in Jordan. The high popularity of radical Islamic ideologies and the high number of refugees in the area are the main factors causing the instability.

The administration of US President Donald Trump has decided to intensify military deployments in crisis zones across the Greater Middle East. The Pentagon sent troops and equipment to Syria in order to intensify operations against ISIS. The US Special Forces and the Marines are actively participating in the anti-ISIS operation in western Mosul. Meanwhile, the US contingent is set to be reinforced in Afghanistan.

These actions show that the Trump administration has shifted its course from the failed Obama policies aimed to train the so-called “local forces”, to a direct-action approach. This will lead to a deeper involvement of US military forces in operations in crises zones around the world. This approach will likely lead to a relatively fast victory over ISIS in Raqqah and Mosul, but will not resolve the main reason of the conflict – tensions among various local fractions fueled by the activity of various sponsors of “terrorism for democracy”.

Meanwhile, the US State Department declared that Hayat Tahrir al-Sham and all factions which merged into it are now considered by the US as a terrorist group. This statement is similar to the position of the Russian-Syrian-Iranian alliance over this “moderate opposition faction” operating in the Syrian province of Idlib. At the same time, the course of the Trump administration is aimed at expanding and strengthening US ties with Saudi Arabia.

In light of these realities, the collapse of ISIS may not mean the end of the Middle East crisis and the region could face another crisis by the end of 2017.

If you’re able, and if you like our content and approach, please support the project. Our work wouldn’t be possible without your help: PayPal: [email protected] or via: http://southfront.org/donate/ or via: https://www.patreon.com/southfront

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Video: Collapse of the Islamic State (ISIS-Daesh), Geopolitical Standoff in Post-ISIS Middle East

From Nuisance to Threat: The High Cost of Truth

March 18th, 2017 by Dr. Paul Craig Roberts

When one gives so much scarce time and energy from one’s life to a large and unknown public, one needs to know that it is sufficiently appreciated to be a worthwhile use of one’s time and energy. This is especially the case when there are large costs associated with the commitment.

I am convinced that the US, and probably the entire Western world, that is, the American Empire, has entered an era in which respect for truth does not exist in public and private institutions. We have been watching this develop for some time. Think, for example, back to August 3, 2002, a recent time in terms of our present predicament, but a time prior to political consciousness of anyone younger today than 33 years old. In the summer of 2002, the world was being prepared by propaganda for a US invasion of Iraq. On August 3 of that year, the prestigous British publication,

The Economist, summed up the consensus of ruling opinion in two sentences: “The honest choices now are to give up and give in, or to remove Mr. Hussein before he gets his [nuclear] bomb. Painful as it is, our vote is for war.”

As Lewis Lapham, myself and others asked at the time, what bomb? The only evidence of a bomb was fabricated and known to be fabricated. The UN weapons inspectors concluded that the infamous Weapons of Mass Destruction were a creation of US propaganda. President George W. Bush eventually acknowledged that Iraq had no such weapons. US Secretary of State Colin Powell said that the lies he was deceived by the Bush regime into telling the UN about Saddam Hussein’s WMD are a stain on his career.

Despite the 2003 US invasion known to have been based entirely on lies, US troops were not pulled out of Iraq until 2011, and whether or not they were pulled out, they are back in Iraq now. None of these facts has had any impact on the good opinion that Washington and the media have of themselves.

Unchastened, Washington and its presstitutes lied about Libya and destroyed that prosperous country. They lied about “Assad’s use of chemical weapons against his own people,” and would have destroyed Syria also had it not been for the Russians.

Blocked by Russia, Obama, Hillary, and Victoria Nuland turned on Russia, first overthrowing the democratically elected government in Ukraine, and when Crimeans voted practically unanimously to reunite with Russia, the Obama regime and its media whores falsely alleged “Russian invasion of Ukraine.”

This false charge, repeated endlessly still today by the Western presstitutes, became the justification for economic sanctions against Russia that Washington imposed on its European vassals, entirely at their expense, which shows what craven cowards European governments are. If Washington orders “jump,” the UK Prime Minister, the German Chancellor, the French President ask, “How High?”

One of the reasons Donald Trump was elected president was his commitment to normalizing relations with Russia and reconsidering the continuation of NATO a quarter century after its purpose ceased to exist with the collapse of the Soviet Union. Trump’s commitment constituted a direct threat to the power and profit of the US military/security complex, whose $1,000 billion annual budget requires a major threat that only Russia can provide.

Consequently, Russia and its president have been demonized. American propaganda, bald-faced lies, spread fear of Russia and Putin throughout the American Empire. The Empire’s response to those who confront the propaganda with the facts is to denounce those with the facts as “Russian agents” or “Putin’s dupes.”

The hatred of Russia that has been inculcated by the neocons and presstitute media has resulted in Republican Senator John McCain, representing Arizona (to the disgrace of Arizonians), calling on the Senate floor Republican Senator Rand Paul, representing Kentucky, a person who “is now working for Vladimir Putin” for objecting to tiny Montenegro being made a NATO member.

http://news.antiwar.com/2017/03/15/sen-john-mccain-rand-paul-is-working-for-vladimir-putin/

When this website was included on a list of 200 Russian agent/dupe websites by a secret, undisclosed group called PropOrNot, I wondered whose money was behind this entity as well hidden as an offshore money laundering operation. I made a joke of it, which amused the Russians.

As no one knows what PropOrNot is, the site has no credibility. So the forces for war moved up several levels to Harvard University Library. On that website someone posted what is essentially the PropOrNot list. Harvard does not say that the list is vetted or explain why anyone should believe it. The list is attributed to a Melissa Zindars, an assistant professor of communication and media at some unnamed institution. It is a list, she says, that she uses in her class to teach students how to avoid “fake and false news.” In other words, the list reflects her own ignorance and biases.

As one reader observed, Melissa tells on her own indoctrination by the presstitute, CIA-serving US media: “I read/watch/listen very widely, from mainstream, corporate owned sources (The New York Times, The Washington Post, The Boston Globe, The Wall Street Journal, Forbes) as well as The Atlantic, National Public Radio, and various local and alternative sources with different political perspectives (Truth-Out).”

So here we have the Western world informed by Harvard University Library of who is safe to read on the basis of an unknown young woman’s biases. Those safe to read are the lying presstitute media who serve the cause of war and the police state.

When you witness this level of total corruption at what pretends to be America’s finest university, and it is on top of the 24 years of nothing but lies from the previous three two-term presidents, who between them have murdered and dislocated millions of people in numerous countries, and not been held accountable for even one of the millons of lives destroyed, you cannot avoid realizing that for the United States and its corrupt vassal states, Truth is something to be avoided at all costs.

When Trump collapsed under pressure and fired his National Security Adviser, Gen. Flynn, he unintentionally gave credence to the charge that any and all who think well of normalized relations with the other major nuclear power are “Russian agents,” and that to be a “Russian agent” means that you are guilty of treason and deserve to be impeached if you happen to be the President of the United States.

The consequence of Flynn’s removal from office has been to enable the Russophobic forces to define as treason the desire for detente with Russia. If this had been imposed on US presidents during the First Cold War, probably life on earth would not exist today.

What is scary about the US and Europe is not merely the gullibility and insouciance of such a large percentage of the populations. What is very frightening is the willingness of the media, government officials, military, and members of professional organizations to lie for the sake of their careers. Try to find any shame among the liars that their lies expose humanity to thermo-nuclear annihilation. It is not to be found. They don’t care. Just let me have the Mercedes and the McMansion for another year.

The Saker, an observant being, says that the color revolution being conducted by the neoconservatives, the Democratic Party, the presstitutes, the liberal/progressive/left, and by some Republicans against President Trump is “de-legitimizing the entire [democratic] political process which brought Trump to power and upon which the United States is built as a society.”

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/46658.htm 

The consequence, says The Saker, is that “the illusion of democracy and people power” has been destroyed both domestically and abroad. The propaganda picture of “American Democracy” has lost its believability. As the false picture crumbles, so does the power that was based on authority constructed by propaganda.

The Saker asks: do we face an endless horror or a horrible end?

As George Orwell said decades ago, “In a time of universal deceit, telling the truth is a revolutionary act.”

This is the way the criminals who rule us see it, and it is the way their whores in the media see it. If you tell the truth in America, you are a purveyor of fake news and possibly a traitor.

As long as you support this site, I will continue to face the obvious consequences. Perhaps Neo will turn up.

Dr. Paul Craig Roberts was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy and associate editor of the Wall Street Journal. He was columnist for Business Week, Scripps Howard News Service, and Creators Syndicate. He has had many university appointments. His internet columns have attracted a worldwide following. Roberts’ latest books are The Failure of Laissez Faire Capitalism and Economic Dissolution of the WestHow America Was Lost, and The Neoconservative Threat to World Order.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on From Nuisance to Threat: The High Cost of Truth

Video: ISIS Defenses Collapsing Across Syria

March 18th, 2017 by South Front

In the province of Aleppo, the Syrian army’s Tiger Forces liberated the villages of Tal Ahmar, Asimiyah, Qarin, Hazazah, Tal Ayyub, Um Zulaylah and Rasm al-Harmel. Government troops also attacked ISIS units at Ahmadiyah and Zubaydah.

Government forces took control of the Al-Mazar Mountaion, the nearby military depots, the Palmyra gas field. Government troops destroyed an ISIS vehicle at the al-Talila crossroad and some 4 ISIS members at the town of Arak.

Over 150 Russian sappers arrived the Syrian city of Palmyra to take part in a mine clearance effort, the Russian Defense Ministry announced. The sappers will use cutting-edge equipment and protective gear, Ruslan Alakhverdiyev, Deputy Chief of the Russian Armed Forces’ Engineering Troops said at the Russia-24 TV channel.

The US-backed Syrian Democratic Forces (SDF) mostly consisting of the People’s Protection Units (YPG) captured the Hamad Assaf and al-Kulayb villages, the al-Kulayb Grain Silos and entered entered Judayat Khabur east of the ISIS-held city of Raqqah.

The Free Syrian Army’s Martyr Ahmad al-Abdo Forces have launched an offensive against the ISIS terrorist group in the eastern part of the Qalamoun Mountains in the Rif Dimashq province. Pro-militant sources claim that the Martyr Ahmad al-Abdo Forces seized multiple sites from ISIS. Clashes are ongoing.

Iraqi forces secured the Badush area west of Mosul after a series of clashes with ISIS terrorists in the area and recaptured a large chunk of Mosul’s Old City and three of five Mosul bridges. Up to 20 ISIS members were killed in the recent clashes in the area. According to the Iraqi military, Iraqi forces have achieved control over 60 percent of western Mosul since operations to recapture that area launched in February.

If you’re able, and if you like our content and approach, please support the project. Our work wouldn’t be possible without your help: PayPal: [email protected] or via: http://southfront.org/donate/ or via: https://www.patreon.com/southfront

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Video: ISIS Defenses Collapsing Across Syria

Rwanda: Human Rights Watch and the Absolute Truth

March 18th, 2017 by Ann Garrison

Human Rights Watch (HRW) is well known for accepting U.S. wars of aggression so long as they’re conducted according to the Geneva Conventions. HRW famously crusades for the same U.S. wars of aggression for the purpose of protecting citizens of other nations from their own governments. Its warmongering catechism includes Halabja, Rwanda, Srebrenica and now Aleppo, all of which it cites as failures to protect civilians that compel the U.S. to humanitarian war evermore.

This week HRW’s Central Africa Director, Ida Sawyer, produced an HRW absolutist classic, A March 8th HRW “dispatch.” It tells the story of Joseph Nkusi, a Rwandan blogger and political asylum seeker who was deported from Norway after a court rejected his claim that he would be persecuted if he were deported to Rwanda after eight years in Norway. Nkusi was arrested upon arrival, like most Rwandan emigrés who fail to convince Western courts that they will be persecuted in Rwanda. He is now on trial for “genocide ideology,” a Rwandan crime modeled on European “Holocaust denial” laws, which makes it illegal to publicly “deny, revise, trivialize, or negate” the Rwandan Genocide. In Rwanda, even using the description “Rwandan Genocide” is a crime; authorities enforce a law passed in 2008 making “genocide against the Tutsi” the only legal description.

Joseph Nkusi is on trial for claiming that both Hutus and Tutsis were targeted in a “double genocide,” meaning that members of both groups killed each other during the Rwandan war and massacres of 1990 – 1994. Human Rights Watch is OK with Nkusi’s prosecution because its own absolutist conclusions about the genocide are compatible with those of Rwanda’s absolutist, totalitarian government:

“Some of the writings on Nkusi’s blog relay claims about the genocide that are unfounded – stating, for example, that both Hutus and Tutsis were targeted in a ‘double genocide.’ This is offensive to genocide survivors [Tutsis], and contrary to research findings by Human Rights Watch and other independent organizations. Other writings criticize the Rwandan government’s human rights record.”

There is abundant evidence that both Kagame’s Tutsi army and Tutsi civilians targeted Hutu people for mass killing, not only in Rwanda but also in the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC). Canadian journalist Judi Rever has documented the massacre of Hutu people committed by Kagame’s army with the help of Tutsi technocrats in, for example, “What Remains Hidden in Rwanda: The Role of Tutsi Civilians in Killing Hutus.”

Australian peacekeepers and Australian artist George Gittoes observed and documented the Kibeho Massacre of Hutu refugees in Rwanda on April 22,1995. The UN Mapping Report on Human Rights Abuse, 1993 – 2003, documented the massacre of Rwandan Hutu refugees who fled into DRC to escape Kagame’s advancing army. In Dying to Live: A Rwandan Family’s Five-Year Flight Across the Congo, Hutu refugee Pierre-Claver Ndacyayisenga recounts their harrowing journey all the way through the Congolese jungle, from east to west, with Kagame’s Rwandan Patriotic Army in pursuit.

In Surviving the Slaughter, Marie Beatrice Umutesi recounts the same horrors, as does the five part documentary Tingi Tingi Hutu Refugee Massacre.  Other well documented challenges to the Human Rights Watch narrative include Robin Philpot‘s Rwanda and the New Scramble for Africa: from Tragedy to Useful Fiction, Peter Erlinder‘s The Accidental Genocide, and Barrie Collins‘s Rwanda Genocide: The Myth of the Akazu Genocide Experience and Its Consequences.

It seems that none of this evidence has reached Human Rights Watch or, if it did, the organization was unwilling to recant its own absolutist conclusions about “genocide against the Tutsi.” According to Ida Sawyer, Nkusi’s arrest for daring to differ is justifiable. However, Sawyer is concerned about Rwandans’ freedom to criticize the Rwandan government’s human rights record:

“Nkusi’s trial is an opportunity for Rwanda to show that it clearly distinguishes between ‘genocide ideology’ – a criminal offense in Rwandan law – and free speech, or the freedom to criticize the government or the ruling party.”

. . .

“While some of his writings are reprehensible, the Rwandan authorities should ensure that Joseph Nkusi gets a fair trial and is not prosecuted nor convicted for criticism of the government or the ruling party. International actors, including the government of Norway, should closely monitor the trial proceedings and be prepared to publicly denounce any breaches of fair trial standards or violation of free speech.”

As is so often the case, Human Rights Watch knows the one, the only, and the absolute truth and deploys it to justify human rights crimes, from bombing Libya and Syria to the imprisonment of a Rwandan blogger who dares to differ with the Rwandan government and with HRW’s own “research findings.”

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Rwanda: Human Rights Watch and the Absolute Truth

The last part of the African continent to be analyzed in the Hybrid War vulnerability study is its western core region around Nigeria. This part of Africa is significant for many reasons, not least of which are its demographic and energy potential. Nigeria importantly sits at the juncture of what observers traditionally delineate as West and Central Africa, though for the sake of the present study’s scope and strategic relevance, the countries of Chad and Cameroon – regularly categorized as part of Central Africa – are redefined as West Africa because their security and strategic outlook are most immediately tied to events in that region as opposed to the one that they’re popularly grouped with.

The research aims to demonstrate the importance of the author’s definition of the West Africa Core Region (WACR) to China’s New Silk Road strategy for the continent as well as reveal the many Hybrid War risks that threaten its future integration into Beijing’s grand envisioned project.

This introductory article will spell out the geostrategic context of West Africa and describe some of the larger influencing factors at play in the region. After that, the subsequent chapters will then proceed to analyze Chad, Cameroon, Niger, and Nigeria in that order.

Connecting The Giants

Basic Concept:

Hitherto this point, the research described the two bicoastal transportation infrastructure projects that China is pursuing in Africa as being the Northern Trans-African Route (NTAR) and its Southern Trans-African Route (STAR) counterpart. While these two are actively being pursued, they weren’t the only opportunities that China had for linking Africa’s Atlantic and Indian Ocean coasts, with what might have been the original plan being scuttled long before any official proposal in this direction could have been proffered.

From a grand strategic standpoint, it makes the most sense for China to connect Africa’s two largest countries together across a vast resource-rich belt in order to maximize their future economic strengths as prospective Chinese-friendly multipolar leaders in the continent. Practically speaking, this would mean joining Ethiopia and Nigeria by means of South Sudan and the Central African Republic, though because of the absolutely dysfunctional workings of these two civil war-torn transit states, there was no way that China could seriously offer even a vague proposal for making this happen. The below map illustrates the basic concept for connecting these two demographic giants:

The US’ efforts in contributing to the Failed State Belt that was just discussed in the prior chapter can be seen in hindsight as a cost-effective masterstroke in preempting a Chinese-built New Silk Road passage between these two states. The externally provoked destabilizations in South Sudan and the Central African Republic have been impactful enough that they’ve completely broken the idea of a unified government in each state, let alone the very idea of a “government” and “state” in these adjacent territories. It’s unclear how long it will take to rectify the damages that have been inflicted and return even a semblance of law, order, and stability to these two countries, but for the time being, it can be safely assumed that neither South Sudan nor the Central African Republic could function as reliable transit states in fulfilling this vision. This is despite the tempting opportunity to use their extracted resources to further fuel Nigerian and Ethiopian growth as part of China’s supreme strategy for ensuring Africa’s sustained multipolarity under its guiding influence.

The Sahel Silk Road

In light of the obvious obstacles that the Failed State Belt poses to this vision, a second workaround is conceptually possible but similarly marred by American-encouraged destabilization. Running from northern Nigeria through Chad and Sudan, this ‘detour’ of sorts could terminate at Port Sudan and/or continue into Ethiopia, though the latter is uncertain due to Khartoum’s oftentimes tense relations with Addis Ababa over the Grand Ethiopian Renaissance Dam project. Despite the Sudanese Foreign Minister recently stating that his country’s differences with Ethiopia on this divisive project have been settled, Sudan might not have any interest in taking ties with Ethiopia to the trusted level that its integration along this Sahel Silk Road would necessitate.  Before going any further, here’s a useful depiction of how this path would look:

Khartoum would be the pivotal node in this construction no matter whether the terminal point is in Port Sudan and/or Addis Ababa. Both locations are easily accessible by Chinese merchants in that the first can be directly reached on the Red Sea while the latter is linked to by means of the Djibouti-Ethiopia railroad. The second scenario might be more difficult to pull off in the long run because no railroad presently exists between Ethiopia and Sudan and likely won’t be constructed for some time, if ever, due to the residual distrust lingering from the Grand Ethiopian Renaissance Dam controversy. Therefore, while it’s ideally in China’s best interests to expand the Sahel Silk Road to Ethiopia, more than likely, Addis Ababa wouldn’t be directly connected to this framework via any unimodal system for many years to come, though it could theoretically access it via highway routes.

That being said, even the Sahel Silk Road between Nigeria, Chad, and Sudan was beset with American-influenced problems before any real work on it could get underway. The Darfur issue sprung to the forefront of global attention during the mid-2000s, catapulted to fame by numerous celebrities who wanted to diversify their careers away from being Hollywood film stars to supposed “humanitarians”. Whether these individuals acted on their own self-interested prerogatives or were linked to the US “deep state” (permanent military-intelligence-diplomacy bureaucracies) in the manner that Angelina Jolie is by her membership in the Council of Foreign Relations, the point is that these “useful idiots” promoted a crisis that ended up having the effect of preemptively sabotaging China’s Sahel Silk Road plans for constructing an overland route connecting Nigeria with the Red Sea.

Port Sudan To Douala:

Once the Darfur issue eventually blew over and the tensions between Sudan and Chad were resolved, Boko Haram coincidentally emerged as a transnational threat of an even larger magnitude than Darfur ever was, thereby putting an indefinite hold on whatever hopes China may have had for actualizing this vision. Nevertheless, the Chinese are assiduous and aren’t used to being stopped in their plans, which is why they improvised a novel solution for getting around this new set of obstacles in their Silk Road designs. Instead of directly connecting Ethiopia with Nigeria, the Chinese now seem intent on linking Port Sudan with the Cameroonian Atlantic port of Douala by means of a future railway through Chad. It was announced in the summer of 2014 that China would provide $2 billion worth of financing for this endeavor, but since then, barely any news has surfaced about this project in the international press.

The last reliable tidbit to be heard about it came in August 2016 when the Sudanese Ambassador to Chad said that “arrangements are underway” for the Chadian portion of the initiative, while the Chad-Cameroon part of this corridor progressively continues to be constructed and is additionally supported by a $71 million loan from the World Bank to Yaoundé.  As for the Sudanese component, rail infrastructure already exists connecting the Darfur border town of Nyala to Khartoum and Port Sudan. On the surface of things, it might be confusing why China would want to connect Port Sudan with Douala when its original and most logical strategy calls for it to link Ethiopia and Nigeria instead, but in fact, what China is doing is merely adapting to the American-changed geostrategic conditions and trying to connect Nigeria with Port Sudan instead. Superficially, of course, none of this is happening since the railroad is expected to terminate in Cameroon and not Nigeria, but in practice, Douala is close enough to southern Nigeria as to be accessible to that market and thus integrate that part of the most populous African country into China’s multipolar transnational connective infrastructure project without much difficulty. Here’s a visualization of this new route:

As can be seen, a return to conflict in Darfur could jeopardize these plans, though it convincingly seems like Sudan has a lot more control over the situation at present than it previously did while still fighting another war in what is nowadays the territory of South Sudan. Also, the Chadian capital of N’Djamena is a key node that’s veritably threatened by Boko Haram, but given Chad’s strength and proactive measures in countering this menace, it doesn’t appear likely that it or the venture would be offset by this. What’s most interesting about this new Silk Road proposal, however, is how it’s essentially a blend of the two earlier discussed routes between Ethiopia and Nigeria and Sudan and Nigeria, whether by means of the Failed State Belt or the Sahel, respectively.

An intriguing observation is that the Ethiopia-South Sudan-Central African Republic-Cameroon-Southern Nigeria route passes through majority-Christian territory while the Northern Nigeria-Chad-Sudan counterpart goes through its overwhelmingly Muslim-inhabited counterpart. No strategic judgement is being made one way or another in this regard and these facts realistically didn’t play any role whatsoever in these two routes’ envisaged paths, but they’re nonetheless interesting to take note of. The blended Port Sudan-Douala Railway thus accordingly traverses through majority-Muslim territory in Sudan and most of Chad before crossing over into mostly Christian territory in southern Chad and the parts of Cameroon through which it passes. From the standpoint of the “Clash of Civilizations” blueprint that the US is following in dividing and ruling the Eastern Hemisphere, this would mean that any aggravation of identity (religious) tension between the people of northern/central and southern Chad could disrupt the entire project.

Core Dynamics

The geostrategic situation in the West Africa Core Region (WACR) must be expounded upon so that the reader can properly understand the relevant dynamics in this part of the continent. For starters, Nigeria is obviously the core for the entire region, with the neighboring countries of Benin, Niger, Chad, and Cameroon representing its ‘Near Abroad’ in geopolitical terms. These are the states most directly affected by whatever happens in Nigeria and vice-verse, hence why they’re all grouped together in this study as forming the WACR. Having established the parameters of this pivotal subregion, several relevant inferences can thus be made in helping others understand how each part relates to the other.

French Neo-Imperialism:

The most noticeable observation is that Nigeria is an Anglophone country surrounded by Francophone states. The differences between these two sets of countries go beyond the linguistic and into the political-economic realms. It’s clear that each category was previously colonized by a different European power, but a further subdivision can also be made among the four French states. Benin and Niger are part of the West African Franc that’s used among the West African Monetary Union’s (UEMOA) members, while Chad and Cameroon are members of the Economic and Monetary Community of Central Africa (CEMAC) that use the Central African Franc. Both currencies are directly controlled by Paris, so France thus exercises supreme neo-colonial influence over the affairs of almost every one of its former African colonies. Compounding this astounding level of control is its military component as expressed in Operation Barkhane, which is what France has now branded its transnational African deployment in the wake of the 2013 Malian intervention (officially known as Operation Serval). Of relevance to the WACR, this includes Niger and Chad, which are rich in uranium and oil, respectively. Taken together in all of its various iterations, France refers to its post-colonial policy towards Africa as “Françafrique”.

ECOWAS And Lake Chad:

For as much influence as France is exerting on its former colonies in the region, Nigeria is struggling to push back through its leadership in the Economic Community Of West African States (ECOWAS). As pertaining to WACR, this includes Niger and Benin, the latter state of which is essentially an outgrowth of Lagos in present-day strategic terms and French-extracted Nigerien uranium’s only present transit route to the sea. Nigeria is much too internally weakened right now to positively impact any of its neighbors except in broad future-oriented economic terms, but nevertheless, it remains a force to be reckoned with, which is why ECOWAS is indeed a regional integration organization for observers to keep an eye on.

The eastern borderland of this bloc includes the oil-rich Lake Chad region, which thus brings Cameroon and Chad into the same subregional geographic designation as Niger and Nigeria. Furthermore, the transnational threat of Boko Haram has tied these four countries even closer together as they multilaterally attempt to deal with this menace. The terrorist group is exceptionally dangerous to all of them because it nests within an easily traversable territory inherently vulnerable to Daesh-like sudden capture, which means that the states of the anti-Boko Haram coalition must always remain on guard to prevent this blitzkrieg-like threat from ever materializing.

Intra-Core Anglophone-Francophone Cooperation:

The anti-Boko Haram coalition of Cameroon, Chad, Niger, and Nigeria serves as more than just a counter-terrorist mechanism, since it also binds some of ECOWAS’ members together with CEMAC’s in the first transregional workable framework between the two. On a more symbolic front, it brings together the Anglophone and Francophone countries of the WACR in pursuing a shared concrete vision much more urgently defined than the one which ECOWAS provides.

Continuing along the tangent of Anglophone-Francophone cooperation in WACR, the earlier talk about constructing a Trans-Saharan Pipeline from Nigeria to Western Europe by means of Niger and Algeria also suffices as a possible joint example of this, but it must be emphasized that this gas project has never gotten off of the drawing boards and might likely never will due to the advent of LNG and the competitive price reduction that its future large-scale rollout will soon lead to, which will make this means of sale just as attractive and perhaps even more strategically secure than a standard land-based pipeline through such a volatile region.

Lastly, on the topic of issues that bridge the Anglophone-Francophone divide in the WACR, it needs to be mentioned that Cameroon by its present existence is a perfect example of this because of its 1961 democratic incorporation of the former UK colony of “Southern Cameroons”, which thenceforth turned the unified country into a meeting point for these two languages, albeit one that’s still geographically distinct.

Turbulence In The Transregional Pivot Space

 What follows is a gist of the Hybrid War scenarios that confront West Africa, though there are also a lot more nuanced details pertaining to them as well as several other related destabilization possibilities that will be explored in the coming chapters:

Boko Haram:

Nigeria is the geostrategic center of the WACR, and it follows that its internal destabilization would reverberate outwards through the rest of West and Central Africa just as Libya’s did vis-à-vis North Africa and the Sahara. The reader should remember that Nigeria links together ECOWAS and CEMAC, with the latter being bridged because of Cameroon and Chad’s active membership in the anti-Boko Haram Coalition. The terrorist group that they fight against is actually the number one threat to all four of them because its location around the Lake Chad basin means that it could easily spread from one Muslim community to the next, not only in ideological terms, but also as it relates to military conquest because of the easily traversable terrain that in many ways mirrors the one along the “Syraq” border. The difference, however, is that Nigeria’s neighbors have been strong enough to repel this threat as it infringed on their borders and actually took the initiative to push it back within Nigeria’s because Abuja was unable to properly deal with the group by itself. It’s a telling fact that the largest and most energy-rich country of the WACR is the least militarily capable of defending its own borders and restoring sovereignty within it, which speaks to the staggering level of corruption which has corroded the Nigerian Armed Forces for decades.

The Anti-Terrorist Coalition’s Shortcomings:

While it might seem as though the anti-Boko Haram coalition could succeed in containing the terrorist threat within Nigeria’s borders and thus protecting themselves from its contagion, the reality is a lot more complex because the slow-motion implosion of the Nigerian state would inevitably affect all of them with time. As Boko Haram returns to becoming more of a domestic Nigerian problem and less of an international transregional one between ECOWAS and CEMAC, it runs the danger of becoming too overwhelming for the Nigerian authorities themselves to handle and thus getting totally out of control. For sensitive reasons of national sovereignty, a coalition offensive deep into the heart of northeastern Nigeria could create a lot of domestic problems within the country and possibly raise tensions between itself and its militarily ambitious Chadian neighbor, so there’s a chance that N’Djamena will not go further within Nigeria than is necessary to directly protect its own security and borderland capital. Boko Haram is so dangerous to Nigeria not just because of what it physically does in the secluded corner of the country that it’s active in, but because of what it represents, which is a strong religious-regional (Muslim-Northern) identity backed up by militant means. The stronger that Boko Haram becomes and the longer that Abuja takes to fully root it out, the more emboldened that Christian-Southern insurgents such as MEND and the “Avengers” become in the other part of the country once referred to as “Biafra”.

Christian Counter-Responses:

This is extremely problematic for Nigeria because unlike Boko Haram, MEND and the “Avengers” are active in the most economically active part of the country that accounts for most of the government’s revenue, so an upsurge in religious-regional terrorist activity here could be devastating for the national coffers and thus multiply anti-government sentiment with time as the already impoverished population is forced to endure further budget cuts and resultant socio-economic hardships. The southern separatists could then branch out across the border in recruiting the coordinated help of their “Southern Cameroon” counterparts in recreating the Nigerian destabilization scenario inside Cameroon. Just as northern Nigeria is wracked by Boko Haram violence, so too is northern Cameroon, and it could then also experience the same sort of southern secessionist violence in the former British territories as its neighbor is latently going through in the Niger Delta, albeit for different but complementary reasons. In turn, if Chad can’t reliably access Cameroon in carrying out the 80% of national trade that it conducts through the country (including via the pipeline that traverses its territory), then not only would the CCS Silk Road through Cameroon, Chad, and Sudan be disrupted, but the middleman state in this arrangement would undergo aggravated domestic difficulties related to a lack of consumer goods and sky-high prices, which might naturally create space for a southern Chadian revolt among the historically restive Christian population that already distrusts the northern Muslim-led government.

The Bigger Picture:

The larger pattern being established here is that Muslim militancy in the northern reaches of Nigeria and Cameroon encourages its southern Christian counterpart, with the consequences of these dual interlinked destabilizations affecting Chad to a very strong degree. As for Niger, it only has to contend with Boko Haram in this example, though Niamey is certainly wondering what it would have to do if a destabilized Nigeria ends up exporting its problems to neighboring Benin, which is the landlocked country’s main outlet to the sea. If Lagos’ ‘cross-border international suburbs’ of Porto Novo and Cotonou are adversely affected to a serious enough degree that French-destined Nigerien uranium exports can no longer reliably and/or safely traverse through the latter (which itself is basically an outgrowth of the capital), then a French military intervention might be in the cards to secure Paris’ vital energy lifeline through the country.

To be continued…

Andrew Korybko is the American political commentator currently residing in Moscow. Thew views expressed are his own. He is the author of the monograph “Hybrid Wars: The Indirect Adaptive Approach To Regime Change” (2015). This text will be included into his forthcoming book on the theory of Hybrid Warfare.

PREVIOUS CHAPTERS:

Hybrid Wars 1. The Law Of Hybrid Warfare

Hybrid Wars 2. Testing the Theory – Syria & Ukraine

Hybrid Wars 3. Predicting Next Hybrid Wars

Hybrid Wars 4. In the Greater Heartland

Hybrid Wars 5. Breaking the Balkans

Hybrid Wars 6. Trick To Containing China

Hybrid Wars 7. How The US Could Manufacture A Mess In Myanmar

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Hybrid Warfare Scenarios: China and the Geopolitics of West Africa. “The Sahel Silk Road”

The West’s “Anti-Islamic Terrorists”

March 18th, 2017 by Mark Taliano

The recent terrorist attack against innocent civilians in Damascus, Syria, which claimed the lives of about 35 civilians, demands reflection into what the non-belligerent country of Syria, home to a pluralistic society, and a secular government, is facing.

NATO’s dirty war on Syria  consists of a wide range of terrorism, including economic sanctions, illegal bombing campaigns, and the insertion of about 360,000 foreign terrorists  into the country.

Syria is winning this battle against international terrorism, and the Western dark state agencies that support terrorism —specifically, U.S-led NATO, the absolute monarchies/tyrannies of the GCC, and Israel.

Whereas Western populations are led by the nose to believe that our governments oppose terrorism, the opposite is true.  The publicly-disclosed Regime Change/government-change war against Syria is terrorism.

The stated goal of the West and its allies is destabilization, which means the destruction of Syria as a country, and the balkanization of the country into ethnic and sectarian enclaves is (link) is one of their strategies — and sometimes this involves bot only criminal bombing and perpetual violations of Syrian sovereignty, but also pitting one terrorist group against another if it serves to destroy the country.

Most of the Western propaganda memes have been thoroughly discredited, but a few still linger.

A predominant myth that still has legs, however, is that the genocidal, head chopping, organ harvesting, sex slaving, drug dealing terrorists are somehow Islamic.

In fact, all of the Western-supported terrorists in Syria are anti-Islamic.  The “Islamic State” terrorists are literally Anti-Islamic State terrorists.  They are mercenaries who serve the West’s interests of destroying foreign countries.  None of the terror groups, including al Qaeda/al Nursra Front, the Free Syrian Army (FSA), and all of the fraudulently named “moderates”, are Islamic, although they might think otherwise.

The Wahhabism of Saudi Arabia, fountainhead of terrorism, is a weaponized political ideology, far –removed from the genuine teachings of Islam.

“Islamophobia”, a product of Western–engineering, is based upon lies and distortions.  Imperialists cultivate these lies, and these hatreds, to further their criminal agendas.

Testimonies from Syrians are all but ignored by the West’s criminal mainstream media stories, but the ugly facts are foundational to destroying the fake narratives of the criminal warmongers.

All of the terrorists unleashed by the West are genocidal.  They commit slaughters against Christians (link), against Alawites, against Syrians who support the Syrian government, and all manner of other innocent Syrians.  This is known and documented.

Testimonies from Syrians who have witnessed these slaughters, such as those in the above video, are all corroborated, but under-reported.

FSA “moderates” committed genocide in Kasab.  Terrorists from al Qaeda/al Nursra Front, the FSA and others worked together to commit their slaughters in Adra and elsewhere.

The ever-changing labels of the terror groups are part of the psyop used by “intelligence” agencies to provide cover for their crimes.  This too is known and documented.  We know, for example, that weapons are delivered to so-called moderates so that they can then deliver them to so-called “non-moderates”, and we know that different terror groups work together.

Syria and its allies alone need to continue their successful campaigns against the West’s Anti-Islamic State terrorists.   The West and its allies are the problem. They’ll never be the solution.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on The West’s “Anti-Islamic Terrorists”

“All of the radiation-related fatalities…and injuries, are being written off as ‘stress.’ So, my big takeaway is the inhumanity of how the Japanese and how Tokyo Electric are treating their own people.” – Arnie Gundersen (From this week’s interview)

 

LISTEN TO THE SHOW

The Global Research News Hour continues its commemoration of the March 2011 Fukushima Daichii nuclear disaster with two interviews addressing the state of the nuclear industry six years later.

In the first half hour, we focus our attention on Canada, the eighth largest nuclear power in the world in terms of number of operating reactors.

Canada, of course, claims to only apply the technology for peaceful purposes, consistent with its commitments under the nuclear Non-ProliferationTreaty. However, as pointed out by Helen Caldicott in a past program, Canada is not only a leading exporter of uranium, it exports CANDU reactors which are efficient producers of weapons-grade plutonium. Canada’s reactors are, to quote Caldicott, “bomb and cancer factories.”

Gordon Edwards, a long-time observer and leading critic of Canada’s nuclear sector, discusses the country’s nuclear history and the institutional and other incentives behind developing the industry. He also addresses concerns about whether existing international nuclear agreements in the age of Donald Trump, ties the hands of Canadians seeking release from nuclear’s deadly embrace.

In the latter part of the program, we hear from renowned nuclear expert and educator Arnie Gundersen. Mr. Gundersen challenges assertions from the industry both in Canada and the U.S. about the safety of their reactors. He also shares lessons learned from his visit last year to Japan and what they tell us about the accountability of Japanese authorities.

Gundersen also speaks to documentation in the days immediately following the meltdowns from the U.S. National Regulatory Commission, describing a nightmare scenario involving one of the Fukushima Daichii facility’s spent fuel pools.

Gordon Edwards is president and co-founder of the Canadian Coalition for Nuclear Responsibility. A consultant on nuclear issues and court-qualified nuclear expert, he has authored articles on the topics of radiation standards, uranium mining, nuclear proliferation and the economics of nuclear power. He is recipient of the 2006 Nuclear-Free Future Award, the Rosalie Bertell Lifetime Achievement Award, and YMCA Peacemaker Medallion. His organization’s website is ccnr.org

Arnie Gundersen is one of the directors of Fairewinds Energy Education and a nuclear engineer with over 44 years of experience in the industry. He holds a nuclear safety patent, was a licensed reactor operator, and has coordinated projects at 70 nuclear power plants in the US. His organization’s website is fairewinds.org

The Global Research News Hour airs every Friday at 1pm CT on CKUW 95.9FM in Winnipeg. The programme is also podcast at globalresearch.ca . The show can be heard on the Progressive Radio Network at prn.fm. Listen in everyThursday at 6pm ET.

Community Radio Stations carrying the Global Research News Hour:

CHLY 101.7fm in Nanaimo, B.C – Thursdays at 1pm PT

Boston College Radio WZBC 90.3FM NEWTONS  during the Truth and Justice Radio Programming slot -Sundays at 7am ET.

Port Perry Radio in Port Perry, Ontario –1  Thursdays at 1pm ET

Burnaby Radio Station CJSF out of Simon Fraser University. 90.1FM to most of Greater Vancouver, from Langley to Point Grey and from the North Shore to the US Border.

It is also available on 93.9 FM cable in the communities of SFU, Burnaby, New Westminister, Coquitlam, Port Coquitlam, Port Moody, Surrey and Delta, in British Columbia, Canada. – Tune in  at its new time – Wednesdays at 4pm PT.

Radio station CFUV 101.9FM based at the University of Victoria airs the Global Research News Hour every Sunday from 7 to 8am PT.

CORTES COMMUNITY RADIO CKTZ  89.5 out of Manson’s Landing, B.C airs the show Tuesday mornings at 10am Pacific time.

Cowichan Valley Community Radio CICV 98.7 FM serving the Cowichan Lake area of Vancouver Island, BC airs the program Thursdays at 6am pacific time.

Campus and community radio CFMH 107.3fm in  Saint John, N.B. airs the Global Research News Hour Fridays at 10am.

Caper Radio CJBU 107.3FM in Sydney, Cape Breton, Nova Scotia airs the Global Research News Hour starting Wednesday Morning from 8:00 to 9:00am. Find more details at www.caperradio.ca 

 

Balcanes occidentales: ¿Tras la tormenta, la calma?

March 18th, 2017 by Roberto Molina Hernández

La cumbre de primeros ministros de los Balcanes occidentales cerró sus puertas con un mensaje cargado de buenos propósitos de cooperación y entendimiento que será puesto a prueba desde hoy mismo, cuando sus actores retornen a sus asuntos cotidianos.

A juzgar por el documento final adoptado por los jefes de Gobierno de Albania, Bosnia y Herzegovina, Macedonia, Montenegro, Serbia y Kosovo, las negociaciones llevaron a la conclusión de que sólo desarrollando juntos los sectores económicos fundamentales podrán lograrse los parámetros que la Unión Europea les exige para admitirlos en su seno.

Sin una interconectividad en energía, infraestructura, tecnologías de la información, formación profesional y un mercado común de bienes, servicios y capitales, libre circulación de fuerza de trabajo calificada, mercado digital común y dinamismo en las inversiones no hay futuro para esta región, señala sin ambages el documento.

Son temas sabidos con anterioridad, están todos en el Proceso de Berlín, diseñado para ellos por Bruselas, y tienen hasta un plazo más o menos establecido de ejecución.

Pero Johannes Hahn, comisario de Política Europea de Vecindad y Negociaciones de Ampliación, quien participó en la reunión, se encargó de recordarlos al decir que se está a mitad de camino en la integración y es relevante dar pasos concretos hacia ella y que sus resultados sean apreciados por los ciudadanos que entonces apoyarán el proceso.

De acuerdo con trascendidos, el alto funcionario expresó la preocupación de Bruselas por cierto enfriamiento en esa dirección desde el referendo del Brexit en Reino Unido y se refirió a fuertes influencias desde el este hacia los Balcanes, interpretadas como una velada alusión a Rusia.

Igualmente llamó a superar los litigios internos y entre los países y territorios de la región como única manera de poder ir juntos y hacia adelante en el proceso.

La gira de Federica Mogherini, jefa de la diplomacia de la UE, por la región del 1 al 4 de marzo estuvo empeñada a fondo en explicar estos mismos asuntos, pero tropezó con serios problemas en todos los países visitados, por conflictos internos en Albania, Macedonia y Montenegro, así como disputas de Serbia con Bosnia y Herzegovina y Kosovo.

Tampoco la reciente cumbre del espacio comunitario en Malta tuvo un pronunciamiento sobre la región que no fuera la preocupación de Mogherini por las tensiones y desafíos a los que está siendo sometida para convertirla en un tablero de ajedrez en el que juegan las grandes potencias, exclamó.

Después del cónclave de Sarajevo y las inquietudes de Bruselas por los problemas en los Balcanes occidentales y el ritmo para su solución suenan más como una advertencia que como una reflexión las palabras finales allí del primer ministro serbio, Aleksandar Vucic.

Roberto Molina Hernández

  • Posted in Español
  • Comments Off on Balcanes occidentales: ¿Tras la tormenta, la calma?

Decreto migratorio de Trump, otra zancadilla en los tribunales

March 18th, 2017 by Diony Sanabia Abadia

El nuevo decreto sobre inmigración del presidente de Estados Unidos, Donald Trump, previsto para entrar en vigor hoy, tuvo el mismo desenlace que su predecesor: fue bloqueado por jueces federales.

Después del veto a la primera disposición ejecutiva del 27 de enero, el jefe de Estado insistió con una propuesta revisada que firmó hace 10 días.

A juicio del mandatario republicano, la nueva orden migratoria corregía aspectos poco claros de la primera versión y por lo tanto sería prácticamente imposible que una corte la suspendiera.

Sin embargo, eso no sucedió así y las intenciones de impedir la entrada de refugiados a Estados Unidos durante cuatro meses e imposibilitar la entrega de visas a ciudadanos de seis países de mayoría musulmana por 90 días quedaron suspendidas.

En un primer momento las prohibiciones de obtener dichos permisos afectaban a los ciudadanos de Irán, Libia, Somalia, Sudán, Siria, Yemen e Iraq, pero posteriormente este último país fue excluido de la relación.

La víspera, el juez federal Derrick Watson del estado de Hawái bloqueó el decreto migratorio después de la celebración de una audiencia en la cual escuchó la demanda del fiscal general del territorio, Douglas Chin, y del imán Ismail Elshikh.

Ellos argumentaron que la disposición presidencial viola la cláusula de establecimiento de la Constitución que impide la discriminación religiosa.

Asimismo afirmaron que se interrumpen las funciones de compañías, instituciones de caridad, universidades públicas y hospitales que tienen relaciones profundas fuera de Estados Unidos.

Tal dictamen, consistente en una orden de restricción temporal, estará en vigor mientras que el propio Watson considera el caso con mayor detenimiento.

Después de conocer la decisión, el gobernante emitió críticas sobre ella y manifestó que buscará revertirla.

Este fallo nos hacer ver débiles, vamos a combatir esta terrible resolución y vamos a llevar el caso tan lejos como sea necesario, incluso a la Corte Suprema de Justicia, puntualizó.

Vamos a ganarlo, vamos a aplicar inteligencia y sentido común, y nunca nos vamos a rendir, agregó Trump durante un acto masivo, al estilo de su campaña electoral, en el estado de Tennessee.

También el juez federal del estado de Washington James Robart, quien bloqueó el primer decreto migratorio, decidió una suspensión temporal de 14 días del nuevo antes las demandas de ese territorio y de Oregón.

Por su parte, a primeras horas de este jueves, Theodore Chuang, colega de Robart y Watson en Maryland, acogió un pedido de grupos de activistas de frenar la medida por considerarla discriminatoria contra los musulmanes.

Las decisiones de estos jueces solo pueden ser apeladas ahora en instancias superiores.

De acuerdo con el sistema judicial estadounidense, un juez federal puede suspender parcial o completamente la aplicación de un decreto, en una decisión que tiene alcance nacional.

El fiscal general de Nueva York, Eric T. Schneiderman, calificó el fallo de Watson de nueva victoria para la Constitución y el Estado de Derecho.

Además, la Unión Americana de Libertades Civiles celebró que otra vez se haya puesto el freno a ‘la vergonzosa y discriminatoria prohibición migratoria’.

Para abogados de la administración, Trump está ejerciendo sus poderes de seguridad nacional y ningún elemento de la orden ejecutiva, tal como está escrito, podría interpretarse como una discriminación religiosa contra los viajeros.

Juristas demócratas y organizaciones de derechos civiles sostuvieron que la medida es inconstitucional, sobre todo tras los comentarios realizados por el mandatario durante la campaña electoral de prohibir la entrada de musulmanes a esta nación.

Diony Sanabia Abadia

  • Posted in Español
  • Comments Off on Decreto migratorio de Trump, otra zancadilla en los tribunales

IMAGEN: Michel Temer, actual presidente de Brasil.

La asunción del gobierno de Michel Temer ha significado el abandono desde el año 2016 de una amplia coalición de clases sociales, a favor de la opción clasista de los adinerados y la puesta en marcha de reformas institucionales que desarman el patrón de políticas públicas que conformaron la transición desde la dictadura militar. 

El ataque a la Constitución Federal de 1988 reposiciona a Brasil interna y externamente en relación a tres aspectos principales:

Por un lado, la realineación con el viejo centro de la dinámica global es la que ha conducido  a la pérdida de soberanía nacional. Desde la puesta en marcha del Mercosur, sin embargo, ya desde la segunda mitad de la década de 1980, cuando Brasil y Argentina pusieron fin a la polarización presente entre ambos países durante mucho tiempo, la relación entre Brasil y los Estados Unidos comenzó a verificar cambios significativos. Aunque estos no se produjeron en forma permanente, incluyendo retrocesos en los gobiernos neoliberales de Collor de Mello y Fernando Henrique Cardoso, los cambios más sustanciales se llevaron a cabo en los años 2000, con reafirmación de la soberanía nacional.

La política exterior llevada adelante por  los gobiernos liderados por el Partido de los Trabajadores volvió a colocar a Brasil en una base menos pasiva y subordinada al viejo centro dinámico del capitalismo global. De allí, la centralidad de las relaciones Sur-Sur, la promoción de Unasur, las articulaciones de los BRICS con otros países de América del Sur, la política de contenido nacional y de apoyo a la internacionalización de las grandes empresas brasileñas, el nuevo sistema de defensa fuera de la esfera de Estados Unidos fueros decisivos, entre otros, para enfrentar la segunda ola de la globalización capitalista.

Este redireccionamiento  no contó -como era de esperar- con el apoyo de Estados Unidos. En cierta forma, y debiendo ello considerarse con las necesarias diferencias, Brasil volvió a conectarse con las experiencias de crisis en el centro de la dinámica del capitalismo mundial, tales como las que se produjeron en los años 1880 (Inglaterra) y 1930 (Estados Unidos), para andar su propio camino.

Las fuerzas internas del golpismo de Estado desde 2016 no parecen encontrarse solas. Por el contrario, y sin oposición de Estados Unidos, las reformas del gobierno Temer se alinean en forma pasiva y subordinada a las fuerzas externas presentes en la actual ola de globalización capitalista.

De allí, la rápida desarticulación de la orgullosa y activa política exterior anterior. El reacercamiento a los Estados Unidos conduce al abandono del Mercosur y. las articulaciones sudamericanas con los BRICS, así como a la defensa mercantilista de los acuerdos de libre comercio promoviendo una pauta reprimarizadora de las exportaciones y de pérdida de relevancia o secundarización de las manufacturas.

Con la misma tónica, fueron abandonadas las políticas tanto de defensa nacional como la de promoción de la internacionalización de las grandes empresas brasileñas con el apoyo de BNDES (Banco Nacional de Desarrollo). Acompaña en cierto sentido, el movimiento impulsado por la “Operación Lava a Jato” que ha llevado a la destrucción de empresas brasileñas internacionalizadas, entre otros sectores, en la construcción, el petróleo y el gas, la construcción naval.

Además de la privatización impulsada de lo que queda del parque industrial nacional, se ha incorporado también la liberalización de la venta de las tierras a extranjeros. De tal forma, también actividades económicas exitosas como las de los agronegocios en tierras tropicales han pasado a ser expuestas al capital monopolista de grandes corporaciones transnacionales.

En el camino de las cadenas de valor globales, el gobierno Temer derrocha toda posibilidad de defensa de los intereses y de la soberanía nacional, a excepción de aquellos pasibles de incorporarse a la segunda ola de la globalización capitalista. En este sentido, la entrega que está en curso de los recursos naturales y la promoción de la exportación de productos primarios parece un retorno a la época colonial, impulsando a convertir los activos públicos en sustento de un largo ciclo de las ganancias de la financiarización de la riqueza.

Por otro lado, la estructuración de una nueva hegemonía política interna permitió el retorno a las reformas neoliberales y el aplastamiento de la nación federal. Esta mayoría que se había organizado en torno a la superación del largo ciclo de hiperinflación brasileña (1978 – 1994) y se mantuvo durante el Plan Real y sus condicionantes, no se mostró suficiente, sin embargo, para garantizar la plena aplicación del recetario neoliberal en Brasil.

Como se sabe, desde la década de 1980 el peaje cobrado por el centro dinámico global para el ingreso subordinada a la segunda fase de la globalización capitalista fue establecido por el Consenso de Washington (1989) como recomendación internacional a ser aplicado por las políticas económicas y sociales nacionales.

El resultado de eso fue la internacionalización del parque productivo nacional, así como la privatización del sector público y la desindustrialización. El deterioro económico y social fue percibido por la población por la ausencia de crecimiento de la producción, con el alto desempleo y la exclusión social, a pesar de la estabilidad monetaria logrado.

Los equívocos en la conducción de la política económica y social neoliberal tornaron el acceso a los flujos financieros dependientes de las altas tasas de interés internas, lo que derivó en la constante apreciación del tipo de cambio y el estímulo, en consecuencia, de las importaciones y al debilitamiento de las exportaciones con mayor valor agregado. En estas condiciones, las reformas neoliberales perdieron apoyatura, con el debilitamiento de la mayoría política construida en Brasil para sustentarla.

Al contrario de lo sucedido en Brasil aceptando pasivamente el programa liberal en la década de 1990, otras naciones han utilizado hasta la ola de globalización – que no significó la uniformización del mundo -para hacer valer soberanamente todos sus intereses nacionales. Un ejemplo de esto ocurrió en Asia, especialmente en China, cuya defensa de la política nacional le permitió llevar adelante  reformas liberalizadoras que le hicieron posible avanzar en la industrialización y modernización de su economía y la sociedad.

En cierto modo, la experiencia de los gobiernos dirigidos por el Partido de los Trabajadores en la década de 2000 buscó, aun sin negar la existencia de la segunda ola de la globalización capitalista, una conducción propia de las políticas económicas y sociales nacionales. La unión de una base social heterogénea formada principalmente por los estratos de la sociedad perdedores del neoliberalismo fue suficiente para establecer políticas sociales inclusivas y económicas de crecimiento.

Mientras el país pudo sacar provecho de los vientos favorables de la globalización, la mayoría política se negó al regreso del programa neoliberal. De tal forma, los gobiernos encabezados por el PT pudieron lograr cuatro victorias electorales sucesivas, a pesar de una oposición neoliberal minoritaria y fragmentariamente articulada en torno a alianzas políticas internas y externas.

Desde la gran crisis se inició en 2008, la globalización capitalista ha mostrado cambios significativos en relación al comportamiento que se había observado desde la década de 1980. Por una parte, a pesar del bajo dinamismo económico de todos los países, el comercio exterior pasó a expandirse a una tasa menor que el PBI mundial (estimándose para 2016 un crecimiento del 1,7% del comercio mundial en comparación con un 3,1% de crecimiento del PBI) y una disminución de la significación de la internacionalización de las finanzas (cayó del 20,6% del PIB mundial en 2007 a 2,6% en 2015), mientras que la presencia de importados en la producción importada de diversos países se redujo (del 71% al 65% en China y del 44% a 38% en Estados Unidos entre 2007 y 2015).

Por otro lado, se ha verificado el apoyo creciente en muchos países, especialmente los del centro dinámico global, para el regreso de las políticas  proteccionistas y la expansión de los gastos militares. La desarticulación de la Unión Europea, tal como lo demuestra tanto la victoria del Brexit inglés como el ascenso de las fuerzas nacionalistas, se ha sumado el triunfo electoral de Trump en los Estados Unidos con un programa económico y militar distinto al llevado adelante hasta entonces por republicanos (Reagan, Bush padre e hijo) y demócratas (Clinton y Obama).

En este contexto, aunque tal vez tardíamente, el gobierno Temer consiguió convertirse rápidamente en una expresión de una mayoría que no se opone claramente -por ahora – al retorno del recetario neoliberal. Con el colapso de la barrera que se había establecido al neoliberalismo desde 2003 al neoliberalismo, las reformas pasaron a llevarse adelante rápidamente, volviéndose a la agenda que no había podido completarse en la década del 90 en los gobiernos de Collor de Mello y Fernando H. Cardoso.

Un ejemplo de ello también ha sido el aplastamiento del federalismo por el traslado de deudas de estados y municipios, conllevando a la subordinación de las entidades territoriales a la lógica de la privatización y la destrucción de las instituciones que pueden brindar cierta autonomía y mecanismos para apoyar el desarrollo regional y local. En la década de 1990, por ejemplo, la adopción del programa neoliberal de ajuste de los estados y municipios llevó a la privatización de los bienes públicos en todas las regiones como la captura por parte del gobierno central de 277 millones de reales del presupuesto de las entidades federales y la deuda pública aumentó de R $ 111 mil millones a 476 mil millones de reales entre 1997 y 2016.

Resulta claro que del dinamismo económico que se observó durante el ciclo político de la denominada Nueva República estuvo basado en el proceso de industrialización nacional. Por ejemplo, en el período 1985-2015, la economía nacional creció sólo un 2,9% en promedio anual, mientras que en el período de la industrialización que se produjo entre los años 1930 y 1970, el producto interno bruto registró un crecimiento promedio anual de 6, 5%

En tanto, la participación de Brasil en el producto mundial que alcanzó el 4% en 1985, disminuyó al 2,9% en 2015. Incluso con un menor dinamismo económico, la carga tributaria bruta del Estado brasileño aumentó en el mismo período del 24,1% al 32,7%, lo que representa un incremento acumulado del 35,7% o del 1% como promedio anual.

La carga tributaria tuvo un mayor crecimiento para los segmentos de la población de ingreso intermedio, tales como la clase media asalariada y los trabajadores organizados. Mientras que la presión fiscal aumentó en un 69% para aquellos con ingresos mensuales de entre 1 y 2 salarios mínimos y el 63% para los de 2 a 5 veces mínimo, los segmentos con ingresos mensuales de 15 a 20 veces el salario mínimo y más de 30 veces de éste observaron entre los años 1970 y 2000 un incremento del 40,3% y 44%, respectivamente.

Además de la mayor presión fiscal para sectores sociales bajos y medios de la población, la distribución de los fondos recaudados por el Estado durante el ciclo político de la Nueva República fueron dirigidos principalmente hacia dos sectores. Por un lado, el más alto de la pirámide distributiva que se benefició por las ganancias en el mercado financiero por el aumento de los gastos de la deuda pública, pasando de un equivalente al 1,8% del PBI por año al final de la dictadura militar a un 8% del PBI anual entre los años 1990 y 2000.

Por otra parte, la base de la pirámide social fue beneficiada por las políticas universales de acceso a la educación básica, la salud pública y otros programas de transferencia de ingresos. Entre 1985 y 2014, por ejemplo, el gasto social en el país aumentó del 13,5% al 22,5% del PIB, como resultado del proceso de inclusión social, siendo en particular de mayor significación para los sectores más vulnerables de la población en los años 2000.

Los trabajadores organizados y la clase media asalariada terminaron siendo menos beneficiados con esta división general del gasto público total durante el ciclo de la Nueva República. Por otra parte, estos mismos sectores sociales fueron los más penalizados por el avance de la desindustrialización que destruye relativamente más los puestos de trabajo en el sector de fabricación de mayor calificación y rendimiento.

Ante la creciente dificultad para elevar la presión fiscal en un marco de bajo dinamismo económico, sobre todo a partir de la recesión que comenzó en 2015, la presión sobre el gasto público aumentó considerablemente, con excepción de los sectores más ricos. En función de ello, la opción clasista de Temer fue la de reducir el gasto público destinado a la base de la pirámide social, lo que le permitió tener a disposición una proporción asegurada de recursos públicos para atender los gastos financieros.

Las reformas neoliberales impulsadas actualmente tratan de proporcionar las condiciones de una dinámica para la acumulación de capital para los próximos 20 años, sostenida en gran medida, por transferencias del Estado brasileño hacia gastos financieros. Esto ha sido posible incluso en un marco de bajo dinamismo económico a través del recorte del gasto público no financiero, especialmente los costos de personal y los sociales, y también la inversión pública, y la expansión de los ingresos procedentes de las privatizaciones y concesiones del Estado.

Además, se ha abandonado el proyecto integrador de la sociedad, y ha re emergido la perspectiva de una sociedad para un tercio de la población.

Marcio Pochmann

Marcio Pochmann: Político brasileño, economista de la Universidade Federal do Rio Grande do Sul(1984) y doctorado en Ciencia Económica por la Universidade Estadual de Campinas(1993). Actualmente es Professor Libre Docente de la Universidade Estadual de Campinas y director del Centro de Estudos Sindicais e de Economia do Trabalho (Cesit).

  • Posted in Español
  • Comments Off on El reposicionamento reciente de Brasil y la integración regional

Unión Europea y Mercosur: ¿Qué se está negociando?

March 18th, 2017 by Jorge Marchini

Entre el 20 y el 24 de marzo se desarrollará en Buenos Aires un nueva ronda oficial  de negociaciones del Mercosur con la Unión Europea (UE)  “Se trata de un acuerdo de libre comercio, pero incluye diálogo político y cooperación en varias áreas, para ir hacia una asociación estratégica y regional” ha afirmado el  embajador Daniel Raimondi, subsecretario argentino de Integración Económica Americana y Mercosur de la Cancillería, uno de los encargados de las negociaciones.

Por lo pronto, aun existiendo  muchas incógnitas y peligrosas tensiones, el gobierno de Argentina en tándem con el de Brasil apuestan a dar muestras ortodoxas de su  propósito de avanzar rápidamente hacia una  mayor apertura externa del Mercosur con el visto bueno  de Paraguay y el probable de Uruguay (Venezuela no forma parte de las negociaciones). Para el gobierno argentino  brindar un impulso raudo a las negociaciones con la Unión Europea forma parte central de su estrategia externa, como  expresó y reiteró en varios oportunidades el Presidente Macri   días atrás en su visita a España.

Es  necesario reconocer que la negociación Mercosur-UE tiene una enorme importancia estratégica. Se trata de vínculos de sociedades y economías  con enormes potencialidades de  cooperación y complementación. No hay duda que mejorar y ampliar  las relaciones entre las  dos regiones  debe ser un objetivo prioritario .

La trascendencia de las negociaciones en marcha requeriría  por lo pronto  que éstas fueran conocidas en forma amplia  y puestas en debate público, pero  no es así. . Resulta muy paradójico (¿ o cínico?) que en forma recurrente  se reitera “el compromiso absoluto  con la transparencia” y, quienes   como “comprensible”  pero  que este tema tan trascendente se lleve en forma tan reservada. “Las negociaciones tienen muchos aspectos técnicos a resolver, pero todo se resuelve en la medida que haya voluntad política”, opinó Raimondi.

De todas formas,  el propósito de resolver una negociación por “voluntad política ” supone siempre peligro de aceptar una negociación  como hecho consumado, para luego recién ser puesta a consideración pública y parlamentaria ex-post. Aun si se  denominara un  acuerdo con Europa con  eufemismos tales como  “de cooperación económica”,u otra figura elegante al estar la denominación de “tratado de libre comercio ” ya muy cuestionada en el mundo , sus condiciones y exigencias serían similares  y conllevaría mayores   desequilibrios . Ello  lo han puesto en evidencia numerosas evaluaciones  serias y documentadas de los  acuerdos concretados por la UE con otros países latinoamericanos  (Centroamérica, Chile, Colombia,  Ecuador, México, Perú).

¿Abrirse a cambio de qué?

En forma engañosa suele afirmarse que las negociaciones Mercosur- UE_ en marcha son sobre todo  de tipo comercial. No es así, la mayor parte de los temas en discusión son de carácter estructural y comprometen el conjunto de la economía en ámbitos  críticos tales como servicios, patentes, propiedad intelectual, compras públicas, inversiones y competencia.

La eventual provisión de ”igualdad en el tratamiento nacional”. a los países de la UE , aun si se incluyeran algunas salvaguardas de excepción marginales , impediría defender y priorizar la diversificación de matrices productivas que hoy resulta imprescindible encarar ante los cambios de economía mundial.Se repetiría, la grave crisis que sufre hoy la misma  Europa  como consecuencia del ahondamiento de las asimetrías entre los países del norte  respecto a los de sur y del este.

Es necesario destacar que los  aspectos comerciales son sólo uno de los capítulos, y tal vez no el más importante, de las negociaciones en marcha.  Aun sin contar  con información  detallada imprescindible,  pero sí el  antecedente de  acuerdos similares negociados por la UE recientemente,  es posible anticipar sí que un acuerdo tendría como punto de partida  una masiva  eliminación reciproca inmediata de  aranceles al comercio exterior,

En todo caso, es  previsible que   la UE  seguirá sosteniendo las  subvenciones y  las protección de su sector agrícola, condición que intentan imponer  en la negociación y que justifican  por la existencia  las presiones internas proteccionistas en sus propios países. Sus  negociadores seguirán sosteniendo que los temas agrícolas deben ser tratados en OMC, aunque todos  saben que la Ronda Doha está paralizada desde hace años.

Podrán hacer promesas ambiguas  para “salvar la cara” a los gobiernos del Mercosur dispuestos a firmar como sea, pero no brindando concesiones significativas para una mayor  apertura de sus mercados a los productos agropecuarios competitivos mercosureños. Se privaría así a los países del Mercosur  el poder  alcanzar el que sería el  beneficio comercial esperado más importante a cambio de una apertura inédita masiva de los mercados locales a una competencia abierta de una economía más desarrollada; sobre todo evidente para la mayor parte de los  productos industriales y servicios.

¿Dónde están los análisis costo-beneficio?

De forma de poder  decidir qué tipo de entendimiento con Europa   resulta imprescindible no dejarse  llevar por enunciaciones superficiales y  se convoque inmediatamente  al  análisis serio tanto general, como regionales y sectoriales,  que  incluya la evaluación de  los  efectos  estructurales de corto y largo plazo y posibles alternativas realistas  a un acuerdo liberalizador descompensado.

En lo inmediato, es preciso contraponer ultimatismos ( por ejemplo,  afirmar que se debe negociar ahora o nunca), posibles maniobras  (eventuales amenazas de proponer negociaciones “multiparte” en forma independiente, tal como lo hizo con la Comunidad Andina, para romper la unidad de Mercosur )  o la lisa y llana  distorsión de la realidad cuando se hace referencia a la segura expectativa de la llegada de enormes inversiones productivas que generarían muchísimas fuentes de trabajo (¿lluvia de euros?)

Existen antecedentes internacionales de   opciones  más equilibradas para la negociación con la Unión Europea y otros países y regiones más industrializados para superar asimetrías que debieran ser tenidos en cuenta. No debe dejarse una negociación crucial con la Unión Europa solo en  manos de un grupo pequeño de “especialistas” y la presión de grupos de interés o medios de comunicación superficiales o  sectorizados por posiciones ideológicas o  intereses económicos particulares, como se ha repetido a lo largo de años.

Jorge Marchini

Jorge Marchini: Profesor de Economía de la Universidad de Buenos Aires (UBA), Vice Presidente de la Fundaciòn para la Integración Latinoamericana (FILA), Investigador del Consejo Latinoamericano de Ciencias Sociales (CLACSO).

  • Posted in Español
  • Comments Off on Unión Europea y Mercosur: ¿Qué se está negociando?

Holanda – La verdadera lección

March 18th, 2017 by Romaric Godin

IMAGEN: Geert Wilders, líder del Partido por La Libertad (PVV, por sus siglas en neerlandés).

La extrema derecha no ha logrado un resultado espectacular en las elecciones de este 15 de marzo. Pero en cambio, la coalición gubernamental saliente ha sufrido un castigo fuerte; sobre todo los Socialdemócratas que pierden las tres cuartas partes de sus escaños.

Puede que la lección de estas elecciones no sea la que se anunciaba. Finalmente, la extrema-derecha holandesa ha obtenido un resultado decepcionante en la elección de los 150 escaños de la segunda Cámara de los Estados Generales, el parlamento del Reino. Según las encuestas a pie de urna, el Partido por la Libertad (PVV) de Geert Wilders, aliado incondicional del Front National francés, islamófobo y eurófobo, no lograría más de 20 escaños y un 13,1 % de votos; es decir, 5 escaños y 3 puntos más que en 2012. Un auge modesto que no le permite igualar su resultado de 2010 (15,7 % de votos) y menos aún luchar por el primer puesto, ocupado por los liberales del VVD del primer ministro saliente Mark Rutte, al que se le otorga el 21,3 % y 33 escaños.

Un PVV a falta de energía

De forma clara, las encuestas de estos últimos daban cuenta de una pérdida notable del PVV que ya había sido sobreestimado en 2012 y 2014. Sin embargo, todos los media, sobre todo los extranjeros, continuaban subrayando el “riesgo” de una “victoria” de la extrema-derecha. Un riesgo poco probable, sin embargo, ya que, incluso situándose a la cabeza, el PVV hubiera sido incapaz de gobernar si tenemos en cuenta el “cordón sanitario” del resto de los partidos y la dispersión del electorado reforzada por u sistema proporcional integral en Holanda. Así pues, el riesgo del PVV no era real. Pero se le ha dado coba, dejando aparte un hecho verificable y confirmado este 15 de marzo en urnas holandesas: la derrota de la coalición [gubernamental] saliente, una de las más ortodoxas de la historia holandesa en lo que respecta al plan presupuestario, que ha impulsado una política de austeridad muy costosa para la sociedad holandesa.

Coalición sancionada

Esta derrota es evidente: el VVD pierde cinco puntos y 8 escaños y los socialdemócrtas del PvdA, el partido de Jeroen Dijsselbloem, pierden 19 puntos, pasando del 24,8 % al 5,7 %. Jamás este partido se había situado tan bajo en unas elecciones en Holanda. Los Socialdemócratas deberán conformarse con 9 escaños de los 38 que obtuvieron en 2012. Es algo más que un castigo. ¡Es una bofetada! ¡En conjunto, la coalición saliente pierde 24 puntos, casi la mitad del resultado obtenido en 2012! Este es el hecho relevante de estas elecciones, mucho más relevante que el ascenso del PVV. Ahora bien, esta derrota tiene su origen, evidentemente, en el rechazo a la política de la coalición, mitigada en el caso del VVD por la posición de Mark Rutte que se ha beneficiado de la crisis con Turquía. Pero la base de la política de esta coalición se puede resumir en una palabra: vuelta al equilibrio presupuestario.

Balance económico

Concentrándose en el ascenso del PVV, se evitaba hablar de esa realidad. Lo que daba pie a una seudo “explicación cultural” del ascenso de los populismos en “un país que funciona bien económicamente”. Pero la realidad es que el pueblo holandés ha rechazado la política económica de la coalición, a la que ha castigado y que, por tanto, el país no se funciona tan “bien” como da a entender una tasa de crecimiento inflada debido a las reexportaciones desde Rotterdam y los efectos vinculados a las ventajas fiscales concedidas a las multinacionales. El paro ha vuelto al nivel de 2012, un nivel mucho más elevado que en la década precedente y que aumentó mucho hasta 2014. El trabajo a tiempo parcial alcanza puntos récord, las desigualdades se acrecientan y el riesgo de pobreza ha aumentado. El problema de muchos holandeses no es el Islam o la inmigración, es su nivel de vida. Es lo que han manifestado en las urnas este 15 de marzo.

Derrota socialdemócrata

Así pues, una vez más, un partido socialdemócrata que aplica una política de austeridad (Jeroen Dijsselbloem, en tanto que ministro de finanzas, la ha aplicado a conciencia) ha sido sancionado gravemente. Esta derrota hace pensar en la del Laborismo en Irlanda en febrero de 2016, que cayó al 6 % de los votos, y también en la del Pasok griego, que se sitúa al mismo nivel. Inevitablemente, este resultado debería hacer reflexionar a los partidarios de una “izquierda moderna” proclive a las “reformas estructurales” y a la austeridad para el supuesto “beneficio” del “pueblo llano”.

En realidad, el PvdA no ha sabido conservar su clientela tradicional. Al contrario, lo ha sacrificado en el altar del rigor presupuestario y de los “grandes equilibrios”. Lógicamente, ese electorado le ha abandonado. Es verdad que la izquierda anti-austeridad y euroescéptica del Partido Socialista (SP) no se ha beneficiado de ello y pierde ligeramente (14 escaños contra 15), pero la izquierda ecologista de Groenlinks (GL) ha recuperado lo fundamental del voto socialdemócrata, pasando de 4 a 14 escaños. Este partido pro-UE es contrario a la austeridad y se sitúa allí donde se situaba hace cinco años el PvdA con un programa parecido. Por otra parte, recupera los bastiones del norte del país.

La misma objeción para los liberales de “izquierda” del D66, que logran 19 escaños, es decir 7 más que en 2012 con el 12,1 % y que, ellos también, eran muy críticos con la política económica de la coalición gubernamental.

Dispersión

Más aún. Como en muchos otros países sometidos a la austeridad, las elecciones holandesas muestran un fuerte dispersión del electorado y un reforzamiento de los pequeños partidos. Así, el Partido de los animales (PvdD) gana de 3 a 5 escaños, el partido que defiende el multiculturalismo, Denk, reciend llegado, obtiene 3 escaños, el partido de los jubilados +50 obtiene entre 2 y cuatro escaños… En total, 8 escaños más que sustraerán a las grandes formaciones y que prueba que las políticas sociales duras conducen a un sentimiento de pérdida de referencias que alimentan votos “marginales”.

El verdadero reto

Por tanto, el reto de estas elecciones no estaba en lo que los observadores internacionales habían martilleado desde hace semanas: no se trataba de un debate en torno al Islam o la inmigración, sino sobre todo de la naturaleza de la política económica y social. Es verdad que los holandeses saben que una economía abierta como la suya tiene poco que ganar con la salida del euro o de la UE. Y eso es lo que explica la débil resultado del PVV y del SP. Pero ellos también exigieron una política económica más equilibrada y menos portadora de la violencia que Europa ha podido constatar con la actitud de Jeroen Dijsselbloem hacia Grecia desde 2015. Los holandeses son moderados y la política de la coalición no lo era. Han rechazado a PVV y al SP, pero también al VVD y al PvdA. De ahí el ascenso de la CDA, cristiano demócrata, una de las madres del modelo social holandés, con 19 escaños, de D66 y de GoenLinks. Partidos pro-europeos pero críticos sobre la política del gobierno saliente. La nueva coalición que se vaya a formar, sin duda con al menos 4 partidos, deberá tener en cuenta esta lección, la verdadera, de las elecciones en Holanda.

Romaric Godin

Artículo original en francés:

Pays-Bas: la vraie leçon des élections, publicado el 15 de marzo de 2017.

Traducido por Viento Sur.

  • Posted in Español
  • Comments Off on Holanda – La verdadera lección

Introducción

El militarismo de Estados Unidos ha crecido exponencialmente a lo largo de las dos primeras décadas del siglo XXI, amparado tanto por los presidentes demócratas como por los republicanos. La histeria con la que los medios de comunicación de masas se han hecho eco del aumento del gasto militar del presidente Trump ignora deliberadamente la enorme expansión que tuvo el militarismo, en todas sus facetas, bajo la presidencia de Obama y de sus dos predecesores, Bill Clinton y George Bush hijo.

En este artículo procederemos a comparar y analizar el ininterrumpido aumento que ha experimentado el militarismo en los últimos diecisiete años. Luego demostraremos que el militarismo es un rasgo estructural esencial mediante el cual el imperialismo estadounidense se inserta en el sistema internacional.

Militarismo

Los enormes incrementos en el gasto militar han sido una constante con independencia de quién fuera el presidente de EE.UU. y de la retórica utilizada en campaña sobre el recorte del gasto militar para dedicar más recursos a la economía interna.

Bill Clinton incrementó el presupuesto bélico de 302.000 millones de dólares (m$) en 2000 a 313.000 m$ en 2001. Bajo el presidente Bush hijo, el gasto militar se disparó de 357.000m$ en 2002 a 465.000 m$ en 2004 y a 621.000m$ en 2008. Bajo el presidente Obama (el “candidato de la paz”), el gasto militar siguió creciendo de 669.000m$ en 2009 a 711.000m$ en 2011 para luego “aparentemente” descender a 596.000m$ en 2017. En la actualidad, el recién instalado presidente Trump ha solicitado un incremento hasta los 650.000m$ para 2018.

Es necesario clarificar algunas cosas: el presupuesto militar de Obama en 2017 no incluía el coste de diversos departamentos del gobierno “relacionados con la Defensa”, entre ellos el aumento de 25.000m$ para el programa de armas nucleares del departamento de energía. El gasto militar total de Obama para 2017 ascendió a 623.000m$, es decir, 30.000m$ menos que la propuesta de Trump. Además, el presupuesto asignado por Obama a las Operaciones de Contingencia en el Exterior (OCO, por sus siglas en inglés), que no se incluye en las propuestas presupuestarias anuales, se disparó durante su mandato. Esta partida se destina a pagar las guerras de EE.UU. en Afganistán, Irak, Siria, Yemen, Libia y muchos otros países. La realidad es que, en sus ocho años de presidencia, Obama superó en más de 816.000m$ el gasto militar de George Bush hijo.

El aumento del gasto militar propuesto por Trump está en consonancia con la trayectoria del presidente demócrata, al contrario de lo que afirman los medios de comunicación de masas. Claramente, tanto demócratas como republicanos han aumentado tremendamente su dependencia del ejército como fuerza impulsora del poder mundial. El presupuesto bélico de Obama incluyó 7.500m$ para “operaciones contra el ISIS” (un aumento del 50%) y 8.000m$ para la ciberguerra y el (contra)terrorismo, pero el mayor incremento fue el destinado a aviones de combate indetectables por radar, submarinos nucleares y portaaviones, claramente destinados a enfrentamientos con Rusia, China e Irán. Las tres cuartas partes del presupuesto fueron destinadas a la Armada y la Fuerza Aérea.

Bajo la presidencia de Obama, la escalada de armamento no tuvo como objetivo el combate contra “grupos terroristas” sino contra China y Rusia. Washington tiene la determinación de llevar a la bancarrota a Rusia, con el fin de retornar al vasallaje de la época anterior a Putin. La feroz campaña de la CIA (Obama) y del Partido Republicano contra Trump se fundamenta en su apertura hacia Rusia. La clave para alcanzar la dominación unipolar que EE.UU. lleva décadas intentando lograr depende ahora de que pueda despojar a Trump de su poder y de su gabinete, los cuales se considera que socavan, parcial o totalmente, la estructura del imperialismo estadounidense basado en la potencia militar que han intentado lograr las previas cuatro administraciones.

Aparentemente, el incremento del gasto militar de Trump responde a que quiere convertirlo en una “baza de negociación” de su plan para expandir las oportunidades económicas estadounidenses, llegando a acuerdos con Rusia y renegociando el comercio con China, Asia Oriental (Singapur, Taiwán y Corea del Sur) y Alemania, países acreedores de la mayor parte del déficit comercial anual de Estados Unidos, cifrado en cientos de miles de millones de dólares.

Los repetidos contratiempos de Trump, la presión constante ejercida sobre los cargos que ha nombrado y los estragos que han causado en todas las facetas de su persona y de su vida personal los medios de comunicación de masas, a pesar del ascenso histórico del mercado de valores, indican la existencia de una profunda división en el seno de la oligarquía estadounidense sobre el manejo del poder y sobre “quién gobierna”. Desde el final de la Segunda Guerra Mundial no habíamos presenciado unas divisiones tan fundamentales en torno a la política exterior. Las anteriores discusiones partidistas han quedado desfasadas. La prensa financiera (el Finantial Times y el Wall Street Journal) está descaradamente alineada con los militaristas, mientras que los agentes financieros de Wall Street respaldan los programas internos favorecedores del empresariado y la apertura conciliatoria con Rusia y China. La mayor parte de la maquinaria de propaganda, es decir, los llamados laboratorios de ideas o think tanks, con sus establos de académicos, “expertos”, editorialistas e ideólogos liberales y neoconservadores, promueven una agresión militar contra Rusia. Mientras tanto, los medios de comunicación populistas, los seguidores de base de Trump, los empresarios nacionales y las cámaras de comercio del país presionan para conseguir rebajas fiscales domésticas y medidas proteccionistas.

El ejército está a favor de Trump y de su concepto de guerras regionales que logren beneficios económicos. Por el contrario, la CIA, la Armada y las Fuerzas Aéreas, que se beneficiaron enormemente con los presupuestos bélicos asimétricos de Obama, buscan una política de confrontaciones militares globales con China y Rusia y múltiples guerras contra sus aliados, como Irán, sin considerar la devastación que provocarían tales políticas en la economía interna.

El concepto de imperialismo de Donald Trump se basa en la exportación de productos y la captura de los mercados, al tiempo que atrae el capital de las corporaciones multinacionales de regreso a Estados Unidos para que reinviertan sus beneficios (actualmente cifrados en más de un billón de dólares que se quedan en el extranjero) en el mercado interno. El nuevo presidente se opone a las alianzas económicas y militares que han incrementado el déficit comercial estadounidense, en contraste con las anteriores administraciones de militaristas que aceptaron gigantescos déficits comerciales y un gasto desproporcionado en intervenciones militares, bases en el exterior y sanciones contra Rusia y sus aliados.

El objetivo de Trump de obligar a que Europa Occidental contribuya económicamente con una mayor cuota de los gastos de la OTAN (reduciendo así la dependencia europea de los gastos militares estadounidenses) cuenta con el rechazo de ambos partidos políticos. Cada uno de los pequeños pasos acometidos por Trump para mejorar las relaciones con Rusia ha levantado la ira de los imperialistas militaristas que controlan las direcciones de demócratas y republicanos.

El imperialismo militarista ha ofrecido unas pocas concesiones tácticas a los aliados de Rusia: los acuerdos inestables con Irán y el Líbano y los endebles acuerdos de paz en Ucrania. Al mismo tiempo, Washington está ampliando sus bases militares desde las regiones nórdicas-bálticas hasta Asia. Y amenaza con apoyar golpes militares en Brasil, Venezuela y Ucrania.

La finalidad estratégica de estas acciones belicosas es rodear y destruir a Rusia como potencial contrapeso independiente a la supremacía global estadounidense.

Las políticas iniciales de Trump tienen como objetivo convertir Estados Unidos en una “fortaleza”: el aumento del presupuesto militar, el reforzamiento del poder policial y militar a lo largo de la frontera mexicana y en los estados del Golfo ricos en petróleo. La agenda de Trump pretende reforzar el poder del ejército en Asia y otros lugares con el fin de mejorar la posición económica de Estados Unidos de cara a una negociación bilateral con el objetivo de aumentar los mercados para la exportación.

Conclusión

Estados Unidos está presenciando una confrontación letal entre dos imperialismos muy polarizados.

El militarismo, la forma asentada del imperialismo estadounidense, está profundamente arraigado dentro del aparato permanente del Estado. En este se incluyen los 17 organismos de inteligencia, los departamentos de propaganda, la Armada y las Fuerzas Aéreas, así como el sector de alta tecnología y las élites económicas capitalistas que se han beneficiado de las importaciones extranjeras y de la mano de obra cualificada barata a expensas de los trabajadores estadounidenses. Su historial está repleto de guerras desastrosas, pérdida de mercados, reducción de los salarios, deterioro del nivel de vida y traslado de empleos bien remunerados al extranjero. En el mejor de los casos, lo único que han conseguido es asegurarse la lealtad de unos pocos regímenes vasallos débiles, pagando un precio enorme.

La pretensión del régimen de Trump de diseñar una alternativa imperialista se basa en una estrategia más sutil: utilizar el poder militar para mejorar el mercado laboral interno y conseguir el respaldo de las masas para realizar intervenciones económicas en el extranjero.

Ante todo, Trump es consciente de que no es posible aislar a Rusia de sus mercados europeos ni derrotarla mediante sanciones. Esto le ha llevado a proponer la negociación de un acuerdo global que permita tratos comerciales a gran escala, lo que favorecería a los bancos estadounidenses, así como a los sectores del petróleo, la agricultura y la alta industria.

En segundo lugar, Trump es partidario del “imperialismo social”, gracias al cual los mercados de exportación basada en la industria local, mano de obra y bancos estadounidenses producirían un aumento de los salarios y de los beneficios para las empresas y los trabajadores de este país. El imperialismo de EE.UU. no dependería de invasiones militares costosas y destinadas al fracaso, sino de “invasiones” del extranjero a cargo de las industrias y bancos estadounidenses que luego retornarían sus beneficios a EE.UU. para poder invertir e impulsar el mercado de valores ya estimulado por sus planes anunciados de desregulación y recortes fiscales.

La transición del presidente Trump hacia este nuevo paradigma imperial se enfrenta a un adversario formidable que hasta el momento ha conseguido bloquear su agenda y que amenaza con derribar su régimen.

Trump no ha sido capaz, desde el principio, de consolidar el poder del Estado, un error que ha socavado su administración. Aunque la victoria electoral le situó en la Oficina de la Presidencia, su régimen es solo un aspecto del poder del Estado, vulnerable a la erosión y destitución inmediata por parte de las ramas coercitiva y legislativa, determinadas a provocar su defunción política. Las otras ramas del gobierno están llenas de remanentes del régimen de Obama y de los anteriores y completamente comprometidas con el militarismo.

En tercer lugar, Trump no ha conseguido movilizar a sus partidarios entre las élites y a su masa de seguidores en torno a unos medios de comunicación alternativos. Sus “tuits de primera hora de la mañana” son un contrapeso muy débil al ataque concentrado de los medios de comunicación sobre su forma de gobierno.

En cuarto lugar, aunque Trump ha logrado algunos apoyos internacionales tras sus encuentros con gobernantes de Japón e Inglaterra, dio marcha atrás a sus negociaciones con Rusia, fundamentales para socavar a sus adversarios imperiales.

En quinto lugar, Trump no ha conseguido conectar sus políticas de inmigración con un programa eficaz para relanzar el empleo interno ni sacar a la luz y capitalizar las draconianas políticas antiinmigración puestas en marcha por la administración Obama, mediante las cuales se encarceló y se expulsó del país a millones de personas.

En sexto lugar, Trump ha fracasado a la hora de comunicar el vínculo entre sus programas económicos favorecedores del mercado y el gasto militar y su relación con un paradigma totalmente diferente.

Como consecuencia de todo ello, el éxito del ataque militarista liberal-neoconservador al nuevo presidente ha puesto en retirada su estrategia central. Trump se encuentra sometido a un asedio que lo pone a la defensiva. Aunque consiga sobrevivir a este ataque concentrado, su concepción original de “reconstruir” la política imperial y la política interna de EE.UU. está destruida y los pedazos de esta mezclarán lo peor de ambos mundos: Sin la expansión de los mercados exteriores para los productos estadounidenses y un programa de empleo interno que logre el éxito, las perspectivas de que Donald Trump vuelva a las guerras en el extranjero y abra paso a la caída del mercado no dejan de aumentar.

James Petras

James Petras: Sociólogo estadounidense conocido por sus estudios sobre el imperialismo, la lucha de clases y los conflictos latinoamericanos.

Artículo original en inglés:

The Rising Tide of Militarism in the 21st Century: From Clinton, Bush, Obama and Trump, publicado el 11 de marzo de 2017.

Traducido por Paco Muñoz de Bustillo para Rebelión

  • Posted in Español
  • Comments Off on La creciente oleada de militarismo estadounidense en el siglo XXI: Desde Clinton y Bush hasta Obama y Trump

Federal Judge Halts New Trump Travel Ban

March 18th, 2017 by Patrick Martin

A federal district court judge in Hawaii issued an order Wednesday evening freezing the new Trump travel ban on visitors from six Muslim-majority countries. The order was handed down by Judge Derrick K. Watson, halting the enforcement of the order only hours before it was to go into effect, at midnight Eastern Time.

The Trump executive order would have suspended the US refugee program for 120 days, while halting for 90 days the issuance of new visas to visitors from Iran, Libya, Somalia, Sudan, Syria and Yemen. All six countries are predominately Muslim, and four of the six are ravaged by US-instigated civil wars that have destroyed their infrastructure and sent millions into flight, either as internally displaced persons or as refugees. The other two, Iran and Sudan, have been the targets of US blockades and military provocations.

Two other federal judges were also hearing suits against the executive order, in Maryland and Washington state, and further injunctions against Trump’s Muslim ban could be handed down before the night is out.

It was the second time that a Trump executive order temporarily banning visitors from majority-Muslim countries and refugees from any country was struck down by the courts. The first executive order, issued January 27, was thrown out as unconstitutional and illegal by district courts in Washington state and Virginia. The Washington state ruling was then upheld by a three-judge panel of the 9th Circuit Court of Appeals, which covers much of the western United States.

The hearing in Hawaii came after a lawsuit filed by the state’s attorney general, Douglas Chin, who argued the new travel ban, like the previous version, targeted Muslims in violation of the First Amendment to the US Constitution, which protects freedom of religion, and caused damage to state universities and to the state’s tourism industry, both of them dependent on the free flow of travelers.

As in the lawsuits against the first Trump executive order, state attorneys general from 14 states filed briefs in support of Hawaii, while more than 50 technology companies, including Airbnb, Dropbox, Lyft and many other Silicon Valley firms joined in a brief opposing the travel ban.

The Hawaii state brief cited the case of Ismail Elshikh, imam of the Muslim Association of Hawaii, whose mother-in-law has applied for an immigrant visa that is still being processed, and could fall afoul of the travel ban.

Judge Watson ruled that both the state of Hawaii and Ismail Elshikh had “a strong likelihood of success on their claim” that the executive order intentionally targets Muslims and therefore violates the Constitution’s guarantee against establishment of religion.

The judge cited candidate Trump’s statements during the election campaign, referred to in the state brief, as “significant and unrebutted evidence of religious animus driving the promulgation of the Executive Order and its related predecessor.”

He also flatly rejected the Trump administration’s claim that because the executive order was limited to six Muslim-majority countries, out of dozens, no religious bias could be inferred. “The illogic of the Government’s contentions is palpable,” Watson wrote in his 43-page decision. “The notion that one can demonstrate animus toward any group of people only by targeting all of them at once is fundamentally flawed. The Court declines to relegate its Establishment Clause analysis to a purely mathematical exercise.”

Justice Department lawyers made arguments along the same lines as those rejected by the courts last month, claiming the president had wide authority to ban visitors and refugees on the basis of his status as commander-in-chief. Given the modifications in the executive order, which applies only to future visa seekers, not those who already have visas, they also claimed that there could be no showing of “irreparable harm,” meaning that neither the states nor individuals had standing to challenge the order in court.

Acting US Solicitor General Jeffrey Wall argued the government case in both the Maryland courtroom of US District Judge Theodore D. Chuang, and by telephone in the Hawaii courtroom.

No citizen of any of the six countries has engaged in a terrorist attack on Americans, either overseas or in the United States. Despite the claims by the White House that the ban is based on national security considerations and targets terrorist dangers, the countries from which actual terrorists have emerged, such as Saudi Arabia (15 of the 19 airplane hijackers on 9/11), are not on the Trump list.

Lawyers for the International Refugee Assistance Project, the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU), the National Immigration Law Center and HIAS, a Jewish charity that facilitates refugee resettlement, argued against the Muslim ban in the Maryland courtroom. The Maryland case was the only one that directly challenged Trump’s order to slash total refugee intake this year from 110,000 to 50,000, arguing that this exceeded his legal authority.

The Maryland case also heard arguments about whether the judge should take into account Trump’s campaign statements about banning Muslims. “It’s asking the court to turn a blind eye to all of the evidence that’s apparent to everybody,” argued Omar Jadwat for the ACLU. “It doesn’t make sense to blind the court.”

The ACLU lawyer also rebutted government claims that the executive order was merely temporary, pointing out the provisions for extending the travel ban indefinitely based on the recommendations of the Justice Department and the Department of Homeland Security.

In each courtroom, Justice Department lawyers claimed Trump’s second order was “substantially different” from the first, and therefore the challenge to it should be considered as a new case, without the previous court decisions setting a precedent. Those opposing the ban cited statements by top White House aide Stephen Miller, who said that the second order would reproduce the first with only minor, cosmetic differences. Some “very technical issues” would be fixed, he said, but “those basic policies are still going to be in effect.”

In Seattle, Washington, Judge James Robart, who issued an earlier ruling striking down the first Trump executive order, turned down a motion by six state attorneys general asking him to declare that his initial ruling also covered the latest version of the executive order. However, he left open the possibility that he would issue a new ruling on the second executive order.

None of these court injunctions affects in any way the vicious attacks on immigrants unleashed by other Trump executive orders, which instructed Immigration and Customs Enforcement and the Border Patrol to greatly intensify their arrests, detentions and deportations of undocumented workers. The Philadelphia ICA field office, for example, announced Monday it had seized another 248 immigrants in a four-state sweep, mainly in Pennsylvania and West Virginia.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Federal Judge Halts New Trump Travel Ban

Carl Bernstein knows a thing or two about a high-ranking government official turning on his president. He and fellow Washington Post reporter Bob Woodward famously broke the Watergate burglary story, which ultimately led to the resignation of President Richard Nixon in 1974.

During their investigation, the reporters were, according to an account provided years later by Woodward, given critical information by Mark Felt, the FBI’s deputy director, whom they referred to as “Deep Throat.”*

Now, once again, a president is the target of leaks that are likely coming from high-ranking government officials.

Richard Nixon, Donald Trump

Richard Nixon and Donald Trump
Photo credit: National Archives / Wikimedia and North Charleston / Flickr (CC BY-SA 2.0)

During a recent CNN-hosted Q&A session at SXSW, WhoWhatWhy asked Bernstein his thoughts on the apparent conflict between President Donald Trump and what many are calling the “Deep State.” He expressed a skepticism about the term, saying that many unfounded conspiracy theories were being associated with it. He acknowledged however, that there are elements of the Deep State narrative that could be true.

Many different definitions of the Deep State are floating around. One common narrative is that intelligence bureaucrats, loyal to the Obama administration and liberal ideology generally, have been undermining the Trump presidency through damaging leaks to the press, especially concerning his business relationships with Russia.

According to a counter-narrative, forces within the FBI acted to support Trump in the way they handled the controversy over Hillary Clinton’s email server during the election.

When asked by CNN what to make of the Trump-Russia connection that has dominated news headlines, Bernstein gave a surprisingly conservative answer, saying, “I don’t know.” He stressed the need for careful investigative journalism to separate fact from fiction.

Carl Bernstein

Carl Bernstein answering questions at CNN hosted event at SXSW.
Photo credit: Jimmy Falls / WhoWhatWhy

Deep conflicts within government can have beneficial consequences for the public, though this is not always recognized immediately. Bernstein and Woodward’s investigations not only brought down Nixon; they were also a catalyst for a whole series of government investigations into US intelligence activities, including the Rockefeller Commission, the Pike and Church committees, and House Select Committee on Assassinations (HSCA). Many reforms, such as the establishment of the FISA court and the US Senate Select Committee on Intelligence, came about as a result of these hearings.

Though discussion of the Deep State is in vogue now, WhoWhatWhy has been ahead of the curve on this issue. As predicted, the mainstream discussion is being directed to mid-level bureaucrats, rather than to the power elite, the 1% whose domains include Wall Street and the military-industrial-complex, and whose abiding (if sometimes diffuse) influence was the subject of WhoWhatWhy’s inquiries.

“Indiscriminate” and “Arbitrary”

WhoWhatWhy also asked Bernstein to compare the surveillance/intelligence complex in his day to that of today, post-Snowden. He said that long before Edward Snowden came on the scene, he was quite aware of the NSA’s technical capabilities, including the ability to “vacuum” up vast amounts of electronic data. He referred to the book The Puzzle Palace by James Bamford, a 1982 exposé on the NSA. Yet he indicated that even in light of Snowden’s revelations, there has been no clear evidence of abuse of this vast surveillance privilege by the intelligence agencies.

There has been no evidence that the executive branch has abused surveillance powers to spy on opposing political parties or candidates, as Nixon tried to do by bugging the offices of the Democratic headquarters. (Although now Trump, without providing any evidence, has openly accused the Obama adminstration of just such actions.)

However, indiscriminate data collection from US citizens can itself be construed as an abuse of the Fourth Amendment protections against “unreasonable searches and seizures.” Federal district judge Richard J. Leon described the NSA’s technological capabilities as “Orwellian.” In his ruling he writes:

I cannot imagine a more ‘indiscriminate’ and ‘arbitrary’ invasion than this systematic and high-tech collection and retention of personal data on virtually every single citizen for purposes of querying and analyzing it without prior judicial approval.

There is yet another sense in which real, concrete abuses of power have been brought to light by leakers. WhoWhatWhy recently interviewed former CIA officer John Kiriakou, who first leaked that the CIA was kidnapping and torturing terrorism suspects in secret bases worldwide. He was tried under the Espionage Act by the Obama administration and spent two years in a federal prison. Apparently, neither the Obama nor the Trump administration want such revelations to reach the public.

In a political environment where the power of government is regularly marshaled to bury news of  unreasonable surveillance and other Deep State abuses, Carl Bernstein’s advice to pursue the truth tenaciously seems more timely than ever.

* Editor’s Note: Readers of WhoWhatWhy and its editor Russ Baker’s book Family of Secrets are familiar with serious questions about Woodward’s veracity, about the conventional Watergate narrative we’ve all heard — and about the claimed role of Felt. Nonetheless, Bernstein gained justified praise for work he did for Rolling Stone, after leaving the Washington Post, on the extent to which the CIA had compromised the American media.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on The Deep State and the “Surveillance Intelligence Complex”

Almost six years after a tsunami caused a meltdown at the Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Power Plant, the facility’s operator, Tokyo Electric Power (Tepco) faces overwhelming problems to clean up the site. Tepco now reports radiation in reactor 2 that would kill a worker in thirty seconds, and even destroys robots. Arjun Makhijani, the President of the Institute for Energy and Environmental Research and host Steve Curwood discuss the implications of this new report and the challenges of cleanup.

Radio Interview

Click stream/download audio MP3 file

Transcript

CURWOOD: It’s Living on Earth, I’m Steve Curwood.

Six years after an earthquake and resulting tsunami devastated Fukushima, Japan and led to the melt down of three nuclear power reactors there on the coast, radiation levels have reached a staggering 530 sieverts an hour, many times higher than any previous reading. Tepco, the plant’s operator, claims that radiation is not leaking outside reactor number two, site of these readings, but concedes there’s a hole in the grating beneath the vessel that contains melted radioactive fuel.

Juan Carlos Lentijo of the International Atomic Energy Agency looks at tanks holding contaminated water and the Unit 4 and Unit 3 reactor buildings during a February 2015 tour of the tsunami-stricken Fukushima Daiichi nuclear power plant. (Photo: Susanna Loof / IAEA, Flickr CC BY-NC-ND 2.0)

Joining us now to explain what it all means is Arjun Makhijani, President of the Institute for Energy and Environmental Research. Welcome back to Living on Earth Arjun.

MAKHIJANI: Thank you, Steve. Glad to be back.

CURWOOD: So, this report from TEPCO seems serious, maybe even ominous. What what exactly is going on?

MAKHIJANI: Well, they are exploring the molten core of the reactor in reactor number two with robots, and the robot called Scorpion went farther into the bottom of the reactor in an area called “the pedestal” on which the reactor kind of sits and measured much higher levels of radiation than before. The highest level was 73 Sieverts per hour before and this time they measured a radiation level more than seven times higher. It doesn’t mean it’s going up. It just was in a new area of the molten core that had not been measured before.

CURWOOD: Still, it sounds to me like it’s problematic, that six years after this meltdown there’s such a high reading.

MAKHIJANI: It is a very high reading; they may encounter even higher readings. The difficulty with this high reading is that the prospect that workers can actually go there, even all suited up, becomes more and more remote. Robots are going to have to do all this work – That was mostly foreseen – but the radiation levels are so high that even robots cannot survive for very long. So now they’re going to have to go back to the drawing board and redesign robots that can survive longer or figure out how to do the work faster, and it’s going to be more costly and more complicated to decommission the site.

The lid of Unit 4’s Primary Containment Vessel lies close to the reactor building. The reactor was shut down
for maintenance at the time of the accident. (Photo: Gill Tudor / IAEA, Flickr CC BY-SA 2.0)

CURWOOD: Remind us, Arjun, please, of the human impact of this kind of radiation. What’s toxic to humans?

MAKHIJANI: Right. So, if you get high levels of radiation in a short period of time, four Sieverts is a lethal dose for about half the people within two months. So, in 530 Sieverts per hour would give you a lethal dose in less than 30 seconds.

CURWOOD: Wow.

MAKHIJANI: So, it’s a very, very, very high level of radiation. That’s why people cannot go into the reactor and work there. That’s not the end of the bad news, but that’s quite a bit of it.

CURWOOD: OK. All right, there is more bad news. I’m sitting down. Tell me.

MAKHIJANI: Yes, so the bottom of the reactor under the reactor there is a grating and then under the grating there’s the concrete floor, and what this robot discovered — It was supposed to go around the grating and survey the whole area, but it couldn’t because a piece of the grating was deformed and broken. So, now it appears that some of the molten fuel may have gone through the grating and maybe onto the concrete floor. We don’t know because even robotic surveys are now difficult, and a high radiation turns into heat, so the whole environment around the molten fuel is thermally very hot, and so whether it is going through the concrete, whether it is under the concrete, I don’t know that we have a good grip on that issue.

CURWOOD: So, Arjun, what’s going on with the reactors one and three? There have been published reports that TEPCO, Tokyo Electric Power Company that has these reactors, hasn’t really taken a good look at those reactors. What do you know?

MAKHIJANI: Well, they have to develop the robots, and I think that developing them, by looking at reactor two, and they’re finding these surprises, radiation levels much higher than previously measured. It shouldn’t actually be unanticipated. The big surprise here was that a part of the grating was gone, and so that the molten fuel would possibly have gone through the grating. So, I think similar surprises will await reactors one and three because each meltdown will have a different geometry.

Storing contaminated water in tanks at the Fukushima Daiichi site
presents an ongoing risk, says Makhijani. (Photo: Gill Tudor / IAEA, Flickr CC BY-SA 2.0)

CURWOOD: So, now what about the decay products here? We’re starting with the Uranium family, but we wind up with Cesium and Strontium – Strontium 90. What risk is there of Strontium 90 getting into groundwater there?

MAKHIJANI: Yeah, so the peculiar thing about a nuclear reaction is the initial fuel, Uranium, is not very radioactive. It’s radioactive but you can hold the uranium fuel pellets in your hand without getting a high dose of radiation. After it’s gone through the nuclear reaction – Fission, that’s what generates the energy – the fission products which result from splitting the Uranium atom are much more radioactive than Uranium, and Strontium 90 and Cesium 137 are two of the products that last for quite a long time, half-life 30 years, and are quite toxic. So, Strontium 90 is specially a problem when it comes in to contact with water. It’s mobilized by water. It behaves like calcium, so if it gets into like sea water and get into the fish, the bones of the fish, or human beings, of course, it gets into the bone marrow and bone surface, increases the risk of cancer, leukemia. So it’s a pretty nasty substance, and Strontium 90 has been contacted with water. You know, rainwater goes and contacts the molten fuel. Groundwater may be contacting the molten fuel. So, we have had Strontium 90 contamination and discharges into the ocean. They also collect the water. They’ve got about more than 1,000 tanks of contaminated water stored at the Fukushima site. By my rough estimate may be about 100 million gallons of contaminated water is being stored there.

CURWOOD: What happens if there’s an earthquake?

MAKHIJANI: That’s exactly right. So about a week into the accident, I sent a suggestion to the Japan Atomic Energy Commission that they should buy a supertanker, put the contaminated water into the supertanker, and send it off elsewhere for processing. They do have a site in the north of Japan which was supposed to be for plutonium separation, but it could be used to support the cleanup of Fukushima. But they rejected that proposal more than once and decided to build these tanks instead. They have a decontamination process on-site, and there are a very vast number of plastic bags on the site filled with contaminated soil. Nobody wants the stuff and nobody knows what’s going to happen with it.

Arjun Makhijani is the President of the Institute for Energy and Environmental Research.
(Photo: Francisco Martinez/Tides Momentum, Flickr CC BY-NC-ND 2.0)

CURWOOD: It’s six years after the original meltdown. How much of a disaster is Fukushima today?

MAKHIJANI: Well, Fukushima is possibly the longest running, continuous industrial disaster in history. It has not stopped because the risks are still there. This is going to take decades to decommission the site, and then what is going to happen with all this highly radioactive waste, ‘specially the molten fuel? Nobody knows.

CURWOOD: Arjun Makhijani is President of the Institute for Energy and Environmental Research. Thanks for taking time with us today, Arjun.

MAKHIJANI: So good to be back with you, Steve.

Links

The Guardian: “Fukushima nuclear reactor radiation at highest level since 2011 meltdown”

Washington Post: “Japanese nuclear plant just recorded an astronomical radiation level. Should we be worried?”

TEPCO’s Decommissioning Plan for Fukushima Daiichi

About Arjun Makhijani

  • Posted in Uncategorized
  • Comments Off on Radiation Spikes at Fukishima, Worldwide Impacts, “Longest Running, Continuous Industrial Disaster in History”

Almost six years after a tsunami caused a meltdown at the Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Power Plant, the facility’s operator, Tokyo Electric Power (Tepco) faces overwhelming problems to clean up the site. Tepco now reports radiation in reactor 2 that would kill a worker in thirty seconds, and even destroys robots. Arjun Makhijani, the President of the Institute for Energy and Environmental Research and host Steve Curwood discuss the implications of this new report and the challenges of cleanup.

Radio Interview

Click stream/download audio MP3 file

Transcript

CURWOOD: It’s Living on Earth, I’m Steve Curwood.

Six years after an earthquake and resulting tsunami devastated Fukushima, Japan and led to the melt down of three nuclear power reactors there on the coast, radiation levels have reached a staggering 530 sieverts an hour, many times higher than any previous reading. Tepco, the plant’s operator, claims that radiation is not leaking outside reactor number two, site of these readings, but concedes there’s a hole in the grating beneath the vessel that contains melted radioactive fuel.

Juan Carlos Lentijo of the International Atomic Energy Agency looks at tanks holding contaminated water and the Unit 4 and Unit 3 reactor buildings during a February 2015 tour of the tsunami-stricken Fukushima Daiichi nuclear power plant. (Photo: Susanna Loof / IAEA, Flickr CC BY-NC-ND 2.0)

Joining us now to explain what it all means is Arjun Makhijani, President of the Institute for Energy and Environmental Research. Welcome back to Living on Earth Arjun.

MAKHIJANI: Thank you, Steve. Glad to be back.

CURWOOD: So, this report from TEPCO seems serious, maybe even ominous. What what exactly is going on?

MAKHIJANI: Well, they are exploring the molten core of the reactor in reactor number two with robots, and the robot called Scorpion went farther into the bottom of the reactor in an area called “the pedestal” on which the reactor kind of sits and measured much higher levels of radiation than before. The highest level was 73 Sieverts per hour before and this time they measured a radiation level more than seven times higher. It doesn’t mean it’s going up. It just was in a new area of the molten core that had not been measured before.

CURWOOD: Still, it sounds to me like it’s problematic, that six years after this meltdown there’s such a high reading.

MAKHIJANI: It is a very high reading; they may encounter even higher readings. The difficulty with this high reading is that the prospect that workers can actually go there, even all suited up, becomes more and more remote. Robots are going to have to do all this work – That was mostly foreseen – but the radiation levels are so high that even robots cannot survive for very long. So now they’re going to have to go back to the drawing board and redesign robots that can survive longer or figure out how to do the work faster, and it’s going to be more costly and more complicated to decommission the site.

The lid of Unit 4’s Primary Containment Vessel lies close to the reactor building. The reactor was shut down
for maintenance at the time of the accident. (Photo: Gill Tudor / IAEA, Flickr CC BY-SA 2.0)

CURWOOD: Remind us, Arjun, please, of the human impact of this kind of radiation. What’s toxic to humans?

MAKHIJANI: Right. So, if you get high levels of radiation in a short period of time, four Sieverts is a lethal dose for about half the people within two months. So, in 530 Sieverts per hour would give you a lethal dose in less than 30 seconds.

CURWOOD: Wow.

MAKHIJANI: So, it’s a very, very, very high level of radiation. That’s why people cannot go into the reactor and work there. That’s not the end of the bad news, but that’s quite a bit of it.

CURWOOD: OK. All right, there is more bad news. I’m sitting down. Tell me.

MAKHIJANI: Yes, so the bottom of the reactor under the reactor there is a grating and then under the grating there’s the concrete floor, and what this robot discovered — It was supposed to go around the grating and survey the whole area, but it couldn’t because a piece of the grating was deformed and broken. So, now it appears that some of the molten fuel may have gone through the grating and maybe onto the concrete floor. We don’t know because even robotic surveys are now difficult, and a high radiation turns into heat, so the whole environment around the molten fuel is thermally very hot, and so whether it is going through the concrete, whether it is under the concrete, I don’t know that we have a good grip on that issue.

CURWOOD: So, Arjun, what’s going on with the reactors one and three? There have been published reports that TEPCO, Tokyo Electric Power Company that has these reactors, hasn’t really taken a good look at those reactors. What do you know?

MAKHIJANI: Well, they have to develop the robots, and I think that developing them, by looking at reactor two, and they’re finding these surprises, radiation levels much higher than previously measured. It shouldn’t actually be unanticipated. The big surprise here was that a part of the grating was gone, and so that the molten fuel would possibly have gone through the grating. So, I think similar surprises will await reactors one and three because each meltdown will have a different geometry.

Storing contaminated water in tanks at the Fukushima Daiichi site
presents an ongoing risk, says Makhijani. (Photo: Gill Tudor / IAEA, Flickr CC BY-SA 2.0)

CURWOOD: So, now what about the decay products here? We’re starting with the Uranium family, but we wind up with Cesium and Strontium – Strontium 90. What risk is there of Strontium 90 getting into groundwater there?

MAKHIJANI: Yeah, so the peculiar thing about a nuclear reaction is the initial fuel, Uranium, is not very radioactive. It’s radioactive but you can hold the uranium fuel pellets in your hand without getting a high dose of radiation. After it’s gone through the nuclear reaction – Fission, that’s what generates the energy – the fission products which result from splitting the Uranium atom are much more radioactive than Uranium, and Strontium 90 and Cesium 137 are two of the products that last for quite a long time, half-life 30 years, and are quite toxic. So, Strontium 90 is specially a problem when it comes in to contact with water. It’s mobilized by water. It behaves like calcium, so if it gets into like sea water and get into the fish, the bones of the fish, or human beings, of course, it gets into the bone marrow and bone surface, increases the risk of cancer, leukemia. So it’s a pretty nasty substance, and Strontium 90 has been contacted with water. You know, rainwater goes and contacts the molten fuel. Groundwater may be contacting the molten fuel. So, we have had Strontium 90 contamination and discharges into the ocean. They also collect the water. They’ve got about more than 1,000 tanks of contaminated water stored at the Fukushima site. By my rough estimate may be about 100 million gallons of contaminated water is being stored there.

CURWOOD: What happens if there’s an earthquake?

MAKHIJANI: That’s exactly right. So about a week into the accident, I sent a suggestion to the Japan Atomic Energy Commission that they should buy a supertanker, put the contaminated water into the supertanker, and send it off elsewhere for processing. They do have a site in the north of Japan which was supposed to be for plutonium separation, but it could be used to support the cleanup of Fukushima. But they rejected that proposal more than once and decided to build these tanks instead. They have a decontamination process on-site, and there are a very vast number of plastic bags on the site filled with contaminated soil. Nobody wants the stuff and nobody knows what’s going to happen with it.

Arjun Makhijani is the President of the Institute for Energy and Environmental Research.
(Photo: Francisco Martinez/Tides Momentum, Flickr CC BY-NC-ND 2.0)

CURWOOD: It’s six years after the original meltdown. How much of a disaster is Fukushima today?

MAKHIJANI: Well, Fukushima is possibly the longest running, continuous industrial disaster in history. It has not stopped because the risks are still there. This is going to take decades to decommission the site, and then what is going to happen with all this highly radioactive waste, ‘specially the molten fuel? Nobody knows.

CURWOOD: Arjun Makhijani is President of the Institute for Energy and Environmental Research. Thanks for taking time with us today, Arjun.

MAKHIJANI: So good to be back with you, Steve.

Links

The Guardian: “Fukushima nuclear reactor radiation at highest level since 2011 meltdown”

Washington Post: “Japanese nuclear plant just recorded an astronomical radiation level. Should we be worried?”

TEPCO’s Decommissioning Plan for Fukushima Daiichi

About Arjun Makhijani

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Radiation Spikes at Fukishima, Worldwide Impacts, “Longest Running, Continuous Industrial Disaster in History”

The expansion of  public relations and propaganda (PRP) firms inside news systems in the world today has resulted in a deliberate form of news management. Maintenance of continuous news shows requires a constant and ever-entertaining supply of stimulating events and breaking news bites. Corporate media are increasingly dependent on various government agencies and PRP firms as sources of news.

The PRP industry has experienced phenomenal growth since 2001. In 2015, three publicly traded mega PR firms—Omnicom, WPP, and Interpublic Group—together employed 214,000 people across 170 countries, collecting $35 billion in combined revenue. Not only do these firms control massive wealth, they also possess a network of connections in powerful international institutions with direct links to national governments, multi-national corporations, global policy-making bodies, and the corporate media.

In The Practice of Public Relations, Fraser P. Seitel defined public relations as “helping an organization and its public adapt mutually to each other.” Propaganda can be defined as the dissemination of ideas and information for the purpose of inducing or intensifying specific attitudes and actions. Both PR and propaganda seek to change behaviors and ideas among the masses in support of the agendas of public and private institutions. (For an early history of state propaganda, see Jacuie L’Etang, “State Propaganda and Bureaucratic Intelligence: The Creation of the Public Relations in 20th Century Britain,” Public Relations Review 24, no. 4 (1998): 413-41.)  As Douglas Kellner and other researchers have documented, since 9/11 public relations firms have contributed to increased levels of media propaganda.

Consider the Rendon Group, one of the key PR firms supporting US propaganda efforts during recent wars. In the 1980s, it produced public relations propaganda for the ousting of Panama’s president, Manuel Noriega. The Rendon Group also shaped international support for the first Gulf War, and in the 1990s created the Iraqi National Congress. The Rendon Group provided the images that mobilized public support for a permanent war on terror , including the fake news stories of the toppling of Saddam Hussein’s statue in Baghdad, the heroic rescue of US Army private Jessica Lynch, and dramatic tales of Iraq’s weapons of mass destruction. As James Bamford reported in a 2005 article in Rolling Stone, Pentagon documents show thirty-five contracts with Rendon from 2000-2004, worth a total of  between $50-100 million dollars.

PRP firms have emerged as orchestrators of global informion and news. The world today faces a military-industrial-media empire, bolstered by PRP firms, that is so powerful and complex that truth is mostly absent or reported only in disconnected segments with little historical context.

In late 1999, Ben Bagdikian, the author of Media Monopoly and former Washington Post editor, told me that he estimated that two-thirds of all news stories originated with PR firms; in 2003, an article from the Guardian conservatively estimated that 50-80% of news and business stories originated from public relations firms. The result is managed news by governments, corporations, and PRP firms—often interlocked—including both the release of specific stories intended to build public support as well as the deliberate non-coverage of news stories that may undermine capitalist elites’ goals and interests.

PRP firms provide a variety of services to major corporations and institutions around the world. Brand enhancement and sales are undoubtedly among their key services. However, companies offer much more, including research and crisis management for corporations and governments, public information campaigns, web design and promotions, and corporate media placement. WPP’s Hill & Knowton proudly brags on its website that they service 50% of the Fortune Global 500 companies from their offices in forty countries. Along with Omnicom’s Fleishman and Hillard, Hill & Knowlton have been the key PRP firms working with Monsanto to protect its brand Roundup, which contains the herbicide glyphosate. Roundup is the most widely-used herbicide in the world, being sold in over 130 countries, but the World Health Organization recently declared glyphosate a human carcinogen. As countries begin to restrict its use, PRP firms gear up to protect Monsanto’s profits.

WPP’s Hill & Knowton is also well known for its early involvement with the Council for Tobacco Research (CTR), originally established in 1954 to counter the 1952 Reader’s Digest report linking cancer to tobacco smoking. In 1993, theWall Street Journal described CTR as the “longest-running misinformation campaigns in U.S. business history” (A.M. Freedman and L.P. Cohen, “Smoke and Mirrors: How Cigarette Makers Keep Health Questions ‘Open’ Year after Year,” Wall Street Journal, February 11, 1993.)

It was WPP’s Burson-Marsteller who created the frontgroup Global Climate Coalition (GCC). From 1989-2001, the GCC helped the oil and auto industries downplay the dangers of global warming. Initial members of the coalition included Amoco, American Petroleum Institute, Chevron, Chrysler, Exxon, Ford, GM, Shell, and Texaco. In addition from 2007-2015 the US federal government spent over $4 billion dollars for PRP services. The US employs 3,092 public relations officers in 139 agencies. An additional $2.2 billion goes to outside firms to perform PRP, polling, research, and market consulting.

The world’s top PRP firms reaped millions of US dollars in 2014 including Laughlin, Marinaccio & Owens ($87.98M), WPP-Young & Rubicam Inc. ($57.5M), WPP-Ogilvy Public Relations  ($47.93M), Omnicon-FleishmanHillard ($42.4M), and Gallup ($42.0M). WPP’s Burson-Marsteller won a $4.6 million contract with the US Department of Homeland Security in 2005 to develop public awareness and education for a major emergency, disaster, or terrorist attack in Washington DC.

Before the first Gulf War, a fake news propaganda spectacle took place courtesy of WPP’s Hill & Knowlton. They were hired by Citizens for a Free Kuwait and eventually received nearly $10.8 million to conduct one of the most effective public relations campaigns in history. Hill & Knowlton helped create a national outrage against Iraq by publicizing the horrifying events supposedly caused by Iraqi soldiers during Iraq’s invasion of Kuwait.

In testimony to the House of Representative’s Human Rights Caucus, a young woman named Nayirah said that she saw “Iraqi soldiers come into the [Kuwaiti] hospital with guns, and go into the room where 15 babies were in incubators. They took the babies out of the incubators, took the incubators, and left the babies on the cold floor to die.” What the public was not told was that Nayirah was the daughter of Kuwait’s ambassador to the US, and that her performance was coordinated by the White House and choreographed by the US public relations firm Hill & Knowlton on behalf of the Kuwaiti government.

As Johan Carlisle reported, former CIA official Robert T. Crowley, who served as a liaison between the agency and PR firms, acknowledged that “Hill & Knowlton’s overseas offices…were perfect ‘cover’ for the ever-expanding CIA. Unlike other cover jobs, being a public relations specialist did not require technical training for CIA officers.” Furthermore, Crowley admitted, the CIA used its Hill & Knowlton connections to “put out press releases and make media contacts to further its positions… Hill & Knowlton employees at the small Washington office and elsewhere distributed this material through CIA assets working in the United States news media.”

A global war on terrorism requires continuous ideological justification, aimed at the mass of people who instinctively favor peace. PRP firms provide an on-going rationalization for war by servicing government propaganda activities, military contractors, pro-war Hollywood films, and the marketing of war toys, cartoons and related products. The techniques for marketing brands are essentially the same as for marketing war. PRP firms produce creative, visually-stimulating, emotional ads that spotlight families with loving children in danger of others, protected by official authorities, including homeland security, police or military personnel: “To get to you…they’d have to get past us,” touted the narrator of “America’s Navy—the Shield,” produced by the advertising firm Campbell Ewald, which first aired on CBS during the 2014 Army-Navy football game.[AR1] In May 2015, the Navy Times reported that the Navy had awarded its Recruiting Command contract—“initially valued at $84.4 million for a one-year fixed-price”—to New York-based Young & Rubicam.

The big three global PRP firms are key contributors to the global hegemony of capitalism. PRP firms and their corporate media partners aid corporations, governments, and non-governmental organizations in an unrelenting ideological assault on, and pacification of the minds of the masses around the world.

The overall message is the continued acquisition of material products and consumption, expanded desire for a life of luxury, fear of others—including terrorists, criminals, and threatening peoples—the support of police states, acceptance of a permanent war on terrorism, and the equation of private corporations with democratic governance. This is what Noam Chomsky called engineering opinion and parading enemies (Media Control, Seven Stories Press, 2002).

The PRP industry is highly concentrated and fully global. With $35 billion in annual revenue, the big three PRP firms are key components of the transnational capitalist class. The PRP industry’s primary goal is the promotion of capital growth through hegomonic psychological control of human desires, emotions, beliefs, and values. PRP firms do this by manipulating the thoughts and feelings of human beings worldwide. In many ways PRP firms are the ideological engine of capitalism, due to both their massive influence in world corporate media and their increasing embedded role in the propaganda of national governments, including psychological operations in support of a permanent war on terror.

Perhaps democracy movements can offer us some hope for the future. Consciousness of the dark side of PRP and its unrestricted power to warp minds is an important first step. Among some recent positive steps taken by activists to limit the power of PRP, Quebec has become one of the first regions to ban commercial advertising targeting children under the age of 13. For that matter, three generations of people in Cuba have grown up without product advertising in their lives. A group of graduate students from the Univeristy of Havana simply laughed when I asked them five years ago if they ever wanted a “Happy Meal.” It seemed absurd to them to even consider the idea. We too need to understand the absurdity of the PRP industry, and to move to eliminate its influence from our lives, our cultures, and our world.

Peter Phillips is a Professor of Political Sociology at Somona State University.

Sonoma State University students Ratonya CoffeeNicole TranchinaRobert Ramirez, and Mary Schafer provided research support.

NOTE: This article is based on more in-depth research, originally published as “Selling Empire, War, and Capitalism: Public Relations Propaganda Firms in Service to the Transnational Capitalist Class,” pp. 285-315 in Censored 2017: Fortieth Anniversary Edition, edited by Mickey Huff and Andy Lee Roth (New York: Seven Stories Press, 2016). The full report is available on Project Censored’s website at:

http://projectcensored.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/C17_07_Phillips_SellingEmpire.pd

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Propaganda, Fake News, and Media Lies: The Diabolical Business of Global Public Relations Firms

We have to start winning wars again. I have to say, when I was young, in high school and college, everybody used to say we never lost a war. We never lost a war, remember?…

America never lost. And now we never win a war. We never win. And don’t fight to win. We don’t fight to win. We’ve either got to win or don’t fight at all. – President Trump to the National Governors Association, Feb. 27, 2017

“Don’t fight at all” has a pleasant, fresh ring to it, like any good salesman’s con. The President was about to announce a proposed military budget increase of $58 billion, making the world’s biggest military budget that much bigger. So he probably wasn’t thinking, “Don’t fight at all.” In fact, almost as soon as he said that, he turned to his frustration with the Middle East after 17 years and a cost of $6 trillion. “That’s just unacceptable. And we’re nowhere,” the President said,

Actually, if you think about it, we’re less than nowhere. The Middle East is far worse than it was 16, 17 years ago. There’s not even a contest. So we’ve spent $6 trillion. We have a hornet’s nest. It’s a mess like you’ve never seen before. We’re nowhere. So we’re going to straighten it out.

The Middle East is a big place, so straightening “it” out could be even more complicated than health care. And the President hasn’t proposed a strategic plan that we know of, so how he plans to go about straightening it out is a little murky. Still, we’re already at war there, so that’s a start. We’re at war under a 2001 Authorization to Use Military Force (AUMF), passed then by a mindless and panicked Congress, and left in place ever since by a feckless Congress (Rep. Barbara Lee the lone exception). With his AUMF in place, with the world’s largest military, and with virtually no American opposition to war in other places, the President pretty much has carte blanche to wreak havoc as he chooses.

US Navy fighter jets flying side-by-side with Chilean Air Force fighter jets next to the USS George Washington aircraft carrier. (photo: US Navy)

US Navy fighter jets flying side-by-side with Chilean Air Force fighter jets next to the USS George Washington aircraft carrier. (photo: US Navy)

Escalation in Syria is well under way, especially bombing raids

As part of Operation Inherent Resolve, more US troops have been deployed in northwestern Syria (how many is unclear, but the total force is about 500). According to US Centcom, their mission is a “reassurance and deterrence [mission] … designed to be a visible symbol to other parties there that Manbij has already been fully liberated” from the Islamic State (which held it from January 2014 to August 2016). Manbij is a city that once had a population of 100,000, located roughly midway between Aleppo and the Turkish border. Military forces nearby in the region include Syrian, Russian, Turkish, and Kurdish troops, as well as elements of the Islamic State and Syrian rebels. The American role, in cooperation with the Russians at least, is to keep others from interfering in Manbij, which was governed for awhile by a mostly local military council. Now the Kurdish Democratic Union Party (PYD), a leading force of Syrian Kurds, is trying to establish Manbij as a democratic autonomous administration that would, in effect, be part of a de facto Kurdistan in northern Syria. The Turks are adamantly opposed to Kurdish autonomy and would have attacked Manbij but for the US and Russian forces in their way.

US Weapons of Mass Destruction might get wider use

The US Central Command (based in Tampa, Florida) has recently confirmed what it had previously denied: that the US has used depleted uranium weapons in Syria against the Islamic State. For decades now, the US has been using – and denying that it uses – depleted uranium weapons in Iraq, Afghanistan, and other countries in the region. Depleted uranium weapons have long been controversial, and their use is arguably a war crime, since the radioactive impact of the weapons does not discriminate between combatants and civilians and leaves radioactively poisoned areas behind for decades. Under international law as well as 18 US Code sec 2332c, depleted uranium weapons are considered weapons of mass destruction (WMDs). Use of depleted uranium weapons arguably violates numerous international treaties, including the Geneva Conventions and the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. More than 150 countries have worked to control or ban depleted uranium weapons, an effort always opposed by the US despite the connection between depleted uranium and the poisoning of US troops called Gulf War Syndrome.

Yemen: an undefended target of opportunity for any murderous impulse

The pace of drone strikes by the US on suspected terrorists has increased more than fourfold since Trump took office. At the same time, Trump has abandoned responsibility for ordering drone strikes, leaving it to others down the chain of command to kill unlucky civilians at will. The US carried out more than 30 drone strikes against Yemen in the first days of March alone. According to the US Central Command, the ostensible target was “al-Qaida in the Arabian Peninsula” and the drone strikes “were conducted in partnership with the government of Yemen.”

The “government of Yemen” is essentially a legal fiction that controls a small portion of the country around Aden and is significantly controlled by Saudi Arabia. The US Command characterizes al-Qaida in the Arabian Peninsula as “a local and regional threat” with manpower in the “low thousands.” US Central Command also says this al-Qaida “has more American blood on its hands” than the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria does, and that it is a “deadly terrorist organization that has proven itself to be very effective in targeting and killing Americans, and they have intent and aspirations to continue doing so,… This is a dangerous group locally, regionally and transnationally, to include against the United States, the West and our allies,” while offering no specific details. Meanwhile Yemen is on the verge of mass starvation and the US continues to support the Saudi-led blockade of the poorest country in the region. That’s one way to “straighten out” the Middle East.

William M. Boardman has over 40 years experience in theatre, radio, TV, print journalism, and non-fiction, including 20 years in the Vermont judiciary. He has received honors from Writers Guild of America, Corporation for Public Broadcasting, Vermont Life magazine, and an Emmy Award nomination from the Academy of Television Arts and Sciences.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on What War Are We Buying With Another $58 Billion for the Military?

Trump’s Federal Budget Is VERY Libertarian

March 18th, 2017 by Eric Zuesse

Ideology shapes priorities, and largely determines what will be increased, and what will be decreased, in a government’s annual budget. U.S. President Donald Trump’s first proposed federal budget, released on March 15th, makes his ideology crystal clear.

Maybe it’s because Trump owes the libertarian Koch brothers his win of the White House, but for whatever reason, his proposed federal budget is, in terms of its spending-priorities, by far the closest-ever White House embodiment of their libertarian philosophy, and of traditional libertarianism going back to their heroes, libertarian economists such as Milton Friedman and Friedrich von Hayek — prioritizing, that is to say, as the first if not only essential government services (with government-spending thus being increased the most, or decreased the least, in the field of) defense and police functions, and furthermore urging that even the essential functions should be privatized as much as possible (favoring mercenaries, for example, instead of government soldiers).

Trump’s budget is super-heavy on boosting military and police functions, and on shrinking all other federal departments, namely: State, Labor, EPA, Agriculture, Justice, HHS, Commerce, Education, Transportation, HUD, Energy, Treasury, and Interior.

The only Departments that get boosts in this budget are Defense (+10%), Homeland Security (+7%), and Veterans Affairs (+6%) — the three muscle-agencies, the “police-state” agencies that reflect government’s essential coercive functions. And, a privatization gas-pedal is suddenly being pressed to the floor, in Transportation, Education, Health and Human Services, and, really, everywhere (such as cutting back on prison-construction, so as to increase the use of for-profit prisons). There will be more toll-roads with the profits going to stockholders, and less maintenance of existing pot-holed public highways and public transportation (the benefits of which go only to the public — no profits whatsoever). Private schools will benefit at the expense of public schools. This budget is the closest to the libertarians’ dreams, of any President’s, ever.

Here’s how it came to be this way:

The Kochs didn’t want Trump to be the Republican nominee — they had first favored Scott Walker, then were thinking of settling for Marco Rubio; but, after Trump did win, the Trump campaign recognized that without support from the traditional Republican Party — meaning RNC Chair Reince Priebus (the Party’s traditionalists), and the Kochs (funding the Party’s Tea Party wing) — there would be no way that Trump’s ground-game operation working alone would be able to compete effectively against Hillary Clinton’s operation, which was united with the Democratic Party’s congressional ground-game operation. So, a deal was struck with Priebus, and with the Kochs, to also coordinate both the Republican congressional campaigns and the Republican Presidential campaigns; and Trump was floated into the White House, really, on a broader unified conservative movement (unified actually by years of intense anti-Obama sentiment among Republicans) political wave, in which, as Matea Gold headlined in the Washington Post on 20 June 2016, “The Kochs’ powerful operation isn’t aimed at helping Trump – but it might anyway” — and that’s exactly what happened — it did help him, by bringing Republicans to the polls.

As a consequence of that — the support being provided both by the Republican National Committee (Reince Priebus) and the Tea Party activists (the Koch brothers) — journalist Alex Kotch was  accurately headlining at Alternet on 10 January 2017, right before Trump’s inauguration, “The Koch Brothers Are Smiling: The White House Will Be Packed With Some of Their Most Loyal Servants”. He opened:

“The Trump White House is going to be very, very Koch-y. During the 2016 presidential campaign, billionaire industrialists and Republican mega-donors Charles and David Koch made headlines by refusing to endorse a candidate. But ads in U.S. Senate races paid for by Koch-linked independent political groups hurt the image of Donald Trump’s foe, Hillary Clinton, whom they criticized while associating Democratic Senate candidates with her. And the massive ground game of the Kochs’ well-known political group, Americans for Prosperity, helped turn out thousands of Trump voters in battleground states. From the time Trump picked his vice presidential running mate, Koch favorite Mike Pence, the brothers’ influence on Trump World has grown ever stronger.”

However, what Kotch failed to notice, and actually got wrong there, was that his statement was misleading, that, “During the 2016 presidential campaign, billionaire industrialists and Republican mega-donors Charles and David Koch made headlines by refusing to endorse a candidate.” This assertion failed to distinguish between the primary phase of “the 2016 presidential campaign” and the general-election phase of it — the Trump v. Clinton phase. Prior to the general-election phase, the Kochs did have favorites, first Scott Walker, then Marco Rubio, but quickly realized that they couldn’t endorse either one, because those campaigners had no realistic chance of winning the Republican nomination. Trump never was the Kochs’ favorite, nor anywhere close to it. Therefore, the Kochs still did try, during that earlier phase, the primaries, to reduce Trump’s chances of winning the nomination; and, even after he won the nomination, the Kochs didn’t immediately jump aboard his bandwagon but instead actually preferred the Democratic nominee, Hillary Clinton, over Trump. As I headlined on 21 July 2016, “Koch Brothers Now Supporting Hillary Clinton”, and they temporarily punished one of the Kochs’ favorite U.S. Senators, Republican Ron Johnson of Wisconsin, for his so quickly endorsing Trump over Clinton. But that situation didn’t last long. Soon, the Kochs were back to funding Johnson, and (like Priebus) reached a deal with the Trump team, to fund the get-out-the-vote campaign that would help both the Republican congressional campaigns and the Trump campaign. This is how it came to be that we now have a solidly Republican government.

So, the New York Times headlined on March 16th, “Who Wins and Loses in Trump’s Proposed Budget”, and gave a good summary of the Trump budget, a U.S. federal budget which, if enacted in this very Republican Congress, would be — at least in terms of its budget-priorities — like a dream come true for the Kochs. However, the Times doesn’t even mention the Kochs, nor libertarianism, there, but, like Alex Kotch otherwise explained fairly well, “The Koch Brothers Are Smiling”, with budget-priorities like this.

Furthermore, the President whom Trump’s voters were voting for is not the person whom they have now in the White House. As I had noted on March 14th, “The Republican Healthcare Bill Is Very Free-Market, Libertarian”, and Trump himself said that he wanted it to be passed in Congress and to replace Obamacare. He said, “I’m proud to support the replacement plan, released by the House of Representatives.” Saying that he’s proud of it, means that he’d be happy for it to become Trumpcare. But it isn’t what he had been promising for health care, at the time when he was campaigning against Hillary Clinton. At that time, he told this to Scott Pelley of CBS “60 Minutes”:

Donald Trump: By the way. Everybody’s got to be covered. This is an un-Republican thing for me to say because a lot of times they say, “No, no, the lower 25 percent that can’t afford private.” But — 

Scott Pelley: Universal health care? 

Donald Trump: I am going to take care of everybody. I don’t care if it costs me votes or not. Everybody’s going to be taken care of much better than they’re taken care of now. 

Scott Pelley: The uninsured person is going to be taken care of how? 

Donald Trump: They’re going to be taken care of. I would make a deal with existing hospitals to take care of people. And, you know what, if this is probably — 

Scott Pelley: Make a deal? Who pays for it? 

Donald Trump: — The government’s gonna pay for it.

He wasn’t parroting the Kochs there: he was instead parroting Bernie Sanders. But he’s delivering Koch, not Sanders. He’s delivering extreme conservatism, not any sort of progressivism. And yet, this is called ‘democracy’? On healthcare — just like on some other important things — it’s not that, at all, but instead bait-and-switch: deceit.

In short, then: Every progressive promise that Trump had made on the campaign trail was abandoned by him as soon as he won the November 8th election. Donald Trump is now a solidly Republican U.S. President, and his proposed budget makes it blatant (though some Republicans — and some Democrats — will object to its astronomical deficits). Whatever progressive mask that Mr. Trump was wearing while he was campaigning for the Presidency, is now completely off, and we see the stark reality, of a far-right U.S. President, and his stunningly libertarian proposed U.S. federal budget.

Incidentally, the U.S. has by far the costliest healthcare per-capita in the world, but has the shortest life-expectancy of any major industrialized country: free-market healthcare is enormously wasteful as compared to socialized healthcare, but the profitability of healthcare firms is considerably higher in the U.S. than it is in any of its competing nations. In healthcare, education, and other social-services areas that are essential in order to have high well-being in a society, socialism is far more efficient (more cost-effective) than the free-market is.

The historical record shows that libertarianism, such as Trump pursues, increases profits and economic inequality, while it lowers a country’s GDP, instead of raising it. People who have faith in the free-market don’t want to know the data: libertarianism is a faith, just like religions are. But reality is real, and myths are myths. The reality about Republican policies is always very bad, and Trump turns out to be very Republican (though perhaps not as much so as Vice President Pence is). Whereas the Democratic Party after FDR has a bad record, the Republican Party’s record has been consistently far worse than the Democratic Party’s record, throughout at least the past hundred years. So, the libertarian Trump Presidency will be enormously wasteful. It’s massive deceit, which will produce massive waste.

Investigative historian Eric Zuesse is the author, most recently, of  They’re Not Even Close: The Democratic vs. Republican Economic Records, 1910-2010, and of  CHRIST’S VENTRILOQUISTS: The Event that Created Christianity.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Trump’s Federal Budget Is VERY Libertarian

Evaluate New Travel Ban in Light of International Law

March 18th, 2017 by Prof. Marjorie Cohn

After a federal district court [PDF] judge and a unanimous three-judge panel of the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals ruled [PDF] that Donald Trump‘s Executive Order (EO) instituting a travel ban was likely illegal, the president suspended it and issued a new EO on March 6, 2017.

On March 15, a federal judge granted a temporary restraining order in Hawaii v. Trump et al., halting the operation of the new EO nationwide. US District Judge Derrick K. Watson found that plaintiffs met their burden of establishing a strong likelihood of success on the merits of their Establishment Clause claim, that irreparable injury is likely if the requested relief is not issued, and that the balance of the equities and public interest counsel in favor of granting the requested relief.

When the case is heard on the merits, the legality of the new EO, which categorically suspends immigration from six Muslim majority countries to the United States, should be assessed in light of US treaty and customary international law, according to an amicus brief filed in the case.

Protest over President Trump's travel ban

Eighty-one international law scholars, including this writer, and a dozen non-governmental organizations with expertise in civil rights law, immigration law or international human rights law (amici) argue in their amicus brief that the new EO threatens discrimination that would run afoul of two treaties. They are the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights [PDF] (CCPR) and the International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination [PDF] (CERD).

When the United States ratifies a treaty, it not only makes the US a party to that treaty; it also becomes US domestic law under the Supremacy Clause of the Constitution, which says treaties “shall be the supreme law of the land.” Courts have a duty to restrain federal executive action that conflicts with a ratified treaty.

Customary international law develops from the general and consistent practice of states. It is part of federal common law and must be enforced in US courts, whether or not its provisions are contained in a ratified treaty.

Under the Constitution’s Take Care Clause, the President must “take care that the laws be faithfully executed.” This means Trump has a constitutional duty to comply with our legal obligations under both treaty and customary international law.

[T]he Immigration and Nationality Act and other statutes must be read in harmony with these international legal obligations pursuant to the Supremacy Clause of the Constitution and long established principles of statutory construction requiring acts of Congress to be interpreted in a manner consistent with international law, whenever such a construction is reasonably possible,” amici argue. “In this case, the international law obligations . . . reinforce interpretations of those statutes forbidding discrimination of the type threatened by Sections 2 and 11 of the EO.”

The International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights

The United States ratified the CCPR in 1992. Article 2 prohibits “any distinction, exclusion, restriction or preference” based on religion or national origin, which has “the purpose or effect of nullifying or impairing the recognition, enjoyment or exercise by all persons, on an equal footing,” according to the United Nation Human Rights Committee (HRC), the body charged with monitoring implementation of the CCPR.

Article 2 prohibits discrimination against the family as well as individuals. “The family is the natural and fundamental group of society and is entitled to protection by society and the State,” Article 23 says. The HRC has opined that states have an obligation to adopt appropriate measures “to ensure the unity or reunification of families, particularly when their members are separated for political, economic and similar reasons.”

Many immigrants and refugees flee their countries of origin and come to the United States to reunify with their families. The CCPR protects them against discrimination based on religion or national origin.

Amici state in their brief,

“Restrictions on travel and entry caused by the EO that impose disparate and unreasonable burdens on the exercise of this right violate CCPR article 2.” According to the HRC, although the CCPR does not generally “recognize a right of aliens to enter or reside in the territory of a State party . . . , in certain circumstances an alien may enjoy the protection of the Covenant even in relation to entry or residence, for example, when considerations of non-discrimination, prohibition of inhuman treatment and respect for family life arise.”

Thus the non-discrimination mandates and protection of family life in the CCPR “should be considered by courts in interpreting government measures affecting family unification,” the brief says.

Article 26 prohibits religious and national origin discrimination and guarantees equal protection in any government measure. These provisions are not limited to individuals within the territory of the state party and subject to its jurisdiction. So immigrants need not be physically present in the United States to enjoy the protection of Article 26.

Moreover, the non-discrimination requirements enshrined in the CCPR also constitute customary international law. In 1948, the United States approved the Universal Declaration of Human Rights [PDF] (UDHR), which is part of customary international law. The UDHR forbids discrimination based on religion or national origin, guarantees equal protection of the law, and protects family life against arbitrary interference.

The International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination

The United States ratified CERD in 1994. That treaty also prohibits discrimination based on religion or national origin. “Racial discrimination” includes any distinctions and restrictions based on national origin. Article 1 specifies that states can only adopt “nationality, citizenship or naturalization” policies that “do not discriminate against any particular nationality.”

Like the CCPR, CERD does not limit its non-discrimination provisions to citizens or resident noncitizens. “While CERD does not speak specifically to restrictions on entry of nonresident aliens,” the brief says, “the general language of CERD expresses a clear intention to eliminate discrimination based on race or national origin from all areas of government activity.”

In Article 4, CERD provides that states parties “[s]hall not permit public authorities or public institutions, national or local, to promote or incite racial discrimination.” This includes discrimination based on national origin. The Committee on the Elimination of Racial Discrimination, the body of independent experts that monitor the implementation of CERD, interprets Article 4 as requiring states to forbid speech that stigmatizes or stereotypes noncitizens, immigrants, refugees and those seeking asylum.

International Law Should be Considered in Evaluating the EO

“Those international law principles require courts to reject any attempt by the President to define classes based on national origin or religion, and then to impose on those classes disparate treatment, except to the extent necessary to achieve a legitimate government purpose,” amici wrote.

Their brief continues, “The EO…makes an explicit distinction based on national origin that, unless necessary and narrowly tailored to achieve a legitimate government aim, would violate US obligations under international law.”

In effect, the EO makes a distinction based on religion. All six of the listed countries have majority Muslim populations. As the brief says, “the EO does not suspend immigration from any state with a non-Muslim majority.”

Amici also argue that international law is relevant to Section 11 of the EO, which requires the Secretary of Homeland Security to “collect and make publicly available” information relating to convictions of terrorism-related crimes, government charges of terrorism, and “gender-based violence against women” by foreign nationals. But the EO does not require publication of this information on US citizens.

“By mandating that the Secretary publish pejorative information about noncitizens without comparable information about US citizens,” amici wrote, “Section 11 makes a suspect distinction based on national origin.” Section 11 “may bear on the intent to discriminate, because the decision to publish derogatory information about noncitizens alone is stigmatizing, and appears to be motivated by a desire to characterize noncitizens as more prone to terrorism or gender-based violence than US citizens.” Moreover, “a measure designed to stigmatize noncitizens cannot be proportionate and thus violates article 26 of the CCPR and articles 2 and 4 of the CERD.”

Thus, amici “request that the Court consider US obligations under international law, which forms part of US law, in evaluating the legality of the EO.”

Marjorie Cohn is professor emerita at Thomas Jefferson School of Law, former president of the National Lawyers Guild, and deputy secretary general of the International Association of Democratic Lawyers. Her most recent book is “Drones and Targeted Killing: Legal, Moral, and Geopolitical Issues.” Visit her website at http://marjoriecohn.com/ and follow her on Twitter @MarjorieCohn.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Evaluate New Travel Ban in Light of International Law